X<? : 
 
 
 ^0* 
 
 
 
 ^<# 
 
 ^ <i 
 
 # °- 
 
 
 v*» 
 
 ^:^ 
 
 W 
 
 
 1 ^ o* 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ 9 -W// % °,wr* .^ ^ -iff; ^ :w§ 
 
 ' » K * ,,\^ ' 
 
 ^ 
 ^&>< 
 
 '0* * 
 
 tf 
 
 ^9* 
 
 \^ 
 
 -v. 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 "^0^ 
 
 
 K? >5i 
 

 ^-•«,X' r - : ^i--.V'- l l >>Vr;->c 
 
 W 
 
 • <W 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 %> V 
 
 
 
 -*• <?V^>* <^*iik.*'S °^^:''^ c t 
 
 c° ,-■ 
 
 
 ■ J ^v 
 
 
 P V s s • • / , y <fc 
 
 <f> V 
 
 
 'v^ 
 
 
 ^ o^ -• 
 
 k V ^ 
 
 * .ofr 1 
 
 
 & ^ 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 s" JJ 
 
 
 V* ,^ ^ ^ 
 
 
 K^<~Wzz&r: *^K^€-Jm:<> " t0V 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 -^ A* V 
 
 
 ^^ < 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 %.# 
 
 
 ^ o^ « 
 
 
 
 ^°^ 
 
 ^ ^> 
 
 r v ^,ft /%' **X— .> 
 
BaiLBERS' Hardware 
 
BaiLDERS' Hardwa1?e 
 
 A MANUAL FOR 
 
 A 
 
 ARCHITE 
 
 BUILDERS AND HOUSE 
 RNISHERS 
 
 BY 
 
 > 
 
 CE H: BLACKA 
 
 ARCHITECT 
 
 ILLUSTRATED 
 
 BOSTON 
 
 TICKNOR AND COMPANY 
 
 211 Crcmont Street 
 
 1890 
 
3** 
 
 Copyright, 1888, and 1889, by 
 TICKNOR AND COMPANY. 
 
 A II rights reserved. 
 
 By Transfer 
 
 OCT 11 1916 
 
 S. J. Parkhill & Co., Printers, Boston. 
 
 '\ 
 
7<rt 
 
 iV 
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Introduction 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Metals and Varieties of Finish 
 
 Nails 
 
 Screws 
 
 Bolts . 
 
 Hinges 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 Door-Springs, Checks and Hangers 
 
 Pulleys 
 
 Sash-Fastenings . . 
 Shutter-Fixtures 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 Transom and Skylight Fittings 
 
 Page. 
 vii-x 
 
 1-11 
 
 12-20 
 
 21-29 
 
 30-46 
 
 47-76 
 
 77-107 
 
 108-121 
 
 122-146 
 
 147-160 
 
 161-167 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Page. 
 
 CHAPTER XL 
 Locks 168-236 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 Door-Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . 237-254 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 Closet-Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . 255-262 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 Miscellaneous Hardware .. .. .. .. 263-277 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 Artistic Hardware . . . . . . . . . . 2 78-: 90 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 Hardware Specifications . . . . . . . . 291-296 
 
 Index .. . . „ . . -297-322 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 TTf HE subject of Builders' Hardware is one which has a direct 
 A bearing upon the work of the architect, and is, at the same 
 time, of vital interest to the builder. This book is, how- 
 ever, written primarily for the architect. Most builders, we 
 fancy, are already pretty well posted on the subject of the hard- 
 ware which they are called upon to use in the construction and 
 finish of a house ; but our experience has led us to believe that 
 architects, as a rule, seldom go any deeper into the subject 
 than is necessary to decide whether knobs shall be of one 
 material or another, or whether some particular pattern of sash- 
 fast will be satisfactory to the owner. It is needless to say 
 that a more extended acquaintance with the subject would do 
 no one any harm, and might even be conducive to much good, 
 if only in the way of providing more fittingly for the needs of 
 the client. This work is not intended, however, to be over- 
 critical in its nature, nor necessarily so exhaustive as to em- 
 brace all the inventions and arrangements comprised in the 
 general term of builders' hardware, though an attempt has been 
 made to discriminate between what is merely novel and what 
 is really suitable, and so far as possible the best of everything 
 is noticed under the various heads, and an effort made to rep- 
 resent as nearly as possible the conditions and limitations of 
 the builders' hardware market, as well as to show what is 
 valuable for the uses of the architect. 
 
 It must be remf mbered that the statements are made from 
 an architect's standpoint rather than from that of the builder 
 
viii BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 or the manufacturer. The object in view is to show what can 
 be obtained for special cases, and how it is necessary to be 
 specified in order that there shall be no doubt in the minds of 
 both builder and client as to what is called for. It is not in- 
 tended to present abstracts of trade-catalogues, and if the book 
 fails to represent all the wares in their proper light, or at times 
 seems to ignore some valuable inventions or place undue stress 
 upon articles that do not receive the heartiest commendation 
 from those who use them, we can only plead in extenuation the 
 difficulty of finding out everything that is in the market. Many 
 of our best appliances have only a local and limited fame ; 
 and as they are advertised sparingly, it is often quite difficult 
 to say exactly that such and such an appliance is absolutely the 
 best. 
 
 For example, some Boston dealers consider that the best 
 locks in the country are the hand-made goods turned out by 
 such firms as Enoch Robinson's Sons. "Without discussing the 
 peculiar merits of the Robinson locks at this point, the asser- 
 tion may safely be ventured that any one studying the subject 
 in San Francisco would have as much difficulty in an investiga- 
 tion of Boston hand-made goods as we have had in our en- 
 deavors to deal with hundreds of valuable inventions which are 
 hardly known at all in this part of the country. The hope is,. 
 therefore, expressed that this publication may call out facts 
 concerning many articles of builders' hardware which at present 
 are unknown to the ordinary trade. 
 
 It may also be hoped that the volume will suggest to archi- 
 tects the possibility of more definite specification, and of some 
 better way of selecting and defining the necessary hardware 
 than to merely insert a clause in the specification to the effect 
 that a certain sum per door and a certain price per dozen is to 
 be allowed in the contract for fixtures. This we know is a 
 very common method of disposing of the question, and is, no 
 doubt, the easiest way out of the difficulty, relieving the archi- 
 tect entirely from any necessity for exhaustive explanations in 
 regard to subjects upon which he generally is not over-well 
 
INTRODUCTION. lx 
 
 posted. With an honest builder, or with one who has the fear 
 of the inspector before his eyes and knows that all will be 
 scrutinized, this may be a method sufficiently exact to suit most 
 cases ; but where the market is so full and there are so many 
 really excellent appliances to choose from, it would seem 
 certainly as if more exact specifications ought to be prepared. 
 How many architects, for instance, ever insist upon a particular 
 style of lock; and how many architects, even after many years 
 experience with the best work, are able to tell a client what is 
 the best sash-lock or what is the best style of hinge, without 
 referring to a trade-catalogue ? We cannot hope to meet all 
 emergencies, but it is believed that, at least, a desire for 
 a better selection of hardware than is generally possible can 
 be stimulated. 
 
 As to the limitations of the work, the term " builders' hard- 
 ware " is assumed to include, generally speaking, metal-work 
 of every description entering into the construction and finish of 
 a modern building from the nails and bolts used in the rough 
 work, to the door furniture and brass lock and plate work of 
 the finish. 
 
 The illustrations, which include nearly every article referred 
 to, have been prepared as simply as possible. A great deal 
 of care has also been taken in collecting the prices. The 
 ordinary trade-catalogues are very unsatisfactory in this latter 
 respect : many of them give no prices at all, and when the 
 cost is stated it is always subject to discounts so uncertain and 
 varying as to give absolutely no real information of value to 
 the architect or the purchaser. The prices hereafter given 
 will represent the retail cost of the articles in the Boston 
 market, as nearly as we are able to ascertain it. These prices 
 are, of course, somewhat fluctuating in their nature, but will, 
 at least, serve as a means of comparison, even if not exact for 
 all localities and seasons. Most of the prices were collected 
 during the summer of 1888. 
 
 In the preparation of the subject matter which is to fol- 
 low, the writer has had the heartiest cooperation from the 
 
x BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 leading dealers and manufacturers, and desires to especially 
 acknowledge the courtesies of Messrs. Burditt & "Williams, and 
 Nichols & Bellamy, of Boston, the Hopkins & Dickinson 
 Manufacturing Co., and the Yale & Towne Manufacturing 
 Co. ; without whose technical assistance any such work would 
 lack the value which it is hoped this will possess. 
 
BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Metals and Varieties of Finish. 
 
 BEFORE beginning a study of any portion of the subject, an 
 attempt will be made to consider the metals used for build- 
 ers' hardware and the various styles of finish possible in con- 
 nection with them. 
 
 Iron is naturally the first material thought of. In its purest 
 form it is known as wrought-iron, a term which is derived from 
 the fact that in the earliest processes the iron was beaten while 
 hot and the impurities forced out by the blows. Also the name 
 indicates, to an extent, the nature of the material, which is 
 yielding and pliable rather than brittle or hard. Wrought-iron 
 is the most available material for constructive metal-work. 
 Nails, bolts, ties, anchors, etc., are more naturally made of 
 wrought-iron than of any other material. Nearly all strap-hinges 
 and the best makes of common butts are made of it ; also, for 
 some forms of common bolts and any article of hardware which 
 permits the metal being punched or pressed into shape, wrought- 
 iron is more suitable than cast, and is much used on account of 
 its superior strength. For finished work, such as knobs, plates, 
 etc., there is very little wrought-iron hardware in the market. 
 A good deal of it is made to order in the shape of ornamental 
 hinges, straps and braces, but the amount of work involved in 
 
 Wrought-iron. 
 
2 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter l. producing any given pattern is so largely in excess of what 
 
 the same amount of work would produce in other metals that 
 wrought-iron will always be a material for the artist or the am- 
 ateur. Quite recently, however, there has been made an import- 
 ant discovery which bids fair to bring about a change in the use 
 of this metal. Wrought-iron melts at a very high temperature 
 and it has, therefore, long been practically impossible to cast 
 in the fine moulds ; but by the addition of a small percentage of 
 aluminium to wrought-iron when in a highly-heated condition 
 an alloy is formed which melts at a greatly reduced tempera- 
 ture and gives the metal the degree of fluidity necessary to 
 successful casting. It is claimed that the wrought-iron cast- 
 ings obtained in this way have all the sharpness and clearness 
 of cast brass and at the same time retain the structural quali- 
 ties of wrought-iron. So far as we can ascertain, cast wrought- 
 iron is not in the market. 
 Steel. When wrought-iron has mixed with it a proportion of carbon 
 
 exceeding 0.5% but not greater than 2% the structural nature 
 of the metal is entirely changed and it becomes known as steel. 
 So far as relates to finished hardware, steel is used only for 
 springs and portions of detail, as the metal does not cast 
 readily, and the surface will not keep bright. In fact, there 
 are the same objections to it that there are to wrought-iron, 
 and almost the only use to which it is now put in hardware is 
 in the manufacture of nails and screws and some brands of 
 butts, which will be described later on. 
 
 When iron contains in its composition over 2% of carbon it 
 becomes known as cast-iron, a metal which melts at a compara- 
 tively low temperature and is capable of being cast with very 
 sharp lines. It is used a great deal for finishing work, though 
 from its brittle nature and lack of tensile strength it is not. 
 utilized to any great extent for constructive purpose. 
 
 Iron hardware is finished in a variety of ways. If left in its 
 natural condition as it comes from the file or hammer, it will 
 rust very speedily, and to prevent this, the most common 
 method is to heat the iron and paint it while hot with linseed 
 
 Cast Iron. 
 
METALS AND VARIETIES OF FINISH. 
 
 oil, colored with lamp-black and mixed with a quantity of dryer 
 or turpentine. When this coating is dry, the iron is sometimes 
 roasted in a kiln — fired, as it is termed. In this manner the 
 paint seems to be dried into the pores of the metal, and it is 
 left with a smooth, lustreless black surface, capable of resist- 
 ing the action of the weather for quite a while, though by no 
 means rust-proof. 
 
 If, instead of the foregoing, a bath is used composed of lin- 
 seed oil, and gum-animeor copal, the iron, on being finally fired 
 and polished, presents the appearance of bronze. The tones 
 can be varied to a considerable extent by the addition of color 
 in the shape of powdered alloys of copper and bronze, which 
 are mixed with the oil. The " Tucker bronze," the " Berlin 
 bronze," and the so-called " Boston finish " are all substan- 
 tially of this nature. Only rarely is a thin film of bronze or 
 composition spread on the iron by the aid of electrolysis. All 
 of the bronze-faced iron hardware is treated with the hot-oil 
 finish just described. The cheapest forms of iron hardware 
 are japanned or even merely coated with ordinary black var- 
 nish, the quality of the japanning or varnish depending upon 
 the grade of goods. Japanning is practically indestructible 
 where the iron is not exposed to scratches or rubbing. Hinges 
 and butts are finished in this way more than any other one 
 form of iron hardware, though of late years the best machine 
 lock makers have taken a great deal of care in japanning the 
 outer casings of locks. Fine grades of pulleys are also some- 
 times sold with japanned frames. 
 
 Iron is galvanized by simply immersing in a bath of a 
 melted amalgam of zinc and mercury, containing a little sodium. 
 The iron is first cleaned with sulphuric acid, and before im- 
 mersion in the bath, it is usually dusted with sal-ammoniac pow- 
 der. There is not a particle of real galvanic action about the 
 process. It is sometimes thought that the zinc and mercury 
 form a species of alloy with the iron which prevents it from 
 rusting. Galvanizing is, indeed, the best preservative of iron 
 applied in the form of a wash, but the color is not sufficiently 
 pleasing to permit of its being used for nice work. 
 
 Chapter I. 
 
 Bronzed Iron. 
 
 Japan. 
 
 Galvanized 
 
 Iron. 
 
B UILDERS' HARD WARE. 
 
 Chapter I. 
 
 Bower-Barff 
 
 Process. 
 
 Copper and 
 Nickel-plate. 
 
 None of the foregoing processes are especially suitable for 
 iron, as they all effectually disguise the nature of the material. 
 There has recently been invented a process for protecting iron 
 from rust, which is in some respects the best thus far devised. 
 It is known as the Bower-Barff process, a term used to indicate 
 two processes by which the surface of the metal is converted 
 into magnetic oxide of iron, in which condition it is absolutely 
 rustless. In the Barff process the metal is simply subjected to 
 the action of superheated steam. This process is peculiarly 
 suitable to wrought-iron and highly finished work. In the 
 Bower process the iron is successively subjected to the action 
 of highly heated air and carbonic-oxide gas. The heat converts 
 the surface of the metal first into red oxide of iron, which is 
 finally reduced to the magnetic oxide by the action of the gas. 
 Owing to the simplicity of the process, it is claimed that its 
 cost is less than that of galvanizing. It may be applied to any 
 kind or style of wrought or cast iron or steel. The surfaces so 
 treated have a perfectly uniform blue-black color. The sharp- 
 ness of the lines is not affected in the least, and when the 
 work is polished the final color is a lustrous ebony black, such 
 as can be obtained in no other way. This coating of magnetic 
 oxide is so hard that it is removed with difficulty by an emery- 
 wheel. A few of the leading dealers are beginning to keep in 
 stock some fine grades of door hardware finished by the Bower- 
 Barff process, but the only parties making use of the patents 
 in the production of builder's hardware are the Yale & Towne 
 Manufacturing Co. This concern is beginning to put in the 
 market quite an extended line of Bower-Barff iron goods. 
 
 Iron hardware is also found in the market finished with cop- 
 per-plating, the raised surface of the pattern being buffed to 
 show the natural copper color, while the background is left 
 black or strongly oxydized. There is quite a variety of goods 
 in this line. Similarly ironwork is nickel-plated, being left 
 with either plain polished surfaces or with polished raised pat- 
 terns on a black ground. Both nickel and copper plating, are 
 laid on with the aid of a dynamo. 
 
METALS AND VARIETIES OF FINISH. 
 
 Brass and bronze are terms which are often confounded when Chapter I. 
 speaking of hardware, though the materials are quite different 
 in composition and are usually dissimilar in appearance. Brass Brass, 
 is an alloy of copper and zinc in varying proportions, the ratio 
 for ordinary purposes being seven of brass to three of zinc. 
 Brass has a light yellowish appearance, is susceptible of a high 
 polish, and can be rendered more ductile by the admixture of 
 a small quantity of lead, which at the same time will diminish 
 the hardness of the alloy. Brass tarnishes very easily if 
 handled or exposed to the weather, and is consequently gener- 
 ally protected by a coating of shellac, which, however, will not 
 entirely prevent it from changing in tone. The color of the 
 brass may be altered slightly by changing the proportions of 
 the metals entering into the alloy, also by treating the finished 
 castings with acids or hot chemicals in the same manner as will 
 be described later for bronze. 
 
 Bronze is commonly an alloy of copper and tin in propor- Bronze, 
 tions varying from twelve parts copper to one part tin for 
 metals to be used in the fabrication of mathematical instruments, 
 to two parts copper and one part tin, for telescope or speculum 
 metal. Bronze is sometimes more complex in its nature, lead 
 being added in very slight quantity, and aluminium some- 
 times replacing the tin. It is less malleable but harder and 
 more fusible than brass, and can be cast with greater ease and 
 perfection. It is oxidized more easily than brass, and because 
 of this it is possible to obtain a greater variety of colors for 
 hardware goods. 
 
 Both brass and bronze can be cast with great ease, as com- 
 pared with iron. The sharpness and delicacy of the casting 
 depends, of course, entirely upon the care bestowed in preparing 
 the pattern and the mould. There is a great difference in the 
 quality of the work turned out by the various manufacturers. 
 In the best of work the mould is formed with very fine sand and 
 is double-faced, that is to say, after the pattern has been imprint- 
 ed in the sand it is withdrawn, the matrix sprinkled with a still 
 finer sand, and the mould repacked. After that, the moulds 
 
6 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter I. are suspended in the fumes of burning rosin, by which means 
 
 they are coated with a fine layer of impalpable soot. When 
 the molten metal is poured into the mould, the soot is pressed 
 evenly into all the minute pores or interstices of the sand, and 
 the resulting casting is so smooth and sharp as often to require 
 but very little hand-chasing. 
 
 Brass goods are usually finished in the natural color of the 
 metal with a thin coat of shellac. The same proportions of 
 tin and copper are usually used for all the bronze work of a 
 single firm, though the different manufacturers do not always 
 adopt the same alloy. Bronze is, however, finished in a great 
 variety of styles and colors, all produced essentially as follows : 
 
 Surface-finish. The bronze on leaving the casting-room, is trimmed or chased 
 
 as may be necessary, and is then immersed for a few moments 
 in a strong acid bath which takes an almost infinitessimal film 
 from the metal, leaving the surfaces entirely free from any oxida- 
 tions or impurities. The piece of metal is then washed in 
 weak alkali and clear water, to make it perfectly clean. Then 
 the bronze is suspended in a bath of hot acids specially pre- 
 pared with various chemicals to produce certain changes in the 
 color of the metal. This operation is a very delicate one, re- 
 quiring the care of trained workmen and a nice appreciation of 
 the proper time to stop the action of the acids, as the appear- 
 ance of the metal changes very rapidly, turning first from a 
 bright copper red, to a pale gray and then into beautiful shades 
 of browns and rich purples with ultimate dark tones depend- 
 ing upon the composition of the mixture or pickle. When the 
 desired shade is reached the bronze is removed, dried in saw- 
 dust, and rubbed down to an even tone on a buffing-wheel. In 
 some designs the raised portions are buffed down until the 
 natural color of the metal appears, the pattern showing on a 
 ground of the darker oxidized tone. Almost any color or 
 shade can be had with bronze by a proper treatment. The 
 Hopkins & Dickinson Manufacturing Co. has even j^nxluced a 
 bronze as dark as iron, and in fact quite similar in appearance. 
 Of course ordinary hardware is simply left the natural color of 
 
METALS AND VARIETIES OF FINISH. 7 
 
 the metal, when made in plain bronze. It may be said here Chapter I. 
 that plain bronze is as a rule more expensive than figured work. 
 The plain surfaces require a very even grade of metal and 
 smoothness of casting, whereas any imperfections are hidden 
 by patterns, and a cheaper quality of workmanship does not 
 expose itself. In the East there seems to be a decided prefer- 
 ence for the plain goods, while in the "West the figured styles 
 are more commonly used. When exposed to rough usage a 
 patterned piece of hardware will in general show wear less than 
 a plain surface. 
 
 It must be remembered that the surface finishes produced in 
 the manner just described are not to be considered as permanent. 
 The color is in reality laid on, and is superior to paint or varnish 
 only in that by the means of the hot pickle the color penetrates 
 somewhat deeper than if put on with a brush. Bronze hard- 
 ware is sure to change in time, no matter how it may be finished, 
 and generally the stronger tones are the least satisfactory in 
 the end, fading out to unpleasant musty hues. Shellac will 
 hold the color, but as soon as it wears off, which it is sure to 
 do on such pieces as knobs and door-handles, the exposed sur- 
 faces will turn while the shellacked spots do not. When time 
 can be spared to keep the work polished brightly, a better plan 
 seems to us to be to avoid everything but the natural bronze or 
 brass color, omit the shellac, and polish by hand constantly. 
 This, however, is seldom desirable. We have not yet reached 
 the point where housekeepers will take as much care of the 
 hardware as of the silver. 
 
 The treatment of silver-plated bronze is of a similar nature. Oxydized silver 
 The knob or plate is immersed in a silyer-plating bath attached 
 to an electric dynamo. A very few moments suffice for the 
 deposition of the silver. The article is then taken from the 
 bath and treated with hot acids and solutions until any desired 
 degree of oxidation is obtained, when it is dried in saw-dust 
 and the raised patterns slightly brightened on a buffing-wheel. 
 There is at present a great deal of oxidized silver hardware in 
 the market. Most of it is oxidized but slightly, leaving the 
 
8 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter i. raised figures a clear frosty white, but it can be had quite black 
 
 if desired. The Yale & Towne Manufacturing Co., has an 
 oxidized silver finish which is as black as old oxidized gun- 
 metal. 
 
 Copper-bronze. Several very pleasing styles of finish are obtained by electro- 
 
 plating the bronze with copper and then treating with acids. 
 An old-copper color thus obtained is one of the most durable 
 finishes in the market. 
 
 Gold-plate. When the cost is not a consideration it is sometimes desirable 
 
 to have gold-plated bronze hardware, especially for such things 
 as knobs, which are exposed to constant handling. Gold-plate 
 is no handsomer than some shades of natural bronze, but the 
 gold will not tarnish or be influenced by the weather. Gold- 
 plating increases the cost of bronze hardware nearly twenty 
 fold, and being so expensive is executed only for special orders. 
 
 Nickel-plate. Nickel-plating is applied more commonly to iron or steel than 
 
 to bronze. This finish is but little used for nice work as the 
 nickel will tarnish by exposure to the atmosphere, after which 
 no amount of rubbing will restore its first appearance. Nickel- 
 plating is best adapted for keys, springs, etc. 
 
 The following list will give an idea of the great variety of 
 possible treatments of bronze hardware. 
 
 FINISHES FOR BRONZE HARDWARE. 
 
 I. The Hopkins 3f Dickinson Manufacturing Co., finish: — 
 
 A. Statuary. Dark background, light surface. 
 
 B. Statuary. Medium dark background and surface. 
 E. Ebony. Suitable only for Plain or Lined Design. 
 E. Statuary. Matted with Green. 
 
 G. Gilt or Gold-washed. 
 
 H. Gold-plated. 
 
 I. Gold-plated. Matted with Enamel, in all colors. 
 
 K. Gold-plated. Matted with Silver. 
 
 L. Silver-plated. 
 
 M. Silver-plated. Matted with Gold. 
 
 N. Nickel-plated. 
 
 O. Mckel-plated. Matted with Enamel. 
 
 P. Nickel-plated. Matted with Gold. 
 
 P. Nickel-plated. Matted with Copper. 
 
 S. Hand-plated. Silver, suitable only for perfectly plain patterns. 
 
METALS AND VARIETIES OF FINISH. 
 
 II. P. Sr F. Corbin, finish: — Chapter I. 
 No. 1. Natural Color, Light Bronze. 
 
 No. 2. Chemical Dark Brown or Statuary Bronze. 
 
 No. 3. Natural Color on Surface and Black Background. 
 
 No. 3j*f. Same as No. 3 Finish, with different arrangement of 
 
 colors. 
 No. 4. Natural Color on Surface and Dark Brown Background. 
 No. 5. Nickel-plated. 
 
 No. 7. Nickel-plated Surface with Gold-plated Background. 
 No. 8. Gold-plated. 
 No. 10. High Polish, Natural Color. 
 
 No. 15. Sage Green Background and Natural Color on Surface. 
 No. 16. Terra-cotta Background and Natural Color on Surface. 
 No. 17. Steel Gray Background and Natural Color on Surface. 
 No. 18. Japanese Finish. 
 No. 19. Oxidized-silver Finish. 
 ' No. 20. Old Brass Finish. 
 No. 21. Oxidized-Iron Finish. 
 No. 22. Antique-Copper Finish. 
 
 III. The Ireland Manufacturing Co. , finish : — 
 No. 1. Light Bronze. 
 
 No. 2. Light Brown. 
 
 No. 3. Black Background, Polished Surface. 
 No. 4. Brown Background, Polished Surface. 
 No. 5. Nickel-plated Surface and Background. 
 No. 15. Sage Green Background, Polished Surface. 
 No. 16. Terra-cotta Background, Polished Surface. 
 No. 17. Steel Gray Background, Polished Surface. 
 No. 19. Oxidized-silver. 
 No. 21. Iron Finish all over. 
 
 IV. Nimick Sf Britian, finish : — 
 
 No. 1. Bright Surface, Natural Color. 
 
 No. 2. Dark Brown Surface and Background. 
 
 No. 3. Bright Surface and Black Background. 
 
 No. 4. Bright Surface and Brown Background. 
 
 No. 5. Bright Surface and Terra-Cotta Background. 
 
 No. 6. Bright Surface and Green Background. 
 
 No. 7. Nickel-plated Surface and Background. 
 
 No. 8. Nickel-plated Surface and Black Background. 
 
 No. 12. Gold-plated. 
 
 No. 13. Steel Gray Bronze. 
 
 No. 14. Old Gold Bronze 
 
 No. 15. Oxidized-silver Surface and Background. 
 
10 
 
 Chapter I. 
 
 Phosphor- 
 
 Bronze. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 V. Nashua Loch Co. , finish . 
 
 Natural Color, Light Bronze, Polished Surface. 
 
 Dark Bronze. 
 
 Light Bronze, Polished Surface, with Black Background. 
 
 Light Bronze, Polished Surface, with Brown Background. 
 
 Nickel-plated, Plain Surface. 
 
 No. 1. 
 
 No. 2. 
 
 No. 3. 
 
 No. 4. 
 
 No. 5. 
 
 No. 6. Nickel-plated Surface, with Black Background 
 
 No. 15. Hand Finish. 
 
 Besides the finished work, both brass and bronze are used 
 for screws, springs, lock-fittings, etc. A few locks are made 
 with cases of cast-brass and some manufacturers are preparing 
 to use copper-plated iron for the same purpose. 
 
 Brass and bronze together are used more than any other one 
 metal for builders' hardware, and are the basis of nearly all door 
 and window fittings. 
 
 An important addition to the list of' metals available for 
 hardware purposes has recently been made in the shape of a 
 composition designated as Phosphor-Bronze, an alloy of which 
 the constituent parts are not as yet made public, but which the 
 patentees describe as being a phosphorized alloy of copper 
 and tin. The chemical action of phosphorous on the metals 
 composing the alloy3 is claimed to be two-fold ; on the one hand 
 it reduced any oxides dissolved therein, and on the other it 
 forms with the purified metals a most homogenous and regular 
 combination, the hardness, strength, and toughness of which 
 are completely under control. No other metal combines, in so 
 high a degree as phosphor-bronze, the conditions of toughness. 
 rigidity, hardness and great elastic resistance. Thus far phos- 
 phor-bronze has been used in the hardware trade only for 
 screws and for lock-springs. In cities wherein soft coal is used, 
 it has been found that brass springs soon lose their elasticity, 
 owing to the action of free sulphuric acid in the air. Careful 
 tests have shown that phosphor-bronze offers twice as much re- 
 sistance to corrosion by acid as copper. Further experiments 
 have been made, extending over a period of ten months, to 
 determine its durability, when exposed to the weather, as com- 
 pared with the best brass wire. After lying on the damp 
 
METALS AND VARIETIES OF FINISH. 
 
 11 
 
 ground for that length of time the brass was found to be quite Chapter I. 
 brittle and worthless, while the phosphor-bronze, under exactly- 
 similar conditions was practically unchanged. It will be 
 readily seen then how valuable a metal this is. Unfortunately 
 its degree of elasticity is less than that of brass, and the springs 
 required for a lock when of phosphor-bronze are sometimes so 
 large as to be impracticable. It is, however, by all odds the 
 best material for springs and is used by the Hopkins & Dickin- 
 son Manufacturing Co. in their best grades of locks. 
 
 Aluminium has recently appeared as a possible substitute for Aluminium, 
 bronze. It is a metal not unlike lead or platinum in appear- 
 ance, but is very light, having a specific gravity of 2.56, equal 
 to about one-third that of steel and one-fourth that of silver. 
 
 It is very strong, will not tarnish, and is almost indestructi- 
 ble. It melts at a comparatively low temperature and can be 
 cast with sharp lines. Copper, brass, and bronze are improved 
 in strength, color, and durability by the addition of ten per 
 cent of aluminium. It is, however, a metal of the future and is 
 not yet in the hardware market. 
 
CHAPTER n. 
 
 NAILS. 
 
 Fig. I. Common Nails. 
 (Half Size.) 
 
 piate-naiia. % _j TTTHE nails commonly used in connection 
 
 A with building operations are too well- 
 known to require any description. They 
 are specifically designated as plate-nails. 
 Up to within a comparatively short time, 
 nails were made by hand almost entire- 
 ly by women and children, and it is one 
 of the best arguments in favor of the in- 
 troduction of machinery that the process 
 by which nail-making has been perfected 
 has released a vast multitude from the labo- 
 rious and wearing occupation, besides giv- 
 ing a great deal better results. The application of machinery 
 to the manufacture of nails is purely an American idea and so 
 recent have been the innovations in connection with this indus- 
 try that we imagine -many people would be surprised to know 
 the changes which have been made both in the form and in 
 the, character of the ordinary nails, during the past generation. 
 It is only about fifteen years since iron nails were annealed, or 
 capable of clinching without rupture. 
 
 In the manufacture of nails the iron is first rolled into plates 
 having a thickness equal to the desired thickness of the nail 
 and a width a little greater than the length of a finished nail. 
 The plates are cut so that the length is at right angles to the 
 grain> the idea being that when the nails are cut out the fibre 
 
NAILS. 
 
 13 
 
 "will run lengthwise the nail and thus make up much stronger. 
 Special machinery cuts the nails out in alternate wedge-shaped 
 slices so that the metal is used without any loss. The wedges 
 are picked up, held in a vise, the heads stamped on them, and 
 the finished nails finally dropped out into the casks. The 
 machinery is too complicated to allow of any description here, 
 but the process is very simple and easily understood. Nearly 
 all the common nails are made from plates. Hand nails are 
 still made for special uses such as for horse-shoeing, but 
 the cost is too great and hand-made nails are really no better 
 than those which are made by machinery. 
 
 Nails are designated according to their length by pennies. 
 The origin of the designation is generally assumed to be in the 
 old system of weights, the nails being made with as many 
 pennyweights of metal as the number indicates. This desig- 
 nation, of course, no longer holds good, as nails have changed 
 materially both in size and weight, but it is still retained for 
 common convenience and we believe the gradation is uniform 
 with the various manufacturers. The weights run from two to 
 seventy penny and the nails vary in length from one inch to 
 six inches. Six-inch nails and larger are more properly desig- 
 nated as spikes, though the trade recognizes a special form of 
 nail of somewhat stouter proportions, made in several of the 
 larger lengths and technically sold under the name of spikes. 
 
 Chapter II. 
 
 Sizes. 
 
 Trautwine's " Pochet-Book" page 425, gives the sizes, etc., 
 of nails as follows. 
 
 Name. 
 
 Length, inches. 
 
 No. to pound. 
 
 3d 
 
 11 
 
 557 
 
 4d 
 
 n 
 
 336 
 
 5d 
 
 if 
 
 210 
 
 Gd 
 
 2 
 
 163 
 
 7d 
 
 21 
 
 123 
 
 8d 
 
 2£ 
 
 93 
 
 lOd 
 
 3" 
 
 66 
 
 12d 
 
 31 
 
 50 
 
 20d 
 
 4 
 
 32 
 
 30d 
 
 4J 
 
 19 
 
 40d 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 50d 
 
 6J 
 
 13 
 
14 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter II. 
 
 Strength of 
 
 nai Is. 
 
 Common nails are now very largely made of a low grade of 
 steel, the cost being not over ten cents per hundred pounds 
 more than in wrought-iron. 
 
 In regard to the strength of nails, Trautwine also states that 
 boards of oak or pine nailed together by four to sixteen ten- 
 penny common cut-nails and then pulled apart in a direction 
 lengthwise of the boards and across the nails, tending to break 
 the latter in two by a shearing action, averaged from three hun- 
 dred to four hundred pounds per nail to separate them as the 
 result of many trials. " Johnson's Encyclopaedia " states that the 
 rough surface of a cut-nail adds about twenty per cent to its 
 holding power. The absolute resistance nails will offer to with- 
 drawal varies so widely with circumstances, that no satisfactory 
 results are available. 
 
 The sizes of nails used for specific purposes is largely a 
 matter of judgment on the part of the builder, but the common 
 custom is to use four-penny nails for shingling and slating, six- 
 penny for clapboarding, sixes and eights for finish, eights and 
 nines for flooring, nines and tens for boarding and forty-penny 
 and upwards for framing. Architects sometimes consider it 
 well to specify the sizes of nails to be used for bridging the 
 floor-beams, and for slating, but on general principles we would 
 suppose that a builder who would need any such restrictions 
 would not be a man to employ under any circumstances. 
 
 Nails are commonly sold by the cask of one hundred pounds. 
 
 Common nails can be had galvanized in all the ordinary 
 sizes. Galvanized nails cost 2^ cents per pound extra. 
 
 Canada wrought nails are sold for $16.00 per cask. Clinch 
 nails (annealed) cost from $3.10 per cask for ten-penny, to 
 $4.50 for two-penny. Swedes-iron nails are made from an 
 extra quality of wrought-iron, and are especially used for slat- 
 ing, as they are supposed to stand the weather better than 
 ordinary plate-nails. When made from genuine Swedish iron, 
 four-penny nails are sold at $5.50 per cask. American-iron 
 Swedes are $3.85 per cask. Architects usually find it advis- 
 able to specify tinned Swedes-iron nails for roofing-work. 
 
NAILS. 
 
 15 
 
 Tinning adds from twenty to fifty per cent to the cost, depend- 
 ing on the number of nails to the pound. 
 
 The following are the net prices in the Boston Market. 
 
 Prices for Cut-steel Xails, June 20, 1888. 
 
 Chapter II. 
 
 COMMON, FENCE AND SHEATHING. 
 
 per keg. 
 
 50d — 60d— 70d S2 50 
 
 12d — 20d — 30d - 40d 2 25 
 
 lOd 2 35 
 
 8dand 9d 2 50 
 
 6dandTd : 2 C5 
 
 4dand5d 2 85 
 
 4dlt. and 3d 3 25 
 
 3d fine 3 75 
 
 BOX. 
 
 per keg. 
 
 12d and larger $2 75 
 
 lOd 2 85 
 
 8dand9d 3 00 
 
 6dand7d 3 15 
 
 5d 3 35 
 
 4d 3 35 
 
 3d 3 75 
 
 Spikes, of all sizes 
 
 FLOORING. per keg. 
 
 12d and larger §2 75 
 
 lOd 2 85 
 
 Sdand'Jd 3 00 
 
 Odand 7d 3 15 
 
 fine finishing, per keg. 
 12d and larger $3 15 
 
 lOd. 
 8d. 
 Gd. 
 5d. 
 4d. 
 2d. 
 
 3 25 
 
 3 40 
 
 3 55 
 
 3 75 
 
 3 75 
 
 3 75 
 
 2d fine 4 20 
 
 slating. per keg. 
 
 Cd and 7d $2 90 
 
 4dand5d 3 10 
 
 3d 3 50 
 
 $2 50 
 
 Finishing-nails are lighter and thinner than common plate- 
 nails, and besides being made quite smooth, they have very 
 slight heads, to permit of being easily countersunk in the 
 wooden finish. They are made in a number of sizes, from §• to 
 2-§- inches in length. Next to finishing-nails are the common 
 brads, made with a head in the form of a shank on one side. 
 The sizes are from £ inch to 2 inches in length. Brads are used 
 for small finish, tacking on panel mouldings, etc., the metal being 
 quite thin and the brad driven edgewise of the grain so as not 
 to split the wood. Swedes-iron patent brads are manufactured 
 by the Stanley "Works, and sold at from 18 cents to $1.25 per 
 pound, with a discount. Common brads are listed at the same 
 prices. Clout nails are made with broad, flat heads, and are 
 sold in sizes varying from § inch to 2-J inches in length and 
 
 Finishing- 
 nails. 
 
16 
 
 Chapter II. 
 
 Wire Nails. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 costing from 48 to 13 cents per pound, with a discount. They 
 are used about a building chiefly for tacking gutters, etc. 
 Hungarian nails are a species of large, rounded-headed tacks. 
 They are made from §• inch to 1£ inch long, and average 60 
 cents per pound, with a discount. Figure 1 illustrates the various 
 special forms of common nails. 
 
 All of the foregoing may be classed as common or plate 
 nails. Nails of a very different kind, manufactured from steel 
 wire, have been in use for a number of years in America and 
 for a longer period in Europe, and in both places they have 
 been very favorably received and are fast superseding the 
 common cut-nails for many purposes. The advantages of these 
 over the common nails are many. For the same amount 
 of metal they are much stronger ; they can be driven into very 
 thin boards without splitting them, and can be removed without 
 leaving so unsightly a hole as is usually made by the common 
 nails. Besides this, on account of their superior stiffness they 
 can be driven into very hard wood, where much caution is 
 necessary if common nails are to be used. They are also 
 more easily produced and are handled with less labor. They 
 are manufactured by a simple machine which is automatic in its 
 action, a coil of the wire adjusted to it being cut off in even 
 lengths, headed, pointed and, if necessary, ribbed according to 
 the kind of nail which is desired. The same sizes prevail for 
 these as for the ordinary plate-nails. The following table gives 
 the lengths and number to the pound as listed by the Salem 
 Nail Company, also the net retail prices per hundred pounds 
 in the Boston market. 
 
 Other manufacturers occasionally classify the nails in a more 
 natural way by lengths and numbers. The American Screw 
 Company of Providence, R. I., manufactures a very extended 
 line of these nails and sells them in lengths varying from three- 
 sixteenths inch to twelve inches in length, with a thickness of 
 wire varying from No. 22 to No. wire-guage. The prices are 
 by the pound. Everything above two inches, No. 9 wire, is sold 
 at five cents per pound. For smaller sizes the prices increase up 
 
NAILS. 
 
 17 
 
 to fifty cents per pound for 3-16 of an inch, No. 22. For 
 nails with special heads or special points add one cent per 
 pound. For nails combining all these specialties add one cent 
 per pound for each specialty. For tinning add fifty per cent. 
 
 Table of Best Quality of Standard Steel-wire Nails. 
 
 Chapter II, 
 
 Size. 
 
 2d Common. 
 
 3d 
 
 4d " 
 
 5d " 
 
 6d " 
 
 7d 
 
 8d " 
 
 9d " 
 
 lOd " 
 
 12d " 
 
 16d " 
 
 20d " 
 
 30d " 
 
 40d " 
 
 50d " 
 
 60d " 
 
 Length. 
 
 Number of Nails to 
 One Pound. 
 
 Price per Keg. 
 
 1 in. 
 
 1200 
 
 $5.00 
 
 U " 
 
 720 
 
 5.00 
 
 n " 
 
 432 
 
 4.00 
 
 1| " 
 
 300 
 
 4.00 
 
 2 " 
 
 252 
 
 3.70 
 
 21 « 
 
 186 
 
 3.70 
 
 2J « 
 
 132 
 
 3.35 
 
 2| " 
 
 105 
 
 3.35 
 
 3 " 
 
 87 
 
 3.15 
 
 31 « 
 
 66 
 
 3.00 
 
 3h " 
 
 51 
 
 3.00 
 
 4 " 
 
 35 
 
 3.00 
 
 4£ " 
 
 27 
 
 3.00 
 
 5 " 
 
 21 
 
 3.00 
 
 5i " 
 
 15 
 
 3.35 
 
 6 " 
 
 12 
 
 3.35 
 
 Besides the common wire nails the Salem Company makes a 
 variety of patterns such as fence, clinch, smooth, box, cas- 
 ing, finishing, common brads, flooring, slating, shingle, fine 
 nails, and wire spikes. The wire spikes are made in sizes from 
 three to nine inches long averaging from fifty to four and a half 
 nails per pound. Figure 2 shows the shapes of the different nails. 
 Besides these there are several other special makes not relat- 
 ing to builders' hardware. The variety of nails manufactured 
 from wire is very extensive, and the nails are deservedly popu- 
 lar. They do not hold quite as strongly against pulling out as 
 the common cut-nails but in every other respect they are, on 
 the whole, rather superior. 
 
 There are several kinds of ornamental nails manufactured for 
 special purposes. Figure 3 shows the common porcelain-headed 
 
 Picture-nails. 
 
18 
 
 Chapter II. 
 
 Staples. 
 
 B UILDERS' HA ED WARE. 
 
 picture-nail. P. &. F. Corbin manufacture nails of this de- 
 scription from two and one-half to four inches in length at 
 prices from $3.88 to $6.50 per gross. Brass-headed nails, Figure 
 
 Porcelain-Head *g •§ 
 
 Picture-nails. |j-j 
 
 Fig. 2. Wire Nails. (Half Size.) Salem Nail Co. 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 4, are manufactured by the same firm in nine sizes, from one 
 inch to four inches in length and from $1.05 to $4.00 per gross. 
 These prices are with a discount. 
 
 Fig. 5. Brass Door-Nails. (Half Size.) 
 J. B. Shannon & Sons. 
 
 Fig. 6. Clinch Staples. 
 
 There are also a few styles of ornamental door nails manu- 
 factured. J. B. Shannon & Sons show three varieties in 
 their catalogue, Figure 5. These are made in iron and bronze, at 
 50 to 72 cents per dozen, or in brass at 90 cents to $1.25 per 
 dozen, list price. 
 
 In connection with nails may be mentioned the common 
 staples such as are used for blind slats, etc. These are sold in 
 
TACKS. 
 
 19 
 
 various sizes, from three-eighths of an inch to one and one-fourth 
 inch in length, costing from forty-four to twenty-eight cents per 
 pound. The Florence Tack Company, as well as several other 
 manufacturers, carries a line of steel and iron clinch staples 
 such as are shown by Figure 6. These are made in a number of 
 sizes from five-eighths of an inch up, and cost from thirty cents 
 a hundred and down. 
 
 TACKS. 
 
 Tacks are of comparatively little value to the builder, being 
 used more especially for carpets, furniture, saddlery and the 
 like. The various lengths of common tacks are designated by 
 ounces, the size of the tack indicating the number of ounces 
 put in a paper when packed full weight. 1 The lengths are 
 always essentially the same with the different manufacturers, 
 for the same weights. Tacks are cut by much the same kind 
 of machinery as is used in the manufacture of plate nails. 
 Steel, American-iron, Swedes-iron and copper are used for 
 tacks. Iron is sometimes galvanized and occasionally nickel- 
 plated or tinned. Figure 7 illustrates the relative sizes of tacks 
 manufactured by the Stanley Works, and the following table 
 gives the list prices of the same company. 
 
 Tinned tacks can be had in iron or copper, in all the above 
 sizes, at an advance of from twenty to thirty per cent. 
 
 Double-pointed tacks have, within a few years been made 
 from flat steel wire. Five sizes are made by the Florence Tack 
 
 Company, from 
 
 1 H 2 2j 
 
 Chapter II. 
 
 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 
 
 5 , vary- 
 from $1.20 
 
 seven - sixteenths 
 to three-fourths 
 inches Ion 
 ing 
 
 to $1.80 per 
 dozen boxes. 
 They can be had 
 plated, tinned or in copper. The advantage of these tacks is 
 that they hold more tightly in the wood and at the same time 
 are more easily removed without breaking off in the hole. 
 
 i This statement is made in the catalogue of the Florence Tack Company. 
 
 Fig. 7. American- 
 
 Iron Cut Tacks, (Half Size.) 
 Works. 
 
 Stanley 
 
 Tacks. 
 
20 
 
 Chapter II. 
 
 B UILDERS' II A IiD WA RE. 
 
 TABLE OF TACKS (Stanley Works). 
 
 
 ze. 
 
 AMERIC AJST-IRON. 
 
 SWEDES-IRON. 
 
 COPPER. 
 
 Si 
 
 Price per doz. 
 
 Price 
 per lb. 
 
 Price per doz. 
 
 Price 
 per lb. 
 
 Price per doz. 
 
 Price 
 per lb. 
 
 
 % 
 
 M 
 
 o 
 
 o ii 
 
 •3 ,a 
 
 5 
 
 % 
 
 ■° *3 
 
 « .a 
 
 
 3 
 
 rZ O 
 
 
 
 "2 §5 
 
 Ounce. 
 
 Inch. 
 
 pq 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 "3 
 S 
 
 
 3 
 & 
 
 s 
 
 1 
 
 3 o t. 
 
 O »5 
 
 JL 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 $0 60 
 
 $0 30 
 
 $160 
 
 $1 12 
 
 $0 56 
 
 $3 00 
 
 3 
 I 1 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 35 
 
 125 
 
 1 12 
 
 56 
 
 2 00 
 
 _3_ 
 
 .ffiO 80 
 
 $0 40 
 
 $100 
 
 80 
 
 40 
 
 100 
 
 1 12 
 
 56 
 
 1 50 
 
 li 
 
 
 90 
 
 45 
 
 80 
 
 90. 
 
 45 
 
 80 
 
 1 30 
 
 65 
 
 1 15 
 
 2 
 
 JL 
 
 90 
 
 45 
 
 63 
 
 1 00 
 
 50 
 
 66 
 
 1 40 
 
 70 
 
 95 
 
 2h 
 
 _5_ 
 
 1 00 
 
 50 
 
 55 
 
 1 10 
 
 55 
 
 58 
 
 1 60 
 
 80 
 
 85 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 1 10 
 
 55 
 
 50 
 
 1 20 
 
 60 
 
 52 
 
 1 80 
 
 90 
 
 80 
 
 4 
 
 
 1 20 
 
 60 
 
 44 
 
 1 40 
 
 70 
 
 46 
 
 2 00 
 
 1 00 
 
 66 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 1 30 
 
 65 
 
 34 
 
 1 60 
 
 80 
 
 36 
 
 2 52 
 
 1 26 
 
 56 
 
 8 
 
 _9_ 
 
 1 50 
 
 75 
 
 30 
 
 1 90 
 
 95 
 
 32 
 
 3 36 
 
 1 68 
 
 56 
 
 10 
 
 £ 
 
 1 60 
 
 80 
 
 28 
 
 2 20 
 
 1 10 
 
 30 
 
 4 20 
 
 2 10 
 
 56 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 1 80 
 
 90 
 
 26 
 
 2 50 
 
 1 25 
 
 28 
 
 5 04 
 
 2 52 
 
 56 
 
 14 
 
 f 
 
 2 00 
 
 1 00 
 
 24 
 
 2 80 
 
 1 40 
 
 26 
 
 5 88 
 
 2 94 
 
 56 
 
 16 
 
 13 
 
 2 20 
 
 1 10 
 
 23 
 
 3 00 
 
 1 50 
 
 25 
 
 6 72 
 
 3 36 
 
 56 
 
 18 
 
 2 40 
 
 1 20 
 
 22J 
 
 3 30 
 
 1 65 
 
 24 
 
 7 56 
 
 3 78 
 
 56 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 2 60 
 
 1 30 
 
 22 
 
 3 60 
 
 1 80 
 
 24 
 
 8 40 
 
 4 20 
 
 56 
 
 22 
 
 i lc 
 
 2 80 
 
 1 40 
 
 21 
 
 3 80 
 
 1 90 
 
 23 
 
 9 24 4 62 
 
 56 
 
 24 
 
 li 
 
 3 00 
 
 1 50 
 
 20 
 
 4 00 
 
 2 00 
 
 22 
 
 10 08 5 04 
 
 56 
 
CHAPTER III. 
 
 SCREWS. 
 
 5P 
 
 ^HE substitution of 
 screws for nails in 
 building operations is 
 one of the most marked 
 features of modern woi*k, 
 and is, in a way, indica- 
 tive of the changes that 
 
 Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. II. Fig. 12. ] iave come aDOut smce 
 
 Mediaeval times. In those days men built for eternity ; now, 
 the object is to build so that it is possible to take the work 
 apart ; and nothing shows more clearly the extent to which 
 this idea is carried than the variety of uses to which screws 
 are put. There is, however, another way of looking at the 
 the change, and a more practical one, too, for screws cer- 
 tainly have a great many advantages which nails never could 
 possess. They are much more secure when in place ; they are 
 neater in appearance ; they require but little more labor in 
 driving than nails, and can, at any time, be removed without 
 injuring the material into which they are screwed. Some who 
 have had trouble in removing old screws which had rusted into 
 hard-wood work may object to the last statement. An old car- 
 penter however, once told us of a very simple way to remove 
 even the most obdurate screw: if a red-hot poker is held against 
 the head of the screw for a few moments, the heat will expand 
 the metal, loosening it from its hold on the wood, after which 
 it can be readily unscrewed. 
 
 Screws. 
 
22 
 
 B UILDERS' II A RD WARE. 
 
 Chapter III. 
 
 Manufacture 
 of Screws. 
 
 Patent Screws. 
 
 The improvements in the processes of manufacture of screws 
 have been even more marked than those which have been 
 noted in regard to nails. The blanks for screws were form- 
 erly cut out by hand. The first improvement was to cut 
 them from rolled round iron, the heads being formed by press- 
 ing the blanks into a die while hot, and the threads cut with 
 a file, a very laborious operation which resulted in a very poor 
 quality of screw. The screw-working machinery, as at pres- 
 ent in use, has very largely been designed by Americans. The 
 blanks are cut and headed from coils of wire on one machine ; 
 another machine takes the pieces, gives the proper shape to the 
 head and neck, turns the shank, and finishes the screw. It has 
 been claimed that the entire operation necessary to turning out 
 •a perfected screw is so economical in its action, that the fluctu- 
 ations in the first cost of the crude wire will often equal the 
 total cost of manufacture. 
 
 The most important improvement which has been made in 
 their manufacture is the application of the gimlet point, by 
 means of which a screw can be turned into the wood without 
 the aid of a gimlet or auger. It seems so natural now to us 
 that it is difficult to understand why the world was so long con- 
 tented with the poor productions of half a century ago. 
 
 The form and style of the ordinary screw, as at present in 
 use, seem so perfect in every respect that it would be difficult 
 to suggest any improvements. There are, however, a few 
 forms of patent screws in the market which may be of inter- 
 est in this connection. Figure 8 illustrates a screw, patented 
 in 1873, fitted with a drill point instead of the ordinary gimlet 
 point. Figure 9 is a screw with a thread somewhat like that 
 of a bit, the thread, however, diminishing in pitch from the bot- 
 tom to the top. Figure 10 is a form of coach-screw, having 
 threads of a curved cross-section and provided with a wedge- 
 shaped point, which allows the screw to be partly driven into 
 place with a hammer. Figure 1 1 is essentially the same as the 
 ordinary screw, except that the point is flattened, and it has a 
 circular cutting edge. Figure 12 is a wood-screw provided 
 
SCREWS. 
 
 23 
 
 with a cutter and point in such a manner as to cut its way into 
 the wood instead of pressing it to one side as is the case in 
 the ordinary screw. None of these varieties, however, have any 
 very extended sale, and we are unable to say by whom they 
 are manufactured or controlled. Figure 13 illustrates about 
 the best of the patent forms. It is a diamond-pointed steel 
 screw, manufactured by Russell & Erwin. Screws of this form 
 can be driven with a hammer their entire length into any hard 
 wood, and then held by one or two turns as securely as the 
 ordinary screw. The head is made convex to strengthen it 
 and prevent its splitting when struck with a hammer. The 
 thread is of the ratchet form, which permits its penetration 
 without tearing the wood fibres. 
 
 Ordinary gimlet-pointed screws are made in four styles, de- 
 pending upon the use for which they are intended. The shank 
 and point are always practically the same. The head is either 
 
 Chapter III. 
 
 Fig. 13. 
 
 Fig. 14. 
 
 Fig. 15. 
 
 Fig. 16. 
 
 Fig. 17. 
 
 Oval-head 
 
 Round-head 
 
 Piano-head 
 
 Screw. 
 
 Screw. 
 
 Screw. 
 
 flat, Figure 14; oval, Figure 15; round, Figure 16; or of the 
 form shown by Figure 17, which Russell & Erwin designate as 
 having a "piano" head. 
 
24 
 
 Chapter III. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 TABLE OF SCREWS. 
 Abridged from Catalogue of the American Screw Co. Price per gross. 
 
 Gauge. 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 8 | 10 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 24 
 
 30 
 
 1 
 
 $.35 
 .52 
 
 $.35 
 .55 
 
 $.35 
 .60 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 .35 
 .52 
 
 .35 
 .56 
 
 .36 
 .62 
 
 $.37 
 .78 
 
 $.39 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 .35 
 
 .58 
 
 .36 
 .67 
 
 .39 
 .79 
 
 .40 
 .98 
 
 $.44 
 1.23 
 
 $.54 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 .35 
 .59 
 
 .36 
 .70 
 
 .39 
 
 .86 
 
 .42 
 1.09 
 
 .47 
 1.40 
 
 .50 
 1.75 
 
 $.66 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 .35 
 
 .70 
 
 .39 
 
 .74 
 
 .40 
 .93 
 
 .44 
 1.22 
 
 .51 
 1.57 
 
 .59 
 1.97 
 
 .71 
 2.43 
 
 $.84 
 2.96 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 
 .38 
 .90 
 
 .40 
 .95 
 
 .43 
 1.01 
 
 .48 
 1.35 
 
 .55 
 1.73 
 
 .65 
 2.18 
 
 .77 
 2.69 
 
 .92 
 3.29 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 .42 
 1.04 
 
 .47 
 1.10 
 
 .53 
 1.48 
 
 .59 
 1.91 
 
 .72 
 2.40 
 
 .86 
 2.97 
 
 1.03 
 3.62 
 
 $1.21 
 4.35 
 
 $1.43 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1* 
 
 
 
 .51 
 1.38 
 
 .55 
 1.44 
 
 .59 
 1.73 
 
 .68 
 2.13 
 
 .83 
 2.83 
 
 .99 
 3.51 
 
 1.17 
 4.29 
 
 1.39 
 5.16 
 
 1.65 
 
 $2.00 
 
 $2.45 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 .60 
 1.86 
 
 .64 
 1.92 
 
 .69 
 1.98 
 
 .78 
 2.58 
 
 .95 
 3.28 
 
 1.13 
 4.08 
 
 1.34 
 5.00 
 
 1.58 
 6.01 
 
 1.87 
 7.13 
 
 2.15 
 
 2.60 
 
 
 if 
 
 
 
 
 .73 
 2.45 
 
 .78 
 2.51 
 
 .88 
 2.91 
 
 1.05 
 3.72 
 
 1.27 
 4.64 
 
 1.52 
 5.68 
 
 1.82 
 6.84 
 
 2.09 
 8.13 
 
 2.30 
 9.53 
 
 2.77 
 11.07 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 .85 
 3.14 
 
 .89 
 3.20 
 
 .99 
 3.26 
 
 1.17 
 
 4.18 
 
 1.40 
 5.21 
 
 1.69 
 6.38 
 
 2.05 
 7.69 
 
 2.32 
 9.12 
 
 2.64 
 10.70 
 
 3.01 
 12.42 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1.08 
 4.50 
 
 1.12 
 4 57 
 
 1.28 
 4.63 
 
 1.54 
 
 5.78 
 
 1.88 
 7.07 
 
 2.24 
 8.53 
 
 2.5G 
 10.12 
 
 2.89 
 11.87 
 
 3.28 
 
 
 ^4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1.22 
 
 1.28 
 6.23 
 
 1.43 
 6.29 
 
 1.71 
 6.35 
 
 2.07 
 
 7.7S 
 
 2.45 
 9.38 
 
 2.81 
 11.13 
 
 3.15 
 13.04 
 
 3.55 
 15.12 
 
 
 "2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1.63 
 
 1.69 
 
 1.89 
 
 2.27 
 
 2.66 
 
 3.07 
 
 3.42 
 
 3.87 
 
 
 "l 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1.97 
 9.00 
 
 2.02 
 9.05 
 
 2.09 
 9.11 
 
 2.46 
 9.17 
 
 2.87 
 11.05 
 
 3.32 
 13.12 
 
 3.76 
 15.37 
 
 4.22 
 
 17.82 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2.67 
 
 2.742.80 
 
 2.87 
 
 3.31 
 
 3.61 
 
 4.08 
 
 4.66 
 
 
 °2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3.18 3.22 
 
 3.28 
 
 3.75 
 
 4.14 
 
 4.73 
 
 5.46 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4.15 
 
 4.18 
 
 4.80 
 
 5.54 
 
 6.38 
 
 
 ^2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5.57 
 
 5.63 
 
 6.46 
 
 7.30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 8.80 
 
 8.85 
 
 8.92 
 
 $12.67 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The upper 
 Discount : 60 
 
 figures give the price of iron screws : the lower that of brass screws, 
 to 75% on iron screws, 55 to 70% on brass screws. 
 
SCREWS. 
 
 25 
 
 The kinds of screws which are manufactured for various pur- 
 poses are almost infinite in variety, but so far as relates to 
 builders' hardware in general, it will be sufficient to consider 
 only the wood-screws, that is to say, the screws made for 
 working with wood. The materials of which screws are made 
 for this purpose are iron, steel, brass, copper, bronze and phos- 
 phor-bronze. The screws commonly in use are of iron. Steel 
 screws are comparatively little used on account of the cost. 
 Brass, copper, and bronze screws are used in connection with 
 finishing hardware. Phosphor-bronze screws are used only in 
 special cases. 
 
 Iron wood-screws are made in twenty different lengths, vary- 
 ing from one-quarter inch to six inches. Brass and nickel- 
 plated screws are made only as high as three inches in length. 
 Each length of screws has from six to eighteen varieties in 
 thickness, there being in all thirty-one different gauges ; so 
 that altogether there are about 250 different sizes of ordinary 
 
 Chapter III. 
 
 Wood-Screws. 
 
 Screw Sizes. 
 
 SCREW GAUGE. 1 
 
 WIRE GAUGE. 2 
 
 No. Diarn. 
 
 ® 17. .058 
 
 © 1(3. .005 
 
 €> 15. .072 
 
 © 14. .083 
 
 €> 13. .095 
 
 ® 12. .100 
 
 © 11. .120 
 
 ^) 10- -134 
 
 © 9. .148 
 
 ft 8. .165 
 
 Fig. 18. Diameters of Wire. From American Screw Co. 's Catalogue. 
 1 American Screw Gauge. 2 Okl Standard Birmingham Gauge. 
 
 t= 
 
 r-- 
 
 i 
 
 fc -J 
 
 L' "-1 
 
 b < 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 
 ' 
 
 (■' — , -a 
 
 
 
26 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 ■Chapter in. wood-screws in the market. Figure 18 gives the different 
 
 gauges in use from zero to thirty. Iron screws are finished 
 with either a bronze, japanned, lacquered on tinned surface. 
 P. & F. Corbin also manufacture copper, bronzed, and silver- 
 
 30. .4520 
 
 00. .380 
 
 000. .425 
 
 0000. .454 
 
 Fig. I 8. Continued 
 
SCREWS. 
 
 plated screws. These and a few special varieties are kept in 
 stock by most dealers. The preceding tables give the sizes, 
 prices, etc., of iron, brass and nickel-plated screws, compiled 
 from the catalogues of the American Screw Company, and 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Nickel-plating increases the foregoing prices as follows : 
 
 Chapter III. 
 
 Length. 
 
 Guage. 
 
 On Iron. 
 
 On Brass. 
 
 h 
 
 No. 4 
 
 $1.09 
 
 $0.98 
 
 1 
 
 " 6 
 
 1.03 
 
 1.10 
 
 2 
 
 " 9 
 
 1.49 
 
 1.72 
 
 3 
 
 " 14 
 
 2.91 
 
 4.34 
 
 Intermediate sizes approximately at the same ratio. Discount : 75 and 66 %. 
 
 Besides the ordinary wood-screws, the only other kinds used 
 constructively to any extent by builders are lag-screws, and 
 hand-rail screws. The former are more commonly known 
 as coach-screws, and are manufactured in 128 different sizes 
 
 Lag-screws. 
 
 TABLE OF GIMLET-POINT COACH-SCREWS. 
 Price per hundred. Discount : 66§%. 
 
 Diameter 
 in inches. 
 
 Length under the Head. 
 
 li 
 
 2* 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 $2.70 
 
 $3.10 
 
 $3.70 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 16 
 
 2.70 
 
 3.10 
 
 3.70 
 
 •• 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 3.10 
 
 3.50 
 
 4.10 
 
 
 
 
 7 
 16 
 
 4.00 
 
 4.50 
 
 5.25 
 
 $7.25 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 4.30 
 
 4.90 
 
 5.80 
 
 8.20 
 
 $9.40 
 
 $10.60 
 
 I 9 6 
 
 
 6.90 
 
 S.10 
 
 11.30 
 
 12.90 
 
 14.50 
 
 f 
 
 
 6.90 
 
 8.10 
 
 11.30 
 
 12.90 
 
 14.50 
 
 ! 
 
 
 10.00 
 
 11.50 
 
 15.50 
 
 17.50 
 
 19.50 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 16.50 
 
 22.50 
 
 25.50 
 
 28.50 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 22.50 
 
 30.25 
 
 34.25 
 
 38.25 
 
28 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter in. varying from £" x li^'to 1" x 12". In appearance the shank and 
 
 the gimlet-point are the same as ordinary wood-screws, but the 
 head is square, like a nut, and without any cross-cut, so that 
 the screw can be turned up with a wrench. The preceding 
 table gives the prices of a few of the sizes, as per the lists of 
 the American Screw Co. 
 Joint-bolts. Hand-rail screws or joint-bolts are usually made in two ways, 
 
 either with one end 
 cut with a wood-screw 
 thread, and the other 
 provided with a ma- 
 chine - screw thread 
 and loose nut, or with 
 a machine- screw 
 thread and nut on 
 each end. One nut 
 is generally cogged 
 so it can be turned 
 up easily by a pock- 
 Fig. 19. joint-boits. et wrench. Joint- 
 bolts are of two diameters, either j\ or f-inch, and the stand- 
 ard lengths are from four to six inches, though some manu- 
 facturers produce joint-bolts as long as fifteen inches. Joint- 
 bolts with two nuts are sometimes made with T 7 ^-inch diameter 
 with a swelled centre. Figure 19 shows the various forms 
 of joint-bolts, and the following table gives the prices per gross. 
 
 TABLE OF JOINT-BOLTS. 
 
 Discount : 75%. 
 
 Diam. 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 3 
 
 ¥ 
 
 16 
 
 Length, 4 inches. 
 
 Length, 4-J inches. 
 
 Length, 5 inches. 
 
 Length, 5J inches. 
 
 Length, 6 inches. 
 
 One 
 nut. 
 
 Two 
 nuts. 
 
 Sweli'd 
 
 centre 
 
 One 
 nut. 
 
 Two 
 
 nuts. 
 
 Sweli'd 
 centre. 
 
 One 
 nut. 
 
 Two 
 
 nuts. 
 
 Sweli'd 
 centre. 
 
 One 
 
 nut. 
 
 Two 
 nuts. 
 
 Sweli'd 
 centre. 
 
 One 
 
 nut. 
 
 Two 
 nuts. 
 
 Sweli'd 
 centre. 
 
 $9.00 
 
 $10.25 
 
 $16.75 
 
 $10.00 
 11.25 
 
 $11.25 
 13.50 
 
 $18.00 
 
 $11.25 
 12.50 
 
 $12.50 
 14.50 
 
 $19.00 
 
 $12.25 
 13.50 
 
 $13.50 
 15.75 
 
 $20.25 
 
 $14.50 
 
 $16.75 
 
 $21.50 
 
SCREWS. 
 
 29 
 
 Screw-eyes are too well-known to require illustration. They 
 are made of steel, iron or brass wire, with a gimlet-pointed 
 thread cut on the shank. Iron screw-eyes are made plain, 
 bright, bronzed or nickel-plated. The diameters of wire used 
 vary from wire guage 0, to 14, the lengths of the eyes being 
 from \\ to 2-§- inches. The list price in iron of the largest 
 sizes is $9.00 per gross. The smallest size cost 95 cents per 
 gross. Brass screw-eyes cost about twice as much as iron. 
 These prices are with a heavy discount. 
 
 Figure 20 shows the common forms of screw-hooks. The list 
 prices for these are $6.00 per gross for No. 4 iron, and $22.00 
 per gross for No. 4 brass. About the same variety of sizes 
 are listed for screw-hooks as for screw-eyes. The smaller sizes 
 of hooks can be had in brass with washers or roses at a slight 
 advance in price. The hooks are made as large as 4f-inch, No. 
 wire. 
 
 Picture-knobs or hangers are intended to screw into the wall, 
 through the plastering. They are made with a long screw 
 
 Fig. 20. Screw-hooks. 
 
 Fig. 21. Picture-hangers. (Half-size.) 
 
 shank provided with a knob of porcelain or metal, and are 
 listed in four lengths, f-inch, f-inch, 1-inch and 1^-inch ; being 
 sold at from $4.75 to $6.20 per gross, with a discount. Figure 
 21 illustrates one variety. 
 
 Picture-rod hooks are intended to support a rod on the wall, 
 answering as a picture moulding. The list price (P. & F. Cor- 
 bin) is from $2.00 to $4.50 per dozen, according to length and 
 finish. 
 
 Chapter III. 
 
 Screw-eyes. 
 
 Screw-hooks. 
 
 Picture- 
 hangers 
 
CHAPTER IV. 
 
 Bolts. 
 
 Bolts. 
 
 Barrel-bolts. 
 
 w 
 
 Fig. 23. Stove-bolts. 
 
 /^J\ ^TJSIDE from the coach or lag screws, 
 jjL and. the stair-rail bolts already 
 described, the only constructive bolts 
 used by the builder are such as are nec- 
 essary in joining header and trimmer 
 beams. These are similar to the stair- 
 J rail bolts, but heavier and less finished. 
 They are often made to order, but a few 
 sizes are kept in stock by some dealers. 
 Ordinarily \ to 1 inch bolts are used, 8 to 24 inches long, with 
 a square head on one end and a thread and square nut at the 
 other. In any other cases requiring the use of constructive bolts, 
 lag-screws are generally found to answer every purpose, though 
 stove-bolts, Figure 23, are sometimes useful. These are made 
 with flat or round heads. They are manufactured in six diam- 
 eters, from 3\ to ■§ inch, and thirty-two lengths, from f-inch to 
 7 inches. The manufacturers' list-prices are from $0.85 to $4.20 
 per hundred. Sink-bolts are similar to the stove-bolts except 
 that the shank is threaded the whole length, and provided with 
 two nuts. Tire-bolts are like flat-headed stove-bolts, but are 
 without the cross-cut in the head. Many other forms of bolts 
 are in the market, but even the foregoing are rarely used by 
 builders. 
 
 DOOR-BOLTS. 
 
 Figure 24 shows the most common form of wrought-iron 
 door-bolt, designated specifically as a "barrel-bolt." This is 
 
BOLTS. 
 
 made to screw onto the face of the door. The jamb-staple may 
 be plain, as in Figure 24 ; bent, Figure 25 ; or necked, Figure 
 
 26. The latter is for 
 a door swinging out, 
 which is to be bolted 
 on the inside. All 
 of these forms are 
 likewise made in cast 
 brass. The iron bolts 
 may be japanned, 
 tinned or bronzed, 
 and the knobs are 
 sometimes nickel-plat- 
 ed, tinned, or made of 
 brass or porcelain. 
 Neck - bolts, Figure 
 
 27, are used when 
 the bolt-plate or sta- 
 ple cannot be put di- 
 rectly on the line of 
 the face of the door. 
 The style shown 
 by the illustration is that 
 manufactured by the 
 Stanley Works, and is 
 made additionally strong 
 by a central rod running 
 into the bolt and riveted 
 to the edge of the bolt- 
 plate as shown by the fig- 
 ure. A similar style of 
 bolt with a flat bar and 
 a raised end instead of a 
 knob, Figure 28, has a 
 flat spring between the 
 bolt and the plate, serving to keep the former in position. 
 
 Chapter IV. 
 
 Fig. 26. Necked Bolt. 
 
 Barrel-Bolts. 
 
 Fig. 27. Round Neck-bolts. Stanley Works. 
 
 Fig. 28. Square Neck-Bolt. Staniey Works. 
 
32 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 ■Chapter IV. Figure 29 shows a form which is designated as a mosquito- 
 
 bar bolt, and is used for a number of light purposes. It is 
 made without any jamb-staple. 
 
 Excepting Figure 28, the foregoing bolts are made without any 
 springs. Much the same patterns are found in the market under 
 
 Spring-bolts. ^ e designation of spring-bolts, the bolt being held either open 
 
 Fig. 29. Mosquito-bar Bolt. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 /I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \/r 
 
 — it£' 
 
 Ll 
 
 -I 
 
 
 
 
 
 t*~ 
 
 e> 
 
 €> 
 
 
 Fig. 30. Square Bolt, with Spring. 
 
 ^n 
 
 a 
 
 Fig. 32. Straight Cupboard-Bolt. 
 
 Fig. 33. Flat Cupboard-Bolt. 
 
 Fig. 3 I . Square Bolt, 
 with Spring. 
 
 or shut by means of a spring inserted under the bolt against 
 the bolt-plate. These are in a number of varieties, 
 
BOLTS. 
 
 36 
 
 Cupboard 
 
 including neck-bolts, straight-bolts, square or round bolts, with Chapter IV. 
 
 porcelain knobs, brass kuobs, etc. Figure 30 shows a iorm of 
 
 square spring-bolt manufactured by the Stanley Works. There 
 
 is also another form, Figure 31, in which the spring is on one 
 
 side of the bolt, the notch in the shank holding the bolt either 
 
 open or shut. 
 
 Straight cupboard-bolts, Figure 32, and flat cupboard-bolts, 
 Figure 33, are manufactured in a variety of forms of which 
 those shown are types. They 
 are finished in the usual variety 
 of styles. Figure 34 shows 
 what is designated as a shqj-bolt. 
 Figure 35 is a variety of side 
 flush-bolt adapted for chests, 
 
 di . -17. r> J F'g- 34 ' Ship-Bolt. 
 
 esk-tops, etc. figure 3o and 
 
 Figure 37 are two forms of bookcase-bolts. The former Bookcase- 
 is screwed flush on the edge of the standing-door at 
 the top, while a flat plate is attached to the edge of the 
 swinging-door. On closing the latter, the brass plate strikes 
 on the knob of the bolt and throws the bolt up into the door- 
 
 Fig. 35. Side Flush-Bolt 
 
 Fig. 36. Bnokcase- 
 Boit. P. & F. Cor- 
 bm. 
 
 Fig. 37. Bookcase-Catch. 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 soffit, the knob shank following the oblique cut in the plate ; a 
 .spring throws the bolt down when the door is opened. The 
 
34 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter IV. action of Figure 37 is somewhat different. The bolt is mor- 
 tised into the soffit or the bottom of the door-frame, and the 
 two plates are screwed to the tops of the doors. For a bolt as 
 
 Fig. 38. 
 Fiat Tail-Bolt. 
 
 Fig. 39. 
 
 Lock Shutter-Bolt. 
 
 Stanley Works. 
 
 Fig. 40. 
 Canada Bolt. 
 Stanley Works. 
 
 Fig. 41. 
 Sunk Flush-Bolt. 
 
 shown by the figure, the right-hand door is closed first, when 
 the other door is closed it strikes the bevelled connection of the 
 
BOLTS. 
 
 35 
 
 bolt, forcing it up and consequently forcing the other arm of 
 the bolt down into the plate on top of the right-hand door. The 
 doors can then be locked together with a key or catch, though 
 the friction on the striker will keep them closed. A spring 
 forces the bolt up when the left door is opened. This form of 
 bolt can be used for cupboards, wardrobes, etc., but we do not 
 know of its having ever been applied successfully to large 
 double-doors. 
 
 The following table gives the average retail prices of the 
 bolts enumerated. Only the principal sizes are listed, but 
 these will be sufficient to give an idea of the cost. 
 
 TABLE OF PLAIN BOLTS. 
 
 Prices per dozen. 
 
 Chapter IV. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 Length in inches. 
 
 2 
 
 $ 
 
 1.05 
 1.50 
 
 2i 
 
 $ 
 
 .88 
 2.10 
 
 3 
 
 $ 
 1.10 
 
 2.25 
 
 1.15 
 
 1.20 
 2.15 
 
 4 
 
 $ 
 
 3.10 
 2.45 
 
 1.50 
 
 5 
 
 $ 
 
 3.30 
 1.60 
 
 6 
 
 $ 
 
 3.50 
 3.65 
 
 1.70 
 
 1.40 
 1.49 
 2.80 
 
 8 
 
 $ 
 3.25 
 
 4.00 
 
 3.40 
 
 4.70 
 
 2.40 
 
 5.95 
 
 1.83 
 1.92 
 
 12 
 
 36 
 
 84 
 
 24 
 25 
 
 Wrcraght-iron barrel-bolt 
 
 common staples 
 
 Wrought-irou barrel-bolt 
 
 Wrought-iron barrel-bolt 
 
 Wrought - iron round, 
 
 Wrought - iron square. 
 
 Brass mosquito -bar 
 
 Wrought-iron, square, 
 
 Wrought-iron side spring 
 
 Brass straight cupboard- 
 
 Brass flat cupboard- 
 
 $ 
 
 26 
 27 
 28 
 29 
 30 
 31 
 32 
 33 
 
 10.20 
 2.68 
 
 2.77 
 
 
 
 34 
 35 
 3G 
 
 Brass ship flush-bolts 
 
 Brass side flush-bolts 
 
 Brass bookcase - bolts, 
 
 2.40 
 
 2.10 
 2.10 
 
 
 3T 
 
 Brass bookcase catch, 
 
 
 38 
 
 Wrought-iron flat-tail 
 Wrought-iron shutter- 
 Wrought-iron shutter- 
 Wrought-iron Canada 
 
 26.25 
 
 39 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 4.32 
 
 
 Flat-tail-bolts, Figure 38, are intended for high doors requir- 
 ing to be bolted at the top, and are made in a number of different 
 
 Tail-bolts. 
 
36 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter IV. lengths, from one to seven feet. When the bolt is shot it 
 
 is kept from slipping down by a rebate in the shank which 
 catches on the lowest staple, as seen by the figure. Figure 39 
 is a form of bolt used for shutters having a wide bearing on 
 each side. It is provided with a locking lever at the upper 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 o o 
 
 Fig. 42. Wrought-lron Flush Bolt. 
 
 Fig. 43. Mortise Flush Bolt. 
 J. B. Shannon & Co. 
 
 side, catching in a notch on the bolt. The same form is made 
 without the locking-lever. Canada-bolts, Figure 40, consist of a 
 
BOLTS 
 
 37 
 
 long, square shank or bolt, with mineral or porcelain knob. 
 The bolt is kept from slipping by a short, flat spring under- 
 neath. These are sold with several varieties of staples. 
 
 Chapter IV. 
 
 Fig. 44. Flush Bolt, with Patent Stop. 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Fig. 45. Flush Bolt, with Patent Stop. 
 Ireland Manufacturing Co. 
 
 For front and vestibule doors in two folds as well as for 
 other double doors some form of mortise -bolt is required. 
 
38 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter IV. 
 
 Sunk Flush- 
 bolt. 
 
 Mortise Flush- 
 bolt. 
 
 Latch Spring- 
 bolt. 
 
 These may be mortised into the edge or sunk flush with the 
 face of the standing door. Figure 41 shows the ordinary sunk 
 flush-bolt. This pattern is made with plates three-fourths inch 
 wide and bolts from six to twenty-four inches long. The retail 
 prices average from $5.60 to $9.52 per dozen in bronzed 
 wrought-iron. Bolts of similar description but with a square 
 rod, Figure 42, are made with plates one and one-fourth inches 
 wide and fifteen to sixty inches long, costing $9.80 to $23.- 
 60 per dozen in bronzed iron, with bronze knob. The same 
 styles of bolts are also made in cast brass ; a few dealers keep 
 them in stock nickel-plated. The pattern represented by Fig- 
 ure 42, is, of course, used only on the face of a door. 
 
 A mortise flush-bolt is one which is mortised into the thick- 
 ness of the door and is operated by a knob or handle working 
 in a face-plate. Figure 43 illustrates one variety. The bolts 
 are made from nine to forty-eight inches long, and the retail 
 prices are from $1.50 to $1.80 each, in bronze. 
 
 Figure 44, illustrates a form of self-locking flush-bolt. A 
 lever on the bottom of the bolt catches over a shoulder on the 
 face-plate when the bolt is shot. To release the lever it is 
 simply pushed inward, a coiled spring at the top otherwise holding 
 it in position. Figure 45 shows another device in which the 
 bolt is thrown by turning the knob. A peg at the back of the 
 knob works in a horizontal slot in a tail-piece attached to the 
 bolt. Raising the bolt brings the peg in the line of the centre 
 of rotation of the knob and so locks it. 
 
 There are several varieties of latch spring flush-bolts, in 
 which the knob remains thrown out but can be drawn down by 
 a pull within convenient reach of the hand. Figure 46 illus- 
 trates one such arrangement. P. & F. Corbin also manufacture 
 a latch-spring bolt which is mortised into the edge of the door, 
 and in which the latch bolt is released by pressing on the face- 
 plate. 
 
 For store doors it is customary to use bolts applied to the 
 face of the door instead of being mortised-in flush. In this 
 case the upper bolt is attached to a chain which hangs about 
 
BOLTS. 
 
 39 
 
 six feet from the floor. The lower bolt is held up by a spring, 
 but can be pressed down into place with the foot, a spring catch 
 on the face holding the bolt "when down. 
 
 Figures 44 to 46 inclusive, 
 are types of a great variety 
 of styles manufactured in several 
 different metals with all kinds 
 of finish and design. It is, 
 therefore, impracticable to give 
 for these any average prices which 
 could serve as fair criterions. 
 
 Chapter IV. 
 
 Fig. 46. 
 
 Extension Latch-Spring Flush- 
 Bolt. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Fig. 47. Dutch-Door Bolt. Hopkint 
 & Dickinson Manufg. Co. 
 
 The Hopkins & Dickinson Manufacturing Co., has recently 
 
40 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter iv. put on the market a form of flush-bolt intended specially for 
 Dutch doors, that is to say, doors in two folds, horizontally. 
 Figure 47 illustrates this. The bolt-plate is about seven inches 
 long, and is rebated to match the rebates of the doors. The 
 retail price of a single bronze bolt is $2.50. Figure 48 illus- 
 trates a chain and a foot-bolt. 
 
 Engine-house bolts are made in a variety of forms generally 
 so as to permit of being opened easily, by a large catch or 
 
 Fig. 48. 
 
 latch which throws the bolts up and down from bottom and top. 
 These cost from $6 to $9 each, though it is impossible to give 
 any fair general price as the bolts are made only to order. 
 
 FRENCH WINDOW-BOLTS. 
 
 French window-bolts are usually mortised into the centre 
 style of one of the sashes and are so arranged that a crank 
 or handle on the face of the sash will throw a bolt in each 
 direction, so as to lock the window at the top and the 
 bottom. Figure 49 is a form operated by a knob and spindle. 
 In setting it, the gearing-box or mechanism of the bolts can 
 be let into the door in the same manner as an ordinary mor- 
 tise-lock, and the two rods dropped in through a hole bored the 
 length of the sash, the rods screwing into the hubs on the gear- 
 ing-box. The retail price of this appliance is $4.00 in bronze, 
 including a bronze handle. Figure 50 is another form, similar 
 in its action as regards the bolts, but intended to plant on the 
 face of the sash. The crank handle drops into a catch on the 
 
BOLTS. 
 
 4] 
 
 opposite sash, and can be locked by turning the bar on top of 
 the catch. The retail price in bronze is $4.00. 
 
 Espagnolette - bolts are arranged, like the foregoing, to 
 
 Chapter IV 
 
 Espagnolette- 
 Bolts, 
 
 %^E 
 
 Fig. 49. Mortise French Window- 
 bolt. J. B. Shannon & Sons. 
 
 Fig. 50. French Window-bolt. 
 Hopkins & Dickinson Manufacturing Co. 
 
 shoot up and down, but in addition the bolts are made to turn 
 so as to hook onto a post or peg at the top and bottom. They 
 
42 
 
 Chapter IV. 
 
 Chain-bolts. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 are much used in France for double windows, and have several 
 advantages, as they not only lock the sashes, but also draw them 
 up firmly against the window-frame, thus making them more 
 secure against the weather. Figure 51 
 illustrates one form of espagnolette- 
 bolt. 
 
 There are many other devices adopted 
 for securing French windows. In the 
 cheapest class of work an ordinary cup- 
 board-catch is used; and in the best 
 work they are sometimes secured with a 
 regular key lock. 
 
 CHAIN AND CHECK BOLTS. 
 
 At one time it was considered quite 
 essential that a front door should be 
 provided with a chain door-fastener, 
 which would permit the door to be 
 opened a few inches to inspect any 
 doubtful character on the outside, while 
 it could be opened no farther. Figure 
 52 illustrates a typical form of chain 
 door-fastener, consisting of a slotted 
 plate to go on the face of the door, and 
 a chain secured to the door jamb, with 
 a dog on the end of the chain which will 
 slide freely in the slot of the plate. A 
 holder is provided to which the chain 
 can be attached when not in use. There 
 are many varieties of chain fasteners. 
 Hopkins & Dickinson Mfg. Co. They would average about $1.00 per 
 set in cast brass, and $2.50 silver plated. P. & F. Corbin man- 
 ufacture a rim door-bolt which has a chain attachment, the dog 
 of the chain working in a slot cut in the barrel or plate enclos- 
 ing the bolt. 
 
 Instead of a chain, some form of hinged bar is often 
 
 Fig. 51. Espagnolette-bolt. 
 
BOLTS. 
 
 43 
 
 employed, the fixture then being designated as a check-bolt or chapter iv. 
 door-fast. Figure 53 illustrates one form of door-fast (Nichols, 
 
 Check-bolts. 
 
 Ft 
 
 ® 
 
 ©■ 
 
 L 
 
 Fig. 52. Chain Door-fastener. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Bellamy & Co., agents). The staple-shaped bar or rod works 
 
 in a standard which 
 is screwed to the 
 door-jamb, and fits 
 over a knob secured 
 to the door. The 
 door, on being 
 opened forces the 
 knob along between 
 the prongs of the 
 bar until it can go 
 no farther, permit- 
 
 Nichols, Bellamy & Co. 
 
 Fig. 53. French Door-fast 
 
 ting the door to open only about four inches. When it is not 
 desired to secure the door, the bar is turned back against the 
 wall. When the bar is turned at right angles to the wall, or 
 midway between these positions, the shoulders are brought di- 
 rectly over the knob on the door catch, and the door is secured 
 so that it cannot be opened at all. This fixture retails at 
 $2.50, in bronze. 
 
 Figure 54 is another form of door-fast consisting of a 
 
44 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter IV. straight bolt working through a hinged socket attached to the 
 
 door. The bolt has shoulders at the end which fit into the 
 
 Fig. 54. Door-fast. Sargent & Co. 
 
 catch on the door-jamb in such a manner that when the door 
 is opened and the bolt tilted the shoulders are held by the 
 jamb-catch, the bolt slipping through the socket on the door. 
 
 The retail price of this fix- 
 ture, in bronze, is $2.00. 
 
 Figure 55 illustrates a form 
 of door-check which combines 
 some of the features of both 
 of the foregoing fixtures, 
 though taking up more space 
 when applied. It retails at 
 $1.00 in either nickle-plate or 
 bronze. 
 
 MORTISED DOOR-BOLTS. 
 
 In addition to the ordinary 
 lock on a door, it is sometimes 
 found desirable to attach a 
 plain bolt of some form, as an 
 extra security. The form 
 most commonly used is known 
 as a mortise door-bolt, consist- 
 ing simply of a barrel-bolt in a cylindrical case, which is- 
 
 Perkins's Door-check, 
 mouth Wrench Co. 
 
BOLTS. 
 
 45 
 
 mortised directly into the door-style and is operated by a 
 spindle with turn-button or knob on the inner face of the 
 door. In external appearance the various makes of mor- 
 tised door-bolts are very much alike, though some are finished 
 so as to require no other mortising than can be done with an 
 auger, while others require more hand-work in the application. 
 
 Figure 56 illustrates a complete bolt, and also shows one 
 form of internal arrangement. When the bolt is thrown, the 
 shoulder on the follow, B, is turned so as to bring it very 
 nearly on a line with the centre of rotation of the spindle, thus 
 locking the bolt. The spring, C, tends to keep the shoulder 
 from rising. 
 
 The simplest and most ingenious mortise door-bolt which 
 has come to our attention is the one manufactured by Sargent 
 & Greenleaf, designated 
 as the " Gem mortise- 
 bolt," Figure 57. It con- 
 sists simply of a solid 
 bolt completely filling 
 the diameter of the bolt- 
 case. The cogged 
 spindle works over the 
 teeth cut across the bolt. 
 The last tooth towards 
 the back of the bolt is 
 smaller and projects less 
 than the others, and the 
 last cut is wider than the 
 intermediate ones; so 
 that when the bolt is 
 thrown the cogged spin- 
 dle wedges into the wide 
 cut and locks the bok, 
 making it practically im- 
 possible to throw it back by external pressure. The beauty 
 of this bolt is, there is nothing about it that can possibly get 
 
 Chapter IV. 
 
 Fig. 56. Cylindrical Door-bolt. Ireland Mfg. Co, 
 
 Fig. 56a. Ives Mortise Door-bolt. 
 H. B. Ives & Co. 
 
 Ireland Bolt. 
 
 Gem Bolt. 
 
 Ives Bolts. 
 
Fig. 57. 
 
 46 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter IV. out of order, and the only effect of wear would be to make it 
 
 work more efficiently, if possible. 
 
 | Figure 56a shows the in- 
 
 ternal construction of the 
 Ives mortise door-bolt. 
 The spindle, A, operates 
 the circular follow or disc, 
 B, to which is pivoted a. 
 heavy brass wire, O, which 
 is fastened to the bolt. 
 When the follow is rotated the wire forces out the bolt until 
 the attachment of the wire is brought on a line with the centre 
 of the bolt, when the latter is locked, and cannot be forced 
 back by external pressure. 
 
 P. & F. Corbin, Russell & Erwin, the Stoddard Lock Manu- 
 facturing Co., and the Reading Hardware Co., manufacture 
 door-bolts similar in the main to Figures 56 and 56a. The fol- 
 lowing table gives the average retail prices : 
 
 TABLE OF MORTISE DOOR-BOLTS. 
 
 Retail prices per dozen. 
 
 Gem Mortise Door-bolt. Sargent 
 & Green leaf. 
 
 Manufacturer. 
 
 Plain Bronze. 
 
 Nickle-plated.. 
 
 
 $2.25 
 3.00 
 5.50 
 2.70 
 2.55 
 
 *6.00 
 
 $2.62 
 
 P. & F. Corbin 
 
 Stoddard Lock and Manufacturing Company 
 
 3.50 
 3.50 
 3.00 
 2.55 
 *6.00 
 2.00 
 
 
 
 
 * List Prices. 
 
 
^.P"^ 
 
 tlBRfKVS 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 Hinges. 
 
 Fig. 59. Hasp and Staples. 
 
 WROUGHT -IRON 
 hasps and staples 
 are not properly to be 
 classed with hinges, 
 but it seems convenient 
 to introduce them at this 
 point. Ordinary wrought- 
 iron staples are made in thirteen sizes, from one inch to six 
 inches long. They are made both in plain and galvanized iron 
 and are used in building operations chiefly in connection with 
 wrought-iron hasps. Figure 59 shows the commonest form, a 
 plain hasp with 
 two staples. Hasps 
 are made in even 
 inches from five to 
 twelve inches in 
 length. A varia- 
 tion from the com- 
 mon hasp has a 
 latch on the hasp 
 which catches into 
 one of the staples 
 in place of a pad- 
 lock, as shown by Figure 60. A natural simplification of this 
 devise is to do away with the hasp, connecting the staples by 
 a wrought-iron hook, the staples being either driven independ- 
 
 Hasps and 
 
 Staples.. 
 
 Fig. 60. Hasp and Staple with Double Hook. 
 
 Fig. 61. Hasp and Staple on plates. 
 
 Staples. 
 
 Hasps. 
 
48 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Bent Hasps. 
 
 Hinged Hasp. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 ently, as in the previous examples, or riveted to plates, as 
 shown by Figure 61. There is also a form of hasp and. staple 
 intended to be secured with a padlock, the locking-staple being 
 swivelled on a back-plate which is screwed to the jamb. 
 
 In place of the ordinary wrought-iron hasp and staple, Figure 
 59, hasps are made bent at right angles at the middle so as to lap 
 around the edge of a box or a door, if necessary. Bent hasps 
 
 Fig. 6 2. Hinged Hasp. 
 
 can be had in the market from five to ten inches in length. 
 Besides this, there are numerous special forms which are made 
 by a few manufacturers, and as hasps are always of wrought 
 iron or steel, they can be bent to any desired shape. 
 
 The connection between hasps and hinges can be readily 
 illustrated by Figure 62, representing a hinged hasp. This is a 
 natural outcome from the common hasp and staple, the hasp 
 being hinged in the middle, one end screwed onto the door or 
 box-top, while the other end has a slot through which is passed 
 a staple for securing the padlock. The figure shows one of 
 these, with an ordinary staple attached to a wall-plate. They 
 are also manufactured with swivelled staples. These hinged 
 hasps are made three, four and one-half, six, eight, ten and 
 
 Fig. 63. Solid Link Hinged Hasp. Stanley Works. 
 
 twelve inches long. The price is the same for either the plain 
 or the swivelled staples. Some manufacturers have in the 
 market varieties of hinged hasps made in brass or bronze for 
 fancy work. These are, however, not used very extensively, 
 and the form is more strictly for rough work. 
 
HINGES. 
 
 49 
 
 A form of hinge-hasp shown by Figure 63 is sometimes used 
 for extra-heavy work, and for trap-doors. In this, the hasp 
 works upon a solid link of wrought-iron, and considerable gain 
 of strength is so acquired. 
 
 STRAP-HINGES. 
 
 Hinges, proper, may be divided into two general classes : 
 First, those which are placed on the face of a door or shutter, 
 and are known as strap-hinges ; and second, those which are 
 mortised into the butt edge of the door and against the frame, 
 and are, consequently, designated as butts. Figure 64 shows 
 the commonest form of a strap-hinge, such as is seen on barn- 
 doors, etc. These hinges are made in even sizes from three to 
 sixteen inches long, measured when opened flat. They are 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Fig. 64. Strap-Hinge. 
 
 made in various ways and widths to suit special necessities. A 
 variety of strap-hinge is made by the Stanley Works, with ike 
 
 f^F 
 
 Fig. 65. T-Hinge. 
 
 same sort of solid link that has been described for Figure 63. 
 This form of hinge can be used only where there is plenty of 
 room both on the door and on the jamb for attaching the leaves 
 
 Strap-biuges 
 
50 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter v. of the hinges. When the width on the jamb is restricted, as 
 
 is often the case, a T-hinge, Figure 65, is used. In some cases 
 it is necessary to have the fixed plate bent, a form known as 
 the chest-hinge being then used, Figure 66. The latter costs 
 considerably more than the common form. The T-hinges are 
 
 Fig. 66. Chest-Hinge. 
 
 about the same price as the ordinary strap-hinge. The Stanley 
 Works manufactures a T-hinge with a braced leaf, which is. 
 very useful in some cases. This is shown by Figure 67. 
 
 .Reinforced 
 Strap-hinges. 
 
 Fig. 67. T-Hinge with braced Leaf. 
 
 There are several special makes of strap and T hinges, 
 which are reinforced so as to afford 
 greater strength. One of these is the 
 Wells patent hinge, Figure 68, in 
 which the metal of each leaf of the 
 hinge is carried completely around 
 the bend and back onto itself, so 
 
 Fig. 68. Wells Patent Hinge. tliat ifc WOuld be almost impossible to 
 
 Stanley Works. tear ft awa y. The Hart patent hinge 
 
 is reinforced by a double thickness of metal about the pin, and 
 
HIXGES. 
 
 51 
 
 the Record hinge is strengthened by two flange-plates, which 
 are bolted to each leaf and attached to the pin, as shown by 
 Figure 69. The prices of these reinforced hinges are the same 
 for the different kinds. 
 
 Figure 70 shows a hinge which is used when it is desired 
 that the pin should be well out from the door or shutter, so as 
 to throw it open away from the jamb. This hinge is made in 
 sizes from six to eighteen inches long. 
 
 The following table gives the average retail prices of the 
 foregoing hinges, in a few of the leading sizes. 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 TABLE OF WROUGHT-STEEL STRAP-HINGES. 
 Prices per dozen pairs. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 Name. 
 
 3 inch. I 6 inch. 
 
 Hasp and staple , 
 
 Hasp and staple with double hook 
 
 Hook and staples on plate 1 | 1.20 
 
 Hasp and staple with swivel staple, 
 
 Hinged hasp I .96 
 
 Solid-link hinged hasp 
 
 Strap-hinge 2 
 
 65 T-liinge . 
 
 Chest-hinge 
 
 T-hinge with braced leaf . 
 
 Wells patent hinge 
 
 Hart's patent hinge 
 
 Record's patent hinge 
 
 Raised strap-hinge 
 
 .91 
 1.24 
 inch. 
 1.35 
 
 .75 
 
 2.10 
 2.10 
 2.10 
 
 10 inch. 
 
 1.00 
 1.00 
 
 1.54 
 2.01 
 
 1.75 
 1.20 
 1.25 
 1.79 
 4.95 
 4.95 
 4.95 
 2.G3 
 
 12 inch. 
 
 1.53 
 
 1.54 
 
 3.85 
 
 3.00 
 1.88 
 1.50 
 
 2.75 
 7.05 
 7.05 
 7.05 
 
 2.95 
 
 16 inch. 
 
 4.50 
 
 4.25 
 
 1 These are made as small as ^ inch. 
 2 Prices given are for light strap-hinges, 
 pound at 12 to 14 cents. 
 3 $6.60. 
 
 Heavy strap-hinges are sold by the 
 
 Figure 71 shows a special form of hinge manufactured for 
 trap-doors, permitting the door to be hung from the under side, 
 
 Fig. 69. Record's Patent Hinge. Stanley Works. 
 
 Trap-door 
 
 Hinge. 
 
 leaving the upper side free from obstruction, and flush with the 
 
52 
 Chapter V. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 floor, while at the same time the use of the full size of the trap 
 can be had when the door is up ; the hinges will hold the 
 
 door in position. The 
 working of this hinge 
 will be seen by the 
 figure. The retail 
 price is $1 per pair. 
 It is listed in the 
 catalogues of several 
 of the hardware 
 manufacturers. 
 Figure 72 illustrates a species of rude hinge used quite 
 
 @ 
 
 Fig. 70. Raised Strap-Hinge. 
 
 Fig. 71. Trap-door Hinge. 
 
 frequently for barn and warehouse doors, consisting of a hook 
 
 to be driven into the 
 door-post and a bar 
 
 Fig. 72. Barn Door Hook and Eye Hinge. 
 
 made of iron -J, •§-, f-, f- and one inch thick, and are sold by the 
 pound, and at 25 cents for •§• and § inch, and 20 cents for the 
 other sizes. 
 
 with an eye at the end 
 to be bolted through 
 the door. These are 
 
HINGES. 
 
 53 
 
 BLIND-HINGES. 
 
 A variety of hinge which may not be called a strap-hinge, 
 but which, nevertheless, partakes of its nature, is manufactured 
 in a great many forms for outside blinds. The practice of 
 hanging blinds differ in different parts of the country. In the 
 vicinity of Boston the blinds are generally hung on the outside 
 of the casing, and the hinges consist of a simple half hinge on 
 the blind and a hook driven into the face of the casing. In 
 New York the blinds are, almost invariably, set flush with the 
 outside casing, requiring a different style of hinge. Through- 
 out the West a number of forms of cast-iron hinges are used, 
 which, in a measure, lock the blind when open or shut, as will 
 be hereafter noticed. For blinds hung in the Boston fashion, 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Blind-Hinges. 
 
 Fig. 73. Blind-Hinges, New York Style. 
 
 the commonest way is simply to attach a half hinge to the 
 blind, as previously stated. These half hinges are made in 
 two sizes, two and two-and-one-half inch, costing $H to $7 per 
 hundred sets. They are mortised into the edge of the blind. 
 If additional strength is required, a longer strap-hinge is used, 
 which is screwed onto the face of the blind. There are 
 various forms of these sk-ap-hinges used for this purpose, all of 
 
54 BUILDERS' HARDWARE 
 
 Chapter v. which are too commonly known to require description. Another 
 
 variety of the same kind of hinge is made so as to throw the 
 blind well out from the casing and away from the moulding. 
 These are made with a two-inch throw, and others with a four- 
 inch throw are also in the market for use in connection with 
 brick buildings. 
 
 For the blinds attached in the New York manner, some of 
 the foregoing forms can be used, if the butts are set out suffi- 
 ciently to clear the face mouldings of the frame, but generally 
 speaking strap-hinges are used, ki most cases, of the form shown 
 by Figure 73, the strap, which is bent so as to strengthen the 
 frame of the blind as well as support it, being secured both to 
 
 the rail and the style. In- 
 stead of the hook shown by 
 the figure, some form of drive 
 hook is often used, and the 
 Fig. 74. Malleable iron Biind-Hinge. binge, instead of being bent, 
 sometimes consists of a straight face-plate or strap. Figure 74 
 is a form of malleable-iron hinge used for blinds hung in the 
 New York style. 
 
 The hooks which are used for blinds are mostly made of 
 malleable-iron. There are 
 several varieties. A plain 
 hook to drive into the wood, 
 
 Fig. 75. Plain Drive Blind-Hook. 
 
 Fig. 76. Drive Brace Bund-Hook. 
 
 shown by Figure 75, is made three and a half inches long with 
 a shorter length of the same style for light blinds hung flush 
 with the casing. Figure 76 shows what is designated as a 
 drive brace. Figure 77 is a form sometimes used, an iron 
 screw-hook; and Figure 78 is the most common form of screw 
 brace. 
 
HINGES. 
 
 DO 
 
 The advantages of the styles of hinges previously described 
 are that they are mostly made of wrought-iron and are not apt 
 to break, while there is absolutely nothing to get out of order 
 about them. The disadvantages are that they contain in them- 
 selves no principle which will hold the blind open or shut, 
 and when it is secured in the ordinary way it takes considerable 
 bending and twisting to close the blind 
 after it is opened. To overcome 
 these difficulties a number of forms 
 have been devised, most of which are 
 used more freely in the West than in 
 the East. All of them are arranged 
 to keep the blind from closing itself. Fig. 77. Screw Bimd-Hook. 
 They are generally made of malleable-iron, a feature which 
 would be an objection in the eyes of Eastern builders. 
 One of the simplest forms is the Seymour hinge, manufact- 
 ured by P. & F. Corbin, Figure 79. The essential princi- 
 ple in this hinge includes a raised cone on the house-hinge 
 working into a socket on the blind-hinge. The hinge is shown 
 partially raised and in the position it takes when the blind is 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 G~3S£tt£$» 
 
 Patent 
 Blind-Hinges. 
 
 Fig. 78. Screw Brace Blind-Hook. 
 
 Fig. 79. Seymour's Blind-Hings. 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 closed. "When the blind is thrown back a lip on the upper 
 hinge catches on a projection on the lower hinge and holds 
 the blind firmly in place, so that it can be released only by rais- 
 ing the blind bodily. 
 
 The Shepard Hardware Co., of Buffalo, manufactures a num- 
 
56 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Sliepard 
 
 Hinges. 
 
 ber of varieties of window-blind hinges which are used quite 
 extensively. All of them are double locking and arranged so 
 that the blind can be lifted off the hinge only in one position, 
 thus obviating any upsetting of the blind when trying to close 
 it. Most of the Shepard hinges close by gravity when once 
 
 Fig. 80. Shepard's Noiseless Blind- 
 Hinge. Shepard Hardware Co. 
 
 Fig. 81. Shepard's Standard Blind-Hinge. 
 Shepard Hardware Co. 
 
 raised; that is to say, the surfaces of the upper and lower 
 hinge are bevelled so that the blind will slide down of its own 
 weight and so close. Figure 80 shows one of the best of these 
 
 hinges and illustrates also 
 the manner in which it 
 closes by gravity. This 
 hinge and nearly all of 
 the Shepard make are 
 planted on the face of the 
 blind rather than mortised 
 into the edges. A very 
 simple form, and one 
 quite good in its way is 
 shown by Figure 81. The 
 two parts of the hinges 
 are shown separately so 
 a to represent it more clearly. The fold on the right is 
 attached to the blind and the hook rests in the socket of the 
 other fold of this hinge. The bottom of the socket is con- 
 tracted to an ellipse and by reason of the lug on the blind hook, 
 
 Fig. 82. Shepard's Gravity Blind-Hinge. 
 Shepard Hardware Co. 
 
HINGES. 
 
 57 
 
 the blind can be lifted off the hinges only when standing at 
 right angles to the house. When the blind is open the lug A 
 catches into B and holds the blind securely. In order to close 
 the blind it is lifted bodily until the lug clears the catch. Fig- 
 ure 82 is another variety of the Shepard hinge which can be 
 used in case the blind is set on the face of the casing, the two 
 arms of the hinge being unequal in length. All of the Shepard 
 goods are very nicely finished and seem like very durable and 
 serviceable articles. There are many varieties but the fore- 
 going will answer for the purposes of general illustration. 
 They retail at ten cents per set, or fifteen cents with screws. 
 
 BUTTS. 
 
 As previously stated, a butt is properly a hinge which is 
 screwed onto the butt 
 edge of a door. The 
 arrangement of the parts 
 of a butt is governed 
 somewhat by the direction 
 in which the door is to 
 swing, and in order to prop- 
 erly distinguish the doors, 
 and consequently the cor- 
 responding butts, they are 
 designated as being right or 
 left hand. This distinction 
 is not always clear even to 
 those who are somewhat 
 familiar with the subject of 
 builders' hardware ; but a 
 very simple way to remember which is right and which left, 
 is to bear in mind that when a door, in opening, turns on its 
 hinges in the same direction as is followed by the hands of a 
 clock, it is a right-hand door, and contrarywise a left-hand 
 door. In other words, the distinction is the same as is made in 
 physics between positive or right-hand, and negative or left- 
 hand deflections. 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Fig. 85. Loose-pin Butt. 
 
 Bight and Left 
 hand Butts. 
 
58 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Fast-pin Butt. 
 
 Loose-pin 
 
 Butt. 
 
 Loose-joint 
 
 Butt. 
 
 All of the commonest forms of butts are so made that the 
 two leaves cannot be separated, the pin being riveted in place. 
 This constitutes a fast-pin butt. Nearly all of the strap-hinges 
 previously described are fast-pin. Such a form is not available 
 for nice work, as it does not permit the door to be removed 
 without unscrewing the hinge. The better class of butts are, 
 accordingly, made with .a loose pin, Figure 85, which can be 
 readily withdrawn if the door is to be unhinged. A fast-pin 
 butt would have exactly the same appearance as this when put 
 together. Figure 86 is a third variety, known as a loose-joint 
 butt. In this the pin is cast or attached solidly to the lower 
 hub, working in the hollow hub of the other leaf, as shown by 
 the dotted lines of the figure. This form permits the door 
 to be removed with the greatest ease, it being simply swung 
 clear of the casing and lifted bodily off of the hinge-pin. This 
 
 
 P 
 
 (D 
 
 iL 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 (D 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 Fig. 86. Loose-joint Butt. 
 
 Fig. 87. Improved Loose-joint Butt. 
 Yale & Towne Manufg. Co. 
 
 style of butt is usually preferred in New England, though else- 
 where the loose-pin butt is more generally employed. 
 
 The obvious advantage of the loose-pin butt is, that the amount 
 of bearing-surface is increased to a maximum, and as the pin is 
 distinct from the leaves of the hinge, it can be made of a metal 
 
HINGES. 
 
 59 
 
 which will stand more wear than the ordinary bronze or iron 
 of the butts. The loose-pin butt illustrated has eight bearing- 
 surfaces. There are never less than four, but, even then the 
 butt has a considerable advantage over the form shown by 
 Figure 80. On the other hand, the loose-joint butt is more 
 readily attached to the door and unhinged, and it costs less, 
 though the difference in the latter respect is but slight. The 
 difference in the amount of bearing is, in a measure, lessened 
 in the best makes of loose-joint butts by accurately adjusting 
 the length of the pin so that it will bear at its upper end 
 -against the top of the socket, which is usually closed by the 
 false tip. Figure 87 shows an improved form of loose-pin butt 
 made by the Yale & Towne Manufacturing Company, in which 
 the pin and all the bearing-surfaces are of steel. 
 
 It will be readily understood that, even with the most mul- 
 tiple form of loose-pin butt, the bearing-surfaces would soon 
 give out if not reinforced with some more durable material than 
 bronze. Accordingly, in all but the cheapest kinds of goods, 
 the bearing-surfaces are fitted with some form of steel washer. 
 In loose-joint butts the washers are exposed, as shown by the 
 figures, and, besides taking up the wear, are useful in adjusting 
 the butts to the doors, as two or three washers may be used on a 
 butt if necessary, though, of course, a first rate mechanic would 
 fit the butts properly without any washers. Loose-pin butts 
 may have washers in the same manner, but the more general 
 custom is for the joints to be bushed, or provided with washers 
 which are countersunk in the hubs of the butt, so as not to appear 
 externally. The Yale & Towne Manufacturing Company has 
 a device by which the bushings are imbedded in plumbago, 
 enabling the joints to lubricate themselves by their own motion. 
 A pair of hinges so prepared has been attached to a motor, and 
 turned back and forth a number of times equivalent to the use 
 of over thirty years, without showing any signs of wear. 
 
 Butts are made of a variety of metals, the commonest grades 
 being of malleable-iron. The next grade is of wrought-iron or 
 wrought-steel. Iron and steel butts are left either with a plain 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Washers. 
 
60 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter v. bright finish, japanned, bronze-faced, Bower-Barffed, or nickel- 
 
 plated. For nicer work butts are made of brass, bronze, or 
 silver. All of these styles of finish are in the market, and the 
 different manufacturers so closely agree in their goods that it 
 would be impossible to make any comparison. There are 
 great varieties in finish and design of the portions of the butts 
 which show, and of the tips of the pins. Some of these will 
 be considered in a subsequent chapter. 
 
 steel Butts. The best butts for common or cheap work are made of 
 
 wrought-steel. The following table is compiled from the 
 catalogue of the Stanley Works, which is about the largest 
 manufactory of goods of this description. The figures given 
 are the average retail prices in Boston. 
 
 TABLE OF WROUGHT-STEEL LOOSE-JOINT BUTTS. 
 
 Screw 
 
 holes in 
 
 each Butt. 
 
 Size of 
 Screw. 
 
 Size open. 
 
 Steeple-tips, 
 
 washers. 
 
 Bronzed polished. 
 
 Price per doz. pairs. 
 
 No tips, 
 
 No washers, 1 
 
 Common finish. 
 
 Price per doz. pairs. 
 
 4 
 
 No. 8 
 
 2 x2 
 
 $3.94 
 
 $1.36 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 2 x2J 
 
 4.07 
 
 1.44 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 2Jx2 
 
 4.54 
 
 1.72 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 
 2Jx2J 
 
 4.80 
 
 1.84 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 3 x2£ 
 
 5.18 
 
 2.00 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 3 x3 
 
 5.55 
 
 2.16 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 3 x3J 
 
 5.81 
 
 2.32 
 
 6 
 
 " 
 
 3£x3 
 
 6.41 
 
 2.50 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 3Jx3J 
 
 7.12 
 
 2.68 
 
 6 
 
 11 
 
 3^x4 
 
 7.84 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 11 
 
 4 x4 
 
 8.17 
 
 3.38 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 4 x4£ 
 
 8.55 
 
 3.44 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 4Jx4i 
 
 9.49 
 
 4.08 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 4Jx5 
 
 10.05 
 
 4.32 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 5 x5 
 
 11.59 
 
 5.28 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 5 x6 
 
 12.48 
 
 5.76 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 5Jx5J 
 
 13.50 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 6 x6 
 
 14.62 
 
 6.72 
 
 1 For washers add from 35 to 50 cents per dozen pairs of butts. 
 
HINGES. 
 
 The finer grades of butts include such as are used for nice 
 interior work. The pin is sometimes made of the same metal 
 as the butt, but is better made of steel, rigidly inserted in the 
 lower hub. Butts were formerly finished by hand almost en- 
 tirely, but some most interesting machinery has been devised 
 for centring, drilling, turning and finishing the work with 
 almost mathematical precision. 
 
 The following table gives the average retail prices of the butts 
 manufactured by some of the principal firms in the country. 
 The goods referred to are perfectly plain, with simple ball-tips. 
 Figured patterns are apt to be somewhat cheaper, though the 
 designs vary too greatly to admit of any fair comparison. The 
 prices are for two butts with the necessary screws. All of 
 Robinson's goods are hand-made. The others are machine- 
 made. All of the butts are supposed to be steel-bushed or 
 have steel washers. 
 
 Chapter V 
 
 Fine Butts. 
 
 TABLE OF LOOSE-JOINT, BALL-TIP BUTTS. 
 
 
 ■d 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,q 
 
 
 o . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 d 
 
 
 
 Sizes open. 
 
 pLJ» 
 
 a o 
 ,-r>» 
 
 "3 
 
 go 
 
 3 • 
 
 u to 
 ■~ © 
 
 © a 
 
 © 
 
 a 
 3 
 
 . g 
 
 © te 
 
 a* 
 
 
 © - 
 
 ^fe 
 
 9 o 
 
 
 
 
 2a 
 
 W 5 
 
 an 
 
 «o 
 
 $6 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 © . 
 
 © © 
 
 1? 
 _© 
 
 < 
 
 
 N 
 
 
 
 §3 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 M 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 § .70 
 
 
 M 
 
 §1.00 
 
 
 
 3 x3 
 
 $ .95 
 
 §1.00 
 
 
 
 
 3Jx3£ 
 4 x4 
 
 .90 
 1.00 
 
 1.12 
 1.42 
 
 1.25 
 1.50 
 
 
 
 
 1.35 
 
 §2.00 
 
 $2.50 
 
 4£x4J- 
 
 1.30 
 
 1.70 
 
 1.75 
 
 1.75 
 
 2.25 
 
 3.00 
 
 5 x5 
 
 1.50 
 
 1.92 
 
 2.00 
 
 2.00 
 
 4.00 
 
 3.50 
 
 5}x5i 
 
 1.T5 
 
 2.42 
 
 2.50 
 
 2.25 
 
 5.00 
 
 4.50 
 
 C xG 
 
 2.00 
 
 3.00 
 
 2.75 
 
 2.75 
 
 0.00 
 
 5.00 
 
 Butts are also made in irregular sizes, that is to say, of such 
 dimensions that when opened out flat they will not be exactly 
 
62 
 Chapter V. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 square. The forms more commonly employed, however, are 
 the square sizes, as given above. Larger sizes than 6 x Q are 
 seldom used, as it is found better to increase the number of 
 butts, rather than the size. The Robinson butts listed are so 
 made that the ball-tip can be unscrewed, to permit of greater 
 ease in oiling the bearings, and the pin is made to bear on its 
 point against the head of the socket. 
 
 The Yale & Towne butts here listed are of the ordinary 
 loose-joint pattern. The special makes are sold as follows, the 
 prices referring to a plain, ball-tip butt, in either bronze or 
 Bower-Barffed iron : 
 
 TABLE OF YALE & TOWNE BUTTS — SPECIAL PATTERNS. 
 PER PAIR. 
 
 PRICES 
 
 Loose-joint, steel bearings, as per 
 Figure 87 
 
 Loose-pin, extra heavy, five steel 
 bearings, self-lubricating wash- 
 ers 
 
 3x3 3£x3J4x44Jx4£5x5 5|x5J6x66x& 
 
 1.75 
 2.00 
 
 2.00 
 2.50 
 
 2.50 
 3.00 
 
 2.75 3.25 3.50 
 
 3.25 
 
 3.75 1 4.25 
 
 4.00 6.50 
 
 l 
 
 I 
 4.75 I 7.50 
 
 Too much care cannot be given to the selection of the butts 
 or hinges which are to be used in the interior of a dwelling- 
 house, for there is hardly any hardware about a building which 
 is subjected to such constant and extreme wear as the door- 
 hinge. Nor is there any department of house-trimmings in 
 which so many poor grades of goods have been introduced, 
 always excepting locks, however. Even the best manufac- 
 turers have been forced to meet the competition in cheap goods, 
 and often two butts will be sold by the same house, of which 
 one will be poor and the other first-class, though, to a super- 
 ficial inspection, they present exactly the same appearance. 
 The whole secret, aside from mere questions of design and ex- 
 ternal finish, lies in the nicety of adjustment of the bearing- 
 joints ; and as the only sure test is that of actual wear, a poor 
 butt looking as well when new as a good one, the wisest plan 
 for the architect is to select his butts entirely from samples. 
 A reference to a catalogue is not sufficient to ensure the proper 
 
HINGES. 
 
 63 
 
 quality of goods, unless one possesses an acquaintance with the 
 hieroglyphics of the trade — which few architects ever acquire. 
 To be sure, many clients want cheap goods, and some would 
 prefer periodical visits with an oil-can to all the squeaky hinges 
 in a house, rather than to pay the extra price for such articles 
 as the Yale & Towne self-lubricating butts. Still, the obliga- 
 tion is no less on the architect to acquaint himself with the 
 best of everything, as well as to know how to get it. 
 
 SPKCIAL HINGES. 
 
 Parliament butts are 
 shaped like Figure 88. 
 They are intended to be 
 used on very thin doors 
 or shutters where consid- 
 erable space is needed for 
 the screws. They are 
 made in several varieties 
 of design and finish. 
 Figure 89 is a hinge used 
 almost exclusively for 
 wash-trays. Figure 90 is a form of chest-hinge somewhat sim- 
 ilar to that shown by Figure 67. There are also several 
 forms manufactured for hanging inside-blinds. Figure 91 
 is the common form 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Fig. 88. Parliament Butt. 
 
 CS 
 
 for ordinary blinds in 
 two folds. The same 
 is made with either fast 
 or loose pin, and there 
 are several varieties 
 with ornamented sur- 
 faces. They are more 
 specifically designated 
 as " shutter flaps."' Figure 92 is a form of shutter-hinge used for 
 shutters which fold back over each other, as shown by the cut. 
 Figure 93 is a hinge which is very convenient to use for water- 
 closet seats, double-hinged lids, etc., the central flap being 
 
 z 
 
 Fig. 89. Wash-Tray Hinge. 
 
 Parliament 
 
 Butts. 
 
 Shutter Flaps. 
 
 W. C. Hinges- 
 
64 
 
 €kapter V. 
 
 Special forms. 
 
 Screen-butts. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 screwed to the seat, while one of the outer flaps serves for the 
 seat cover and the other is attached to the frame at the back. 
 
 ■@ 
 
 J © 
 
 © 
 
 1 ® 
 
 ]©._ 
 
 tf- ® 
 
 Fig. 90. Chest-Hinge. Fig, 9 I . Inside Blind-Hinge. 
 
 Figure 94 is a pivot or centre hinge to go underneath and 
 above a door. Figure 95 is used for much the same purposes. 
 Figure 96 is a form of wardrobe hinge. Besides these there 
 are many special forms of hinges used in connection with fur- 
 niture and a few for more strictly building purposes, none of 
 
 Fig. 92. Three-fold Shutter Flap. 
 
 which, however, are of any special value or interest, except the 
 hinges used for double-acting screen-doors, that is to say, doors 
 which swing both ways. Most of these are fitted with springs 
 and will be considered later on, but the form represented by 
 
 Fig. 93. Water-closet Seat Hinge. 
 
 Fig. 94. Pin or Centre Hinge. 
 
 Figure 97 is peculiar to itself. It is rather hard to appreciate it 
 clearly from the drawing, but the sectional plan will make the 
 
HINGES. 
 
 65 
 
 arrangement more easily understood. The figure shows the Chapter v 
 hinge as it would appear when opened out. It really consists 
 of three separate double-acting hinges, each as shown by the 
 
 Fig. 96. Wardrobe Hinge. Fig. 97. Screen-Butt. A. G. Newman. 
 
 plan. A similar hinge is made with two sections instead of 
 three. 
 
 Figure 98 is even more puz- 
 zling, at least, no drawing can 
 
 Fig. 98. Screen-Butt. 
 
 illustrate it clearly, though the thing itself is easily understood. 
 
66 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Garden City 
 Spring-hinges. 
 
 Its action is on exactly the same principle as Figure 97. The 
 curved connecting pieces are between the two main hinge 
 plates when the door is shut. For clearness the hinge is shown 
 both in sections and put together. If the plate G be fastened 
 to the door frame, when the door is opened towards the left the 
 plates D and B will revolve together about the axis 1,1, tak- 
 ing the position shown by the figure. If, however, the door is 
 opened in the contrary direction, the revolution is about the 
 axis 2, 2, the plates D and A turning together. 
 
 SPRING-HINGES. 
 
 One of the simplest forms of spring-hinge is that shown by 
 Figure 99, consisting of a single spiral coil spring about a hinge 
 
 pin, so arranged than when the 
 door is opened the spring is 
 twisted more tightly, and by its 
 resistance tends to close the 
 door. The lower flange is se- 
 cured to the door frame, and in 
 setting the hinge the spring is 
 brought to a proper tension by 
 turning up the hinge pin, holes 
 being pierced in the bottom of 
 
 Fig. 99. Garden Fig. 100. 
 
 City Spring-Butt. Garden City Spring 
 
 Chicago Spring- Butt. Chicago 
 
 Butt Co. Spring-Butt Co. 
 
 Fig. 10 1. Keene's Double-ac- 
 ting Saloon-Door Hinge. 
 Chicago Spring-Butt Co. 
 
 the pin, as shown, to facilitate the use of a lever, while a 
 shoulder, dropped into one of the holes, bears against the fixed 
 
HINGES. 
 
 67 
 
 flange and prevents the spi-ing from uncoiling. Figure 100 is 
 a spring hinge to be planted on the face of the door and the 
 door frame, the spring being turned up by using a bar in the 
 hole through the bottom of the pin, and kept from uncoiling 
 by the ratchets shown in the lower portion. Both of these 
 hinges are for single swinging doors. 
 
 Figure 101 is a light form of double-acting spring hinge 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Fig. 104. Star Spring- 
 Hinge. Van Wagoner 
 &. Williams Co. 
 
 Fig. 102. Garden 
 
 City Double-Act- 
 ing Spring-Butt. 
 Chicago Spring 
 Butt Co. 
 
 Fig. 103. Empire Spring- 
 Hinge. Van Wagoner & 
 Williams Co. 
 
 suitable for fly doors which are set up from the floor, and do 
 not extend to the top of the door frame. Its action will be 
 readily understood by reference to the figure. 
 
 Figure 102 represents a double-acting spring butt of the 
 same general form as the single-acting butt, Figure 99. The 
 springs are turned up and secured in essentially the same man- 
 
 Keene's Hinge. 
 
G8 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter v. ner and the appearance is the same. This form really em- 
 
 bodies the principles of nearly all the varieties of spring-hinges, 
 the differences being in appearance and in compactness of con- 
 struction rather than in the workings. Two styles, the " Em- 
 pire " spring hinge, Figure 108, and the "Star" spring-hinge, 
 Figure 104, will fully serve as types of a great variety of double- 
 acting spring-hinges listed in the catalogues of the various man- 
 Empire Hinge, ufacturers. In the "Empire" spring-hinge the coiled springs 
 are exposed to view, and are tightened by inserting a lever in 
 the cogs at the bottom of the hinge and drawing it around until 
 the catch A on the top of the hinge pin is held by a little pro- 
 Star Hinge, jection on the hinge plate. In the " Star" hinge the springs 
 
 are encased, though 
 they are set up in 
 essentially the same 
 manner. Both these 
 hinges are excel- 
 lent of their kind 
 and are about as 
 good as anything in 
 the market. 
 
 Figure 1 05 shows 
 the " Crown " 
 hinge, a form which 
 permits of a little 
 nicer adjustment 
 than the others in 
 that the ratchets 
 about the spiral 
 spring are quite 
 close together and 
 Van Wagone,- the tension can be 
 increased to any de- 
 sired strength. This is a strong and durable hinge, although 
 none of the foregoing hinges should be used for outside work, 
 as they are liable to rust and clog. 
 
 Crown Hinge. 
 
 Fig. 105. Crown Spring-Hinge. 
 & Williams Co. 
 
HINGES. 
 
 69 
 
 All of the preceding double-acting hinges necessitate two 
 coil springs. Figure 100 shows a form of double-acting spring 
 butt in which the force is derived entirely from a single strong 
 coil, which is concealed when the door is closed, working in 
 the thickuess of the door. This hinge has generally proved 
 mtv satisfactory in use and is much called for, being very neat 
 and tidy in appearance, and it is especially adapted for light 
 interior doors, where it is desirable that the hinges shall be 
 as inconspicuous as possible. 
 
 The simplest double-acting hinge, however, is the "Champi- 
 on " spring-hinge, shown 
 by Figure 107. Tins is 
 about as convenient and 
 satisfactory a door-spring 
 as is in the market, con- 
 sisting of a single spring 
 operating for either swing 
 
 Fig. 106. Chicago Spring-Butt. Chicago 
 Spring-Butt Co. 
 
 Fig. 107. Champion Spring- 
 Hinge. Chicago Hardware Co. 
 
 of the door. A catch on the hub of the lower jamb plate resists 
 the door in one direction, while a corresponding catch on the 
 upper plate resists the tension in the opposite direction. These 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Chicago 
 
 Spring-butt. 
 
 Champion 
 
 Hinge. 
 
70 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter v. hinges look neat in place and are very easily applied, and, hav- 
 
 ing no complicated machinery about them, are not likely to get 
 out of order. 
 Jewett Hinge. A hinge which has the appearance of considerable complica- 
 
 tion is the Jewett spring : butt, shown by Figure 108. This 
 butt, however, has many excellent qualities. It consists of four 
 separate springs, two on each side. It will be seen by the 
 plan that when the door is opened the tension is brought on the 
 springs by aid of the push-bar or pin, A, which fits on the 
 shoulder between the two springs and on a ratchet attached to 
 
 the central hinge-plate. 
 The springs can easily 
 be released from their 
 tension without taking 
 off the door, by simply 
 removing the push-bar, 
 and, owing to the man- 
 ner in which the springs 
 are attached, they ex- 
 ert their greatest pow- 
 er when the cloor is 
 closed, the force grad- 
 ually decreasing as the 
 door is opened. An- 
 other good quality is 
 that, as there are four 
 springs, if their com- 
 
 ybined power is too 
 \Y^p^ great for the door, any 
 
 one of them can be re- 
 leased singly, without 
 affecting the action of 
 the others, and the 
 tension of the spring brought to any point. It is also 
 possible to replace a spring without taking the butt off the 
 door, something which can be done with very few other 
 
 Fig. 1086. Jewett Spring-Butt. 
 Smith St. Egge Mfg. Co. 
 
HINGES. 71 
 
 makes. The only objection to the hinge in our mind is that it cnapter v. 
 
 Fig. 109. Union Spring-Hinge. 
 M. W. Robinson. 
 
 Fig. I I 0a. Double-acting Torsion Spring-Butt. 
 
 J 
 
 11 
 
 Fig. I I Ob. Single-acting 
 Torsion Spring-Butt. 
 
 is complicated in its appearance and also that the springs are 
 
72 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Union Hinge. 
 
 Torsion 
 
 Spring-butt. 
 
 held in place by a moveable push-bar, which, under some cir- 
 cumstances might be knocked out of position and lost, in which 
 case the hinge would be practically useless. On the whole, 
 however, it is a most excellent hinge. 
 
 The '-' Union " spring-hinge, Figure 109, is a form in which 
 the resistance is derived from flat band springs. The peg shown 
 above the spring is moveable, and by turning up the hinge-pin 
 the peg can be set in any of the holes in the pin, as may be 
 necessary to retain the desired resistance. One end of the 
 band spring is fastened to the hinge-pin and the other hooks 
 into a slot on the adjoining hinge-plate. The hinge illustrated 
 is intended for lisrht doors. For heavier work a hin°;e is made 
 with four such springs, two on each hinge-pin. 
 
 Figure 110 shows a form of spring-butt which depends for 
 its action upon the torsion or twisting strain in a steel rod, 
 
 Fig. I I I. Hero Spring-Hinge. 
 Van Wagoner & Williams Co. 
 
 Fig. I I 2. Nickel Spring-Hinge. 
 Coleman Hardware Co. 
 
 which is carried from the bottom to the top of the door. 
 
 The disadvantages of nearly all of the forms of spring- 
 
HINGES. 
 
 73 
 
 hinges previously considered is that they are apt to cause the 
 door to slam, and the door cannot be kept open except by 
 placing something against it. Spring-hinges which will keep 
 the door open or cause it to close are peculiarly an American 
 invention and one of the most ingenious of its kind. " 
 
 There are four leading styles of hinges which have a hold- 
 back feature. They are the Hero, Figure 111 ; the Nickel, 
 Figure 112; the Devore, Figure 113, and the Wiles, Figure 
 114. All of these hinges are necessarily single action. They 
 are alike in that they are planted on the face of the door and 
 door frame, and are delivered ready to be set, with the tension 
 fully applied. The principle on which they work is simply 
 this : The spring is coiled about a shank entirely disconnected 
 from the pin of the butt and either united to the butt plates by 
 top and bottom pieces which hook on the opposite sides of the 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Fig I I 3. Devore Spring-Hinge. 
 Freeport Hardware Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. I I 4. Wiles Spring-Hinge. 
 Freeport Hardware Mfg. Co. 
 
 hinge, as in the Nickel and the Wiles hinges, or with the 
 springs themselves directly hooked onto the hinge-plates. In 
 the Devore hinge two springs are used, the ends caught at the 
 
 Hold-back 
 Spring-hinges 
 
74 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 chapter v. centre on one leaf A, while the outer ends catch on hooks at 
 
 B, B. In this way, it will readily be seen that as the hinges 
 open, the hooks to which the spring is attached are separated 
 from each other, and consequently the spring is drawn tighter. 
 But as soon as the hinges have passed through about three- 
 quarters of the distance they are to swing, the horizontal dis- 
 tance between the points of attachment, at top and bottom of 
 the spring becomes less, and the tendency is to draw the door 
 open and hold it so. It is very difficult to show this action by 
 a diagram, but Figure 115 may help to make it understood. 
 Let A represent the jamb and B the door ; C, a double turn 
 of spring wire hooking on to the 
 two arms, D, D, fastened respec- 
 tively to the jamb and the door. 
 When the door is opened, the ends 
 of the spring are forced apart, but at 
 the same time the spring forces itself 
 out of centre, turning on the hooks 
 of D, D. until, when the door has 
 moved through 180 degrees, it is 
 evident that the spring has both 
 moved and turned so that the ends 
 tend to draw the arms D, D togeth- 
 er, rather than to push them apart. 
 
 In order that the springs should 
 be free to move, as just explained, 
 the hinge-pins cannot extend through 
 the butt, and the strength depends en- 
 tirely on the flanges of the plates to which the pins are 
 attached. As these cannot be made very large without render- 
 ing the hinge clumsy in appearance, it follows that the hinges 
 can be used only for comparatively light doors. The " Hero " 
 hinge is rather neater and apparently simpler in construction, 
 and also has the advantage of having the hinge cased, though 
 all the hinges are on essentially the same principle. 
 
 The metal used for the springs in connection with double- 
 
 Fig. I I 5. 
 
HINGES. 
 
 75 
 
 acting butts, is usually steel, in which case it is advisable that 
 the spring should be nickel-plated, to guard against rust. 
 Phospor-bronze is the best and most durable material to use, 
 all things considered, though we are unable to state any- 
 particular hinge in which it is employed. Some compositions 
 of brass, bronze, etc., are used with varying success. The 
 different hinges are generalty made with but one kind of spring 
 throughout, so that a choice in the metals is implied in a choice 
 of a hinge. The metal is, however, nearly always steel, as just 
 stated. 
 
 TABLE OF SPRING-HINGES. — RETAIL PRICE PER PAIR. 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 99 
 100 
 101 
 102 
 103 
 104 
 105 
 106 
 107 
 108 
 109 
 
 110 
 
 111 
 112 
 113 
 114 
 
 Name. 
 
 Garden City single-acting spring-butt. . 
 Garden City single-acting spring-butt . . 
 
 Keene's saloon-door binge 
 
 Garden City double-acting spring-butt. 
 
 Empire spring-hinge 
 
 Star spring-binge 
 
 Crown spring-hinge 
 
 Chicago double-acting spring-butt 
 
 Champion spring-hinge 
 
 Jewett spring-butt 
 
 Union spring-hinge 
 
 Torsion spring-butt 
 
 Hero spring-hinge 
 
 Nickel spring-hinge 1 
 
 Devore spring-hinge 1 
 
 Wiles spring-hinge 1 
 
 a 
 
 u o 
 °£ 
 
 is 
 
 °f 
 
 
 9 .oo 
 
 .15 
 
 .GO 
 
 .80 
 
 .25 
 
 1.36 
 
 1.20 
 
 3.20 
 
 1.40 
 
 3.50 
 
 2.50 
 
 4.50 
 
 .18 
 
 §1.60 
 
 .75 
 
 1.20 
 
 2.16 
 
 3.00 
 
 6.00 
 3.50 
 
 
 
 .33 
 
 3® 
 
 «« 
 
 $ 4.80 
 1.80 
 4.00 
 6.40 
 
 3.00 
 
 16.00 
 4.25 
 
 12.00 
 
 7.00 
 
 about 
 12.00 
 
 'We are unable to state any prices for these hinges, as they are not found in 
 the Boston market. They would probably sell at the same prices as the Garden 
 City Butts, Figure 100. 
 
76 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter v. The foregoing table gives the retail prices of the spring butts 
 
 and hinges previously described. For purposes of comparison, 
 the figures represent the prices in each case of the size of hinge 
 necessary for an ordinary door, from -J to 1-g- inches thick ; ex- 
 cepting, however, that the price for Figure 101 is for a light 
 screen-door hinge. The hinges are in general made in a 
 number of sizes from those for the lightest kind of screen-doors, 
 to those required to move doors weighing several hundred 
 pounds. 
 
CHAPTER VI. 
 
 Doou Springs, Checks and Hangers. 
 
 DOOR-SPRINGS. 
 
 TITHE simplest form of door-spring is a straight 
 JL spiral coil of wire attached to the door and to 
 . the iamb, and drawing the door shut l>v a direct 
 pull. 
 
 Such springs, of course, are used only on com- 
 mon work, though occasionally a spiral spring is 
 used for gates in store-counters and railings, the 
 spring" Being quite fine and long, and attached to 
 the outside of the gate so that when the gate 
 is closed the spring lies flat against it and does 
 not show. The plain spiral spring is also a fea- 
 ture of many of the so-called door-checks ; but 
 in the line of springs which simply draw the 
 door to there are several forms which are more 
 convenient to use. Figure 116 illustrates the 
 "Star" spring, manufactured by the Van Wago- 
 ner & Williams Company. In application one 
 end is screwed onto the door near the jamb, and 
 the other onto the jamb itself, the spring being 
 r-spring. at an all o]e rather than strictly vertical, and in- 
 
 agoner & ° ^ 
 
 clined towards the latch of the door so that when 
 the door opens the spring acts both by resistance to compres- 
 sion lengthwise and by the uncoiling effect of the wire. The 
 
 Star Doo 
 Van Wag 
 Williams Co 
 
 Door-Spring 
 
 Star Spring. 
 
BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Engine-house 
 Spring 
 
 spring can be tightened in the same manner as the spring butts 
 previously described, by turning the upper spindle to which 
 the spring is attached, the pin A holding the spindle in posi- 
 tion. Figure 117 illustrates another form of door-spring not 
 unlike the foregoing in principle, though in this the spring acts 
 entirely by its resistance to a twisting strain. In the cut, 
 the lower screw-plate and hubs are shown drawn slightly away 
 from the spring spindle, so as to exjsose the ' ratchets which 
 hold the spring at any desired tension. 
 
 Figure 118 is a very strong form of direct-acting spring, in- 
 tended to be used on fire-engine-house doors. As shown bv 
 
 Fig. I I 7. Reliance Door- 
 spring. Chicago Spring- 
 Butt Co. 
 
 Fig. I I 8. Engine-house Spring 
 J. B. Shannon & Sons. 
 
 the cut, the spring would force the door open, which, of 
 course, is the intention in an engine-house ; but the same prin- 
 ciple could be applied to springs which are to close a door. 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 7!) 
 
 The spring is tightened at the bottom, and the upper lever-arm 
 works through a staple and pulley-wheel on the door. 
 
 For light screen-doors a spring is sometimes used winch acts 
 by the twisting strain or torsion of a single steel rod. Figure 
 119. The two side pieces, A A, are screwed to the jamb. 
 The upper flange is fastened to the door and has a catch fitting 
 into the ratchets of a drum attached to the rod. As usually 
 applied, the rod is not strictly vertical, but is at an angle with 
 the door jamb, so that when the door is opened the rod is sub- 
 jected to both a torsion and a bending strain. If the rod is 
 well tempered, the bending strain, of course, gives it an added 
 efficiency. Figure 120 is a form of torsion door-spring which 
 is attached to the door, and is operated by means of a bent, 
 hinged-lever fastened to the door-head. It is asserted that this 
 spring has its greatest power just as the door is opened, and 
 that the strain in the rod diminishes as the door is swung 
 around. 
 
 The following table gives the average prices of the door- 
 springs described : 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Screen I >o< »r- 
 Sprinj 
 
 Torsion Boor- 
 Sprin< 
 
 TABLE OK POOR-STRINGS. 
 
 •PRICES FOR A SINGLE SPRING. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 116 
 117 
 
 118 
 
 119 
 120 
 121 
 122 
 
 Name. 
 
 Star door-spring 
 
 Reliance door-spring. 
 
 Engine-house door-spring, 24, 30 
 and 30-inch 
 
 Torry door-spring. . . . 
 Peabody door-spring. 
 Devore door-spring 1 . 
 Warner door-spring 1 . 
 
 Laminated Spring. 
 
 Nickeled Sp 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 >> 
 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 A 
 
 3 
 
 W) 
 
 -3 
 
 
 60 
 
 ■d 
 
 3 
 
 » 
 
 w 
 
 1-1 
 
 % 
 
 $ .15 
 
 
 
 
 
 1.20 
 
 $1.80 
 
 $2.S0 
 
 $2.00 
 
 $2.80 
 
 3.00 
 
 4.00 
 
 5.50 
 
 4.75 
 
 6.00 
 
 .20 
 
 
 .40 
 
 
 
 .25 
 
 .25 
 
 .35 
 
 
 
 $4.00 
 7.75 
 
 1 Not found in Boston market. 
 
 The principle involved in a reverse-acting spring butt, which eve spring. 10 ' 
 
80 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 chapter VI. has been explained in a previous chapter, can be applied to 
 
 Fig. I I 9. Torry Door-spring. 
 Van Wagoner & Williams Co. 
 
 Fig. I 20. Peabody Door-spring. 
 A. W. Paine. 
 
 Fig. 12 1. Devore Door-spring. Freeport Hardware Manufg. Co. 
 
 simple door-springs. Figure 121 shows a form which is made 
 by the Freeport Hardware Manufacturing Company. This 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 spring has a uniform tension, holds the door firmly when 
 closed, and when the door is open about 120 degrees, the 
 force of the spring is reversed and 
 will hold the door open. Another 
 advantage of this form is that the 
 spring is easily unhooked and re- 
 hooked from the door, and also from 
 the jamb without removing the screws. 
 The action of the spring will be under- 
 stood from the illustration. Figure 
 122 shows a different form of spring, though on the same prin- 
 ciple as the Devore. It has all the advantages of the one 
 described and acts in precisely the same manner, though it is 
 slightly larger. Both of these forms are exceedingly ingen- 
 ious and efficient, and are sold a great deal in some parts of 
 the country. 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 122. Warner Door-spring, 
 Warner Manuf g. Co. 
 
 DOOR-CHECKS. 
 
 A door-check is understood to be anything which will hold 
 the door either open or shut, or which will keep the door from 
 slamming when closed. All the door-checks in the market are 
 combined, directly or indirectly, with some form of door-spring. 
 In some cases the spring is a part of 
 the check, but more often the spring 
 is a separate fixture, and is used as an 
 auxiliary to the action of the check. 
 One of tha simplest forms of door- 
 check is that shown by Figure 12.'5. 
 This consists of a strong band or 
 spring of flexible steel which is at- 
 tached by a proper holder to the 
 head of the door-frame, so as to project about half an inch 
 below the soffit. The door, in closing, catches on the 
 shoulder at the end of the spring, forcing it up against the 
 soffit of the door-frame, while the pressure of the spring on the 
 head of the door keeps it from slamming, and in a measure also 
 
 123. Barlow Door-check. 
 W. S. Barlow. 
 
 Spring Door- 
 Checks. 
 
82 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter vi. from opening too easily. The holder for the spring has slots 
 
 instead of screw-holes, so that the spring can be moved up 
 or down to any desired tension; while the upper slot iiT per- 
 mits a further adjustment by moving the spring in or out. 
 The retail price of this check is twenty-five cents each, japanned, 
 or fifty cents, nickel-plated. For all ordinary i^ractical pur- 
 poses this door-check is as good a device as can be found, and 
 is used a great deal on railroad cars, where there is constant 
 liability to violent slamming. It will be noticed that the spring 
 has a double power ; first, by the friction of the door as it 
 closes, and secondly, by the door coming in contact with the 
 shoulder at the end of the spring. There is a special form of 
 spring used to close this door consisting of a straight coil, with 
 a hook on the jamb and a shoulder 011 the door. 
 
 There are a few variations of the " Barlow " door-checks, but 
 they all act on essentially the same principle, and this one will 
 be sufficient for illustration. A very different kind of check 
 is that which acts on the principle of a piston-pump, of 
 which, perhaps, the best known is the " Norton " door-check. 
 This article has been on the market a long time, and is used 
 very extensively in some parts of the country. Figure 124 
 
 will give an idea 
 of how it appears 
 when set. The 
 check consists 
 simply of a 
 plunger or piston 
 working in a cyl- 
 inder. Between 
 the piston and the 
 cylinder head is 
 coiled a strong 
 spiral spring, and 
 the piston, as 
 well as the cyl- 
 inder, is pierced with a small hole to permit the air to escape. 
 
 Fig. I 24. Norton Door-check. A. J. Wilkinson & Co. 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 83 
 
 The cylinder is attached to the head of the door-frame, and is Chapter VI. 
 
 hinged at A. The piston-rod is connected by a hinged-joint 
 
 with a lever hinged to the frame, and a lever G attached to 
 
 the door. When the door is opened, the piston is drawn 
 
 out, the internal spring compressed, and the air enters through 
 
 the holes in the piston and the cylinder head, filling the 
 
 space beyond the piston. When the door is released, the 
 
 spring tends to close it, but the air behind the piston acting as 
 
 a cushion, prevents the door from closing too quickly or from 
 
 slamming. The orifice in the cylinder can be made larger or 
 
 smaller, thus regulating the speed at which the door shall close. 
 
 The spring is made sufficiently strong to both close and latch 
 
 the door after the air has escaped from the cylinder. 
 
 It will be seen that this door-check permits the door to be 
 opened only about 120 degrees. This is usually more than 
 enough for any doors requiring the use of a check, but a stop 
 is always needed, otherwise the arm G may be broken. 
 
 A form of " Norton " door-check is also made to close the 
 door from the outside. The action is exactly the same, except 
 that the arm G is bent up and attached to the soffit, while the 
 cylinder is attached to the door. 
 
 The " Norton " door-check is usually sold nickel-plated. 
 The prices are as follows : 
 
 For screen-doors and doors not exceeding 2 feet 8 inches by 1 £ inches §4.00 
 
 Doors not exceeding 2 feet S inches by 2 inches 5.00 
 
 Doors not exceeding 3 feet by 2h inches 6.00 
 
 Doors not exceeding 4 feet by 3 inches 8.00 
 
 A rather more cumbersome form of door spring and check 
 has recently been put on the market by the Russell & Erwin 
 Manufacturing Company. The check acts in practically the 
 same manner as the Norton Door-check, but the spring is ex- 
 posed and distinct from the cylinder, being acted upon by a 
 bent lever. This door-check has hardly been before the public 
 long enough to judge fairly of it. 
 
 A form of door-check, which has met with a great deal of 
 approval, is the " Eclipse," manufactured by Sargent & Com- 
 
84: BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter VI. pany. Figure 125 shows this check in position. It consists of 
 
 piston secured to the head of the door-frame and working in a 
 cylinder attached to the fop of the door. The piston-rod is 
 kept from lateral motion hy a set-screw at one side of the foot, 
 and a spring on the other, as shown hy the figure, so that it 
 can be accurately adjusted to meet the cylinder. When the 
 door is opened, the cylinder is drawn entirely away from the 
 
 Fig, 125. Eclipse Door Check and Spring. Sargent & Co. 
 
 piston, while the compression of the air in the cylinder when 
 the door closes, prevents any slamming. The air escapes 
 through openings in the end of the cylinder, so arranged as to 
 be easily regulated. The piston in both the " Norton " and 
 the " Eclipse " door-check has leather washers. 
 
 The " Eclipse " door-check can be used with any suitable 
 form of spring butt, though the door-spring, shown by Figure 
 125, is especially made for this purpose by Sargent & Com- 
 pany. It consists of a strong spiral spring, cased in a cylinder 
 and connected with the door-frame by a hinged bent lever. 
 
 The " Eclipse " checks and springs are finished either Tus- 
 can bronzed, bronze-plated or nickel-plated. The prices are as 
 follows : 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 85 
 
 Door-checks. 
 
 
 Ordinarj 
 
 
 Heavy. 
 
 \ 
 
 ery heavy. 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Bronzed. 
 
 
 $2.10 
 
 
 $2.76 
 
 
 $4.00 
 
 
 Bronze. 
 
 
 2.40 
 
 
 3.30 
 
 
 4.60 
 
 
 Nickel. 
 
 
 4.20 
 
 
 5.00 
 
 
 G.30 
 
 
 Door-springs. 
 
 < >rdinary 
 
 Heavy inside. 
 
 Heavy outside. 
 
 Very heavy. 
 
 
 Bronzed. 
 
 $ .90 
 
 
 $1.25 
 
 
 §1.8') 
 
 $2.52 
 
 
 Bronze. 
 
 1.10 
 
 
 1.50 
 
 
 2.10 
 
 3.00 
 
 
 Nickel. 
 
 3.00 
 
 
 3.36 
 
 
 4.00 
 
 5.00 
 
 
 The "Eclipse" check is applied to the outside of a door, it' 
 desired, a different form of holder securing the cylinder to the 
 soffit of the door-open- 
 ing, while the piston is 
 fastened to the door. 
 
 It has been claimed 
 that after being used for 
 a certain time, the bear- 
 ings in both the "Nor- 
 ton" and the "Sargent" 
 doer - check will wear 
 loose, so that the air 
 will escape too freely 
 from the cylinders to 
 form a reliable cushion ; 
 and several attempts 
 have accordingly been 
 made to produce a door- 
 check in which the action should be regulated by the flow of some 
 liquid, which would permit of metal instead of leather washers. 
 Figure 126 illustrates one device on this principle. It consists 
 of a piston and cylinder attached to the door. The cylinder is 
 pivoted so as to admit of a slight rocking motion, and the 
 piston is hinged to a bent-arm, also pivoted just above O, and 
 provided with a spring which serves to keep the piston drawn 
 out. The cylinder is filled with oil, which flows back and 
 forth through a small tube at the back, the rate of flow being 
 regulated by a screw at C. When the door closes, the shoulder 
 A on the door-head strikes against the bent arm and forces the 
 
 Fig. 126. House's Liquid Door-check. 
 & Brittan. 
 
 Liquid Door- 
 Checks. 
 
86 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter vi. piston down, the oil preventing any sudden slamming, while 
 
 the rate of the flow through the tube below G determines the 
 rate at which the door will close. This fixture retails at about 
 $1 per set. 
 
 Such a form of check necessitates a spring-hinge, in order 
 that the door shall be self-closing. Figure 127 illustrates a 
 form of door-check manufactured by the same parties, which 
 has a coiled spring inside the cylinder acting by means of the 
 
 Fig. I 27. House's Automatic Door- 
 check. Nimick & Brittan. 
 
 LOWER HINGE 
 
 Fig. I 28. Bardsley's Checking Spring- 
 hinge. J. Bardsley. 
 
 hinged bent lever on the door-head. The interior of the 
 cylinder is filled with oil, which checks the action of the door 
 by flowing from one compartment to the other of the cylinder. 
 The retail price is from $3.30 to $4.50 each, according to the 
 finish. 
 
 Figure 128 is another form of combined door check and 
 spring, which is intended especially for double-acting doors, 
 though it can be used for any door. No regular hinges are re- 
 quired with this fixture. The top of the door is held by a 
 species of pivot, fitting into a socket mortised into the top of 
 the door, while the door-check answers for the lower hinge. 
 The lever A is mortised into the bottom of the door, acting as 
 a crank to turn the post B. The checking apparatus is en- 
 cased in a box G, which is sunk into the door-sill and covered 
 with a brass plate. Figure 129 shows a section of the box, which 
 will illustrate more clearly its arrangement. The post B, when 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 87 
 
 turned either way, moves a piston which travels in a cylinder Chapter VI. 
 completely iilled with oil, in which is also a very heavy coiled 
 spring whose action tends to close the door, while the oil pre- 
 
 ' /«// end of Jprmd stationary 
 
 Kr-l vi n i-\ -n tr\ n r-i imvwv. - TT 
 
 5a^^^ W^^SSV\^S\W^^V- ) '.V^^^^^^^ VV^V>^VVV^^vJvN 
 
 TPoinr of fontac 
 
 ~C>lal'e- rtreweo 1 ^o under ~^ 
 j i c/e op- do < 
 
 Jr-l -UJG 
 
 Fig. 129. Bardsley's Checking Spring-hinge. J. Bardsley. 
 
 vents any sudden movement. The oil flows back and forth 
 through a narrow aperture, the size of which can be regulated 
 by a screw extending up through the covering of the box. 
 
88 
 
 Chapter VI 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 This check is listed at $17 per door complete for a door of 
 ordinary size. 
 Door-Catches. Besides the door-checks which are automatic in their action, 
 
 there are a number of devices for holding the door open or in 
 
 Fig. 130. 
 Fray's Door-holder. 
 J. B. Shannon & 
 Sons. 
 
 Door-holder, A. G, Newman. 
 
 any one position. Some of them are self-locking, but are 
 arranged so that the door can be easily drawn to by slight pres- 
 sure. Figures 130 
 and 131 are two va- 
 
 rieties of this style 
 of door-check. An- 
 other kind is made 
 to absolutely hold 
 the door fast when 
 it is opened, so that in order to close the door the check 
 must be released by hand: Figure 132 shows one of the 
 many varieties of this form. It is varied by having a lever 
 attached to the catch by which it can be more easily raised, 
 
 Fig. 133. Top Door-catch. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 89 
 
 and also by the catch being placed so as to act sidewise instead 
 of vertically. Figure 133 is a form of catch which is intended 
 to be attached to the jamb and to work over the top of the 
 door, nearly all the other forms being attached to the door and 
 working on a striker which is screwed to the floor. Figure 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Fig. 134. D'op Door-check. 
 A. G. Newman. 
 
 G 
 
 © 
 
 mmm!m mmmmmp^ 
 
 Fig. I 35. Fray's Door-catch. 
 J. B. Shannon & Sons. 
 
 r ig. 136. Ross Inside Catch. 
 Stoddard Lock & Manufg. Co. 
 
 134 is a self-locking form of door-check which is screwed to the 
 door, catching onto a hook projecting from the wall. Figure 
 
 135 is a form of dooivcatch which is used for show-cases and 
 closets, acting by means of a spring coiled inside the cylinder. 
 Figure 136 is a spring-catch used only for light work or for 
 cupboards. 
 
 BOOR-STOPS. 
 
 Some form of stop is always desirable in order to keep the 
 door from striking the finish when swung open, or breaking the 
 
90 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Door-Stops. 
 
 Fig, 
 bumper. J. 
 non &c Sons. 
 
 plastering. The commonest form consists of 
 a wooden knob screwed straight into the base 
 and tipped with rnbber. The variation from 
 this is a wooden-knob, which is screwed into 
 the floor and has the rubber-tip on the side, to 
 be used when the door does not swing against 
 the wall, but has to be stopped at some point. 
 These stops are made in birch, maple, ash, 
 oak, chestnut, cherry, walnut and mahogany 
 and are listed at $5.00 per gross for birch to 
 $6.50 for mahogany. They are made in two 
 sizes, 2|- and 3 inches long ; the wood is turned 
 Door- anc [ a gimlet-pointed screw is firmly attached 
 to the stop, so that it can readity be put in 
 place by hand. The prices are the same whether the rubber 
 tip is on the side or the end. They are also made with a rub- 
 ber ring entirely encircling the knob, the list price being $12.00 
 per gross. 
 
 The Meriden Malleable Iron Company manufactures elastic- 
 headed screws which are used more for furniture than for doors, 
 but which might be desirable in some cases. They consist 
 simply of a half-round head which is covered in upholstery of 
 some kind and fitted with a gimlet-pointed screw. These cost 
 from $11.00 to $17.00 per gross, list price, depending upon the 
 material with which they are covered. J. B. Shannon & Sons, 
 manufacture a door-bumper shown by Figure 137, which is in- 
 tended to prevent jar and noise in shutting the door : it con- 
 sists of a cup with a brace attached to be screwed to the face 
 of the door ; a rubber ball is pressed into the cup so that it will 
 not fall out. A piece of rubber made fast to the jamb casing 
 over the door, for the ball to strike against, completes the con- 
 trivance. The rubber over the door may be increased or 
 lessened in thickness so that when the rubber ball comes in 
 contact with it the compression will allow the door to latch. 
 This device effectually prevents any slamming of the door. 
 The list price is $1.00 each. The only possible objection to 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 91 
 
 its use would be that the head might prevent the door from he- Chapter VI. 
 ing latched properly. 
 
 DOOK HANGERS AND ROLLERS. 
 
 The commonest form of door-rollers are those used for barn- 
 doors. Usually a barn-door slides on rollers or sheaves which 
 are applied to the inner face of the 
 door and run over a metal track 
 secured to the floor. There are many 
 kinds of large sheaves and rollers 
 manufactured for barn-doors, which 
 are too simple to require any illustra- 
 tion. The commoner kind consists of 
 a large wheel with a steel or metal 
 axle. The better kind of barn-door 
 rollers are provided with anti-friction 
 axle bearings ; that is to say, the axle 
 of the wheel revolves in a cycle of 
 small pins or rollers by which the fric- 
 tion is considerably reduced, and the 
 wear on the bearings very materially 
 diminished. Figure 138 is an ingen- 
 ious device for a barn-door roller, the 
 working of which will be readily ap- 
 parent from the drawing. The inner 
 plate, A, is screwed directly to the door, through the openings in 
 the wheel, B, which revolves on the anti-frictional bearings. 
 
 Figure 139 shows 
 a form of barn-door 
 rail, intended to be 
 used with a wheel 
 which shall rest on 
 the flanges and not 
 bear at all on the 
 
 Fig. 13 9. Nickel Barn-door Rail. Coleman Hardware Co. Upright J)Ortioil. Ill 
 
 Barn-door 
 
 Hangers. 
 
 Fig. 138. Acme Barn-door 
 Roller. Moore Mfg. Co. 
 
 Stay-roller. 
 
92 
 
 B UILDERS' HA RD WA RE. 
 
 140. Victor Stay-roll 
 Victor Mfg. Co. 
 
 Chapter VI. this way the wheel will clear away any collection of snow or 
 ice by its own action and enable the door to roll easily. 
 
 The standing objection to barn-door rollers which are applied 
 to the bottom of the door, is that they are too easily thrown off 
 
 the track by obstructions and also 
 that the track itself is apt to get 
 in the way and be a bother in 
 driving over it. The greatest 
 amount of ingenuity has been 
 expended upon door -hangers in 
 which the door is suspended from 
 a track at the top. The only 
 objection which is to be urged 
 against this manner of arrang- 
 ing a sliding-door, is that in case 
 of a violent wind the door would be forced inward. This diffi- 
 culty can be in a measure obviated by the use of some form 
 of stay-roller, such 
 as Figure 140, 
 which can be at- 
 tached so as to 
 prevent any lat- 
 eral motion of the 
 door. This form 
 of stay -roller is 
 also used for doors 
 which slide on 
 sheaves at the bot- 
 tom, taking the 
 place of an over- 
 head groove. 
 
 There are real- 
 ly but two dis- 
 tinct varieties of 
 barn-door hangers ; 
 consists of a single wheel running on an overhead-track and 
 
 Fig. 141. Climax Barn-door Hanger. Moore Mfg. Co. 
 
 the first is represented by Figure 141, and 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 93 
 
 attached to a hanger which is screwed on to the inner face of 
 the door. The same form of hanger is made to be used with 
 an iron rail. This form is rather old but is very good and we 
 should imagine would give little trouble. It is made with anti- 
 friction bearings. The second variety of hanger is one in which 
 the axle is not fixed but travels along a single bearing beam, 
 as in the ''Moody Hanger." Figure 142, which is one of the 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Fig. 142. Moody Barn-door Hanger. Victor Mfg. Co. 
 
 simplest of this kind. In this the axle bears on two bars, and 
 the uprights to which the bearing bars are secured, are placed 
 sufficiently far apart to admit of the axle having enough play 
 for the opening of a single door. The rail and brackets are 
 made of steel and the wheel has a steel axle. 
 
 The "Victor Hanger," Figure 143, is a slight improvement 
 over the " Moody " in that the bearing is on a single bar instead 
 of on two ; and that the wheels work on each side of a high, 
 ridged track which prevents them from slipping off or becoming 
 interfered with. 
 
 The "Lane Hanger," Figure 144, is very similar to the 
 
94 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter vi. " Moody " though the arrangements of the supports is somewhat 
 different. 
 
 All of the foregoing hangers are made of wrought-iron or 
 steel, with steel or chilled-iron bearings. Several kinds of 
 
 hangers are made with mal- 
 
 leable iron, such as the " Nick, 
 el," Figure 145, which follows 
 the pattern of the "Moody 
 Hanger." The ' ' Nickel 
 Hanger " is also made in steel, 
 with a slightly different shape. 
 The "Hatfield Planger," Fig- 
 ure 146, also in malleable iron, 
 is a form after the pattern of 
 the " Lane," on which the 
 patent seems to have run out ; 
 at any rate, a similar form is 
 made by several of the manu- 
 facturers, and the principle embodied in the "Hatfield" and 
 the "Moody Hangers " is the one which is usually consid- 
 
 Fig. 143. Victor Barn-door Hanger. 
 Victor Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 144. Lane Barn-door Hanger. Lane Bros* 
 
 ered to be the most satisfactory ; that is to say, one in which 
 the axle bears on two parallel plates and works in slots ; indeed, 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND DANGERS. 
 
 95 
 
 this principle is applied to nearly all the most successful hang- 
 ers, both for barn-doors and parlor-doors. 
 
 For parlor doors many builders and architects still prefer 
 sheaves mortised into the bottom of the door. The rail, which 
 is a necessary part of this arrangement, is admitted to be a 
 trouble, but the rollers are so easily taken out that the rail is 
 retained. There seems to be an idea with many people that 
 the overhead hanger 
 more easily gets out 
 of order, and that it 
 is more complicated. 
 This is a mistake, for 
 there is hardly a 
 hanger in the market 
 that will not give sat- 
 isfaction if properly 
 applied, while any 
 one who has had ex- 
 perience with sheaves 
 and rail at the bottom 
 can testify to the 
 trouble which will 
 sometimes occur, with 
 the settlement of the 
 woodwork throwing 
 the door out of plumb 
 or obstructions getting on the track and throwing the wheels 
 off. Some of the overhead hangers require more care in set- 
 ting, and others have some special adjustment which must 
 be understood; but the principle on which they all work is 
 so simple that, to the uninitiated, there seems to be but little 
 choice between the various kinds. 
 
 The ordinary mortised sheave, of which Figure 147 is a 
 type, runs on a brass rail, which is generally made with a 
 raised section, though a form is sometimes used which is chan- 
 nelled instead of being raised. The former will be something 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 -door Hanger 
 are Co. 
 
 Sliding-door 
 Kails. 
 
96 
 
 B UILDERS' HA RD WA RE. 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Parlor-door 
 
 Sheaves. 
 
 Parlor-door 
 
 Hangers. 
 
 to stub the foot against ; the latter will collect dust. The only 
 form of rail in the mai'ket, which presents neither of these 
 difficulties, is the " Climax," Figure 148. This consists of a 
 double brass track with a central strip, which is held flush with 
 the two sides by springs inserted at intervals in the track. A 
 special form of wheel is manufactured to go with this rail. 
 The wheel, in passing along over the rail, presses down the 
 central strip, forming a groove for the wheel to run in. When 
 the door is opened, the springs force the flexible central strip 
 up again, so that when the doorway is entirely clear the 
 
 appearance is of a single 
 brass plate perfectly flush 
 with the floor. The list 
 price of this rail is sixty 
 cents per foot in brass. 
 
 Besides the common 
 pattern of mortised 
 sheaves, shown by Figure 
 147, there is another form 
 which works more easily, 
 made on the same princi- 
 ple as the "Hatfield" 
 barn-door hanger. This 
 is shown by Figure 149. 
 This sheave is made in 
 five sizes, from two-and-one-half inches to six inches in diam- 
 eter of wheel and costs from $1.50 to $4 per set of four 
 sheaves. 
 
 Parlor-door hangers are usually arranged to run on a 
 wooden or metal track which is bolted 
 to the side-studding. There are one 
 or two points which should be consid- 
 ered in judging of any door-hanger as 
 ordinarily applied. In most houses 
 the studs which form one side of the 
 
 Fig. 147 
 
 sliding -door pocket are made to rest Sneave. 
 
 Hatfield Barn-door Hanger. 
 
 Sliding-door 
 Russell & Erwin. 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 on something pretty solid, a foundation wall, or, at least, a 
 heavy timber, while on the other side of the pocket the studs 
 are supported on the floor-joist, and are left to settle with the 
 shrinkage of the timbers, thus bringing about a difference in 
 
 Fig. 148. Climax Rail. Climax Rail Co. 
 
 level of the two sides of the pocket. It may, then, be stated 
 as a general rule that the best form of hanger would be that 
 which is supported on one side only, since if any inequality 
 of settlement takes place, it does not affect the hanger. An- 
 
 , y ^/U12UWWn K>>>>>rTrrrT^ 
 
 97 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Fig. 149. Hatfield Anti-friction Sheave. 
 
 other consideration is, that it would be well to have the door- 
 hangers so arranged that in case the door should not hang per- 
 fectly plumb, there would be no inequality of bearing on the 
 axles of the wheels. It will be seen that this is perfectly 
 
98 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WARE. 
 
 Chapter VI. possible, and that it has been considered in some of the forms 
 of door-hangers. 
 
 One of the earlier patents is the "Moore" parlor-door 
 hanger, Figure 150. This is a very good form in the main, 
 being hung by a single rod which is mortised into the top of 
 the door. The adjustment may be obtained by turning up the 
 nut at the bottom of the rod, through a hole cut in the edge of 
 the door in the same manner as a stair-rail bolt is turned up. 
 The difficulty is, that the hanger cannot readily be readjusted 
 when once set. Another of the early 
 forms which has since been but little 
 improved upon, is the " Warner " 
 hanger, Figure 151. This consists of 
 two sets of double wheels connected 
 by a rod, and working directly on 
 the double track secured to each side 
 of the door-pocket. The manner of 
 supporting the door is much the same 
 as with the " Moore " hanger, except 
 that in the " Warner " the support- 
 ing rods can be got at after the 
 door is finished by means of a face- 
 plate on the edge of the door. The 
 wheels are made perfectly flat, and 
 it is claimed that under no combina- 
 tion of circumstances can they run 
 off the track. The axles of the wheels 
 are attached to the connecting rod by 
 means of a universal bearing, thus 
 enabling the weight of the doors to 
 bear equally upon both tracks, no 
 matter how much out of plumb or level 
 they may be. A somewhat similar 
 door-hanger is that shown by Figure 152, manufactured by 
 the Reading Hardware Company. In this variety, however, 
 the adjustment is entirely from the top of the door, and no 
 
 Fig. I 50. Moore's Anti-friction 
 Parlor-door Hanger. S. H. & 
 E. Y. Moore. 
 
DOOR-SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 mortise is required. The axles are not attached to any part 
 of the hanger, but work in the slot somewhat on the prin- 
 ciple of a "Victor " 
 hanger. x 
 
 Figure 153 shows 
 a door-hanger which 
 is very popular, and 
 which for simplicity 
 and perfection of 
 construction is one 
 of the best yet pro- 
 duced. The wheels 
 run on two flat 
 wooden tracks, one 
 secured to each 
 side of the stud- 
 
 dim 
 
 The 
 
 axles Fig. I 51. Warner Parlor-door Hanger. E. C. Stearns & 
 
 bear on the short 
 
 connecting rod which is made sufficiently long to allow for the 
 
 run of an eight-foot door. The rod being; round there will 
 
 Fig. I 52. Novelty Parlor-door Hanger. Reading Hardware Cc 
 
 never be an uneven bearing. The hangers are adjusted by 
 means of a sliding screw-joint which is operated from the edge 
 
 99 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
100 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter vi. of the door, and which, by forcing the hanger away or drawing 
 it towards the edge of the door, raises or lowers the bearing 
 rod. 
 
 Fig. 153. Prindle Parlor-door Hanger. Prindle Mfg. Co. 
 
 A very simple application of the same principle is embodied 
 in the " Nickel " parlor-door hanger, Figure 154. This con- 
 
 Fig. I 54. Nickel Parlor-door Hanger. Coleman Hardware Co. 
 
 sists of a double set of flanged wheels, which run on a double 
 track suspended by iron hanger-rods attached at intervals to a 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 101 
 
 cross-piece at the top of the door-pocket. The axles of the Chapter VI. 
 wheels bear against a half-round bar, which is secured by 
 
 Fig. I 55. Richards Parlor-door Hanger. Wilcox Mfg. Co. 
 
 upright bars to the top of the door. The hangers are adjusted 
 by turning up the hanger-rods in the top of the pocket, thus 
 
 I 
 
 Fig. I 56. Paragon Parlor-door Hanger. Dunham Mfg. Co. 
 
 lifting the track bodily. One objection to this form is that it 
 requires considerable width of pocket — four-aud-oue-half inches. 
 
102 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 chapter vi. Figure 155 illustrates the "Richards" hanger, which, with 
 
 the "Prindle," rather leads the market just at present. The 
 principle is almost exactly the same with both forms, except 
 that in the " Richards " the axle has a flat instead of a round 
 bearing, and the wheels are grooved. The " Prindle " manu- 
 facturers claim that the flat wheel is preferable ; the " Rich- 
 ards," on the other hand, maintain that the flanged wheel is 
 more desirable. There is really very little to choose between 
 the two kinds. 
 
 The American Manufacturing Company has a parlor- 
 door hanger on the market which is essentially the same as the 
 " Richards " hanger. The " Paragon " door-hanger, Figure 
 156, is on the principle of the " Moody " barn-door hanger pre- 
 viously described. It consists of a single 'grooved wheel 
 running on a rail secured to one side of the pocket, the axles 
 bearing against two flat surfaces. It would seem as though 
 this fulfilled the conditions of a perfect door-hanger more fully 
 than anything else in the market. It can be adjusted with 
 
 Fig. I 57. Emerson Parlor-door Hanger. B. D. Washburn, Agent. 
 
 very little trouble ; and as the centre of support is directly over 
 the centre of the door, there is no tendency to bind ; while as 
 the track is secured to only one side of the door-pocket, the 
 possible effects of shrinkages and settlements are reduced to 
 a minimum. 
 
 A form of door-hanger which is essentially the same as this, 
 but in which the axle of the wheels work in a slot on the j>rin- 
 ciple of the " Hatfield " sheave, lias been manufactured by 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 Burditt & Williams, for one of the Boston builders, but has re- 
 ceived no patent, and is not really in the market. 
 
 The " Emerson " door-banger, Figure 157, is yet another 
 variety, and represents in some respects a different principle 
 from any of the former, in that the rollers are entirely separate 
 and distinct from each other, being connected merely by a thin 
 strip of wood notched over the axles. The rollers bear on the 
 wooden rail C. The hangers D, to which the door is directly 
 attached, are fastened to a rider bar E, which bears directly on 
 
 103 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Fig. I 58. Endless Anti-friction Parlor-door Hanger. Reading Hardware Co. 
 
 the rollers. This form of hanger is very effective, does not 
 get out of order, and works very smoothly. Adjustment is 
 obtained by a small set-screw in the attachment of the hanger. 
 The track is fastened to one partition only. 
 
 Figure 158 is a very ingenious combination of the principles 
 of the " Warner " and the " Prindle " hangers. It consists of 
 a set of double, flanged wheels A, bearing on two tracks, which 
 are bolted to each side of the pocket. The axle of the double 
 wheel supports a ring B, which in turn supports a plain, 
 grooved, pulley-wheel. The axle of the pulley-wheel turns in 
 iron flange-plates which are fastened to the top of the door. 
 In this way the friction is greatly reduced ; and the principle 
 of the continuous run of the axle, which is embodied in the 
 " Warner " hanger, is here provided for by means of the ring 
 
104 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter vi. connected with the flanged wheels, and with the lower pulley. 
 The hanger is adjusted by a turn-screw near the edge of the 
 door. The j3oint of support of the hangers is always in the 
 same relative position to the door, thus overcoming one of 
 the weak points of the horizontal, anti-friction hangers in 
 which the wheels travel back and forth from one end to the 
 other, continually changing the strain on the screws. 
 
 The following table gives the relative prices of the various 
 door-hanffers that have been described : 
 
 TABLE OF DOOR-HANGERS. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 138 
 141 
 142 
 143 
 144 
 145 
 146 
 147 
 149 
 150 
 151 
 152 
 153 
 154 
 155 
 156 
 157 
 158 
 
 Acme barn-door roller, 8 inch wheel 
 
 Climax barn-door hanger 
 
 Moody barn-door hanger 
 
 Victor barn-door hanger 
 
 Lane barn-door hanger 
 
 Nickel barn-door hanger 
 
 Hatfield barn-door hanger 
 
 Parlor-door sheave, anti-friction 
 
 Hatfield parlor-door sheave 
 
 Moore parlor-door hanger 
 
 Warner parlor-door hanger 
 
 Novelty parlor-door hanger 
 
 Prindle parlor-door hanger 
 
 Nickel parlor-door hanger, (approximately) 
 
 Richards parlor-door hanger 
 
 Paragon parlor-door hanger 
 
 Emerson parlor-door hanger 
 
 Endless parlor-door hanger 
 
 Per set of four. 
 
 $3.00 
 3.00 
 3.20 
 4.40 
 2.30 
 3.50 
 4.50 
 2.00 
 2.50 
 4.25 
 5.50 
 3.50 
 5.00 
 3.50 
 5.00 
 4.50 
 5.00 
 3.75 
 
 There is still another distinct type of door-hanger, one which 
 is unique of its kind, and for certain purposes is decidedly 
 better than anything else in the market, though not always 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 
 
 105 
 
 applicable or always desirable : tbis is the " Prescott " hanger. 
 It is difficult to illustrate this hanger properly ; it should be 
 seen in order to appreciate fully . i , . , . ■ 
 
 its workings. Figure 159 is the [ [ 
 
 common form of hanger, consist- 
 ing essentially of two flat bars 
 joined, scissors fashion, in the 
 centre. The lower end of one 
 bar is fastened to a pin on the 
 jamb of the pocket. Tbe lower 
 end of the other bar is fastened 
 to a pin on the back of the 
 door. The upper end of the 
 bar which is fastened to the 
 jamb, works with a roller in 
 a slot on the back of the upper 
 part of the door, while the up- 
 per end of the other bar works 
 in a small slot let into the upper 
 part of the jamb -pocket. A 
 little reasoning will show one that the door in this manner is 
 held absolutely free from either the top or the bottom of the 
 door-opening, and can be easily moved forward or backward. 
 It cannot settle without the scissors part spreading out, and as 
 the movable roller ends are on opposite sides, that is, one on 
 the joint and one on the door ; any tendency to spreading 
 out of the rollers is counteracted by the opposite ends of the 
 bars, which are always on the same level. In practice, the 
 hanger, when properly set, works to perfection. The door 
 never can bind, but can be operated by the slightest pressure 
 in one direction or the other. Figure 160 shows a compound 
 hanger on the same principle for use in very wide doors. The 
 difference is simply that there are two hangers joined by bolts 
 instead of one. Figure 161 shows a trussed hanger, which is 
 used for doors that are wider than they are high. It may be 
 said, incidentally, that these door-hangers can be exactly re- 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Fig. I 59. 
 
 Prescott Hanger 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
106 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter vi. versed ; that is to say, the fixed ends may be at the top instead 
 of the bottom. 
 
 The "Prescott" 
 hanger is used to great 
 advantage for elevator 
 doors, as it permits of 
 an opening the entire 
 width of the car, if de- 
 sired, while the ordi- 
 nary width would be 
 half that size. In such 
 a case, a door across 
 half of the opening is 
 hung with ordinary 
 butts, and the rest of 
 the space is closed with 
 a door hung by " Pres- 
 cott " hangers to the 
 
 Fig. 160. Prescott Hanger. Prescott Mfg. Co. 
 
 first. The whole, or a part of the opening, can then be left un- 
 obstructed for the removal of boxes or trunks. Hangers for 
 this purpose can be 
 made of bronze, so as 
 to present a neat ap- 
 pearance. These hang- 
 ers are also used to 
 advantage for barn- 
 doors, car-doors, etc., 
 and for any places 
 where the hangers are 
 exposed. The only 
 objection to their use 
 for parlor -doors, is 
 that they have to be 
 pretty carefully set by 
 a mechanic who thor- 
 oughly understands the 
 
 Fig. 161. Prescott Hanger. Prescott Mfg. Co. 
 
DOOR SPRINGS, CHECKS, AND HANGERS. 107 
 
 workings, otherwise they are apt to rattle. It is not easy to chapter vi. 
 adjust the hanger in case of settlements. They also take up 
 considerable width in thickness of the pocket ; still, they work 
 so beautifully that they deserve all the popularity that they 
 have enjoyed. 
 
 The prices of the ordinary form of Prescott hangers for 
 inside doors, are as follows : 
 
 SIZE OF DOOR. PRICE. 
 
 2i x 8V x 1$ inches .$3.25 
 
 3x9 xl\iiiches 4.25 
 
 3.V x 9 x 1J inches. 5.25 
 
 4x9 x If inches C.25 
 
 4 x 10 x 1J inches G.75 
 
 41 x 10 x lg inches 7.50 
 
 5 x 10 x 1} inches 8.50 
 
 5£xl2 x2 inches 9.50 
 
 6 xl2 x2i inches 10.50 
 
^ 
 
 ^DeparS^ 
 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Pulleys. 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 TTLMOST the only forms of pulley 
 /A used by builders are those which 
 are employed for double-hanging 
 windows. These are made with cast- 
 iron frames for the cheaper styles of 
 work, or frames of malleable iron for 
 a better class of goods ; while some 
 manufacturers use wrought-iron en- 
 tirely. The wheels are usually made 
 of cast-iron, with a groove shaped to 
 receive the sash-cord or chain. The 
 pulley is fitted in a mortise cut into 
 the face of the hanging-style of the 
 window-frame, and the part visible, or 
 the face, is made of almost any ma- 
 terial, but most often of bronzed, 
 nickel-plated, painted or japanned iron. The commonest form 
 is bronzed iron. The axles of the wheels are of steel or 
 gun-metal, and the wheels themselves, in the better class 
 of goods, are turned to accurate dimensions, though some 
 cheaper grades are simply cast and polished. Some manufac- 
 turers finish pulleys with plain or ornamented bronze faces, 
 in which case the face is made of a separate piece of metal, 
 riveted to the iron frame of the pulley. There are also 
 
 162. Ordinary Axle- 
 pulley. 
 
PULLEYS. 
 
 109 
 
 in the market, a few flue grades of pulleys made with brass 
 wheels and cast-brass frames. This is, however, a needless ex- 
 pense, and such pulleys are used more in connection with 
 furniture than with building. 
 
 The essential qualities of a good pulley-wheel, are simply 
 that it shall run lightly, smoothly and easily. There should be 
 a broad hub on the axle in order to prevent the flanges from 
 jarring or rattling against the pulley frame, and the wheels 
 selected should be of such a size that when the face-plate is 
 mortised-in flush with the face of the hanging-style, the inner 
 edge of the wheel will be over the centre of the box, so that 
 sash-weights will not strike against the frame when raised or 
 lowered. 
 
 Sash-pulleys are usually made in live sizes: 1 J inch. 2. 2J, 
 2^ and 3 inches, the size referring to the diameter of the 
 wheel. The two-inch wheel is sufficiently 
 large for most cases, but for heavy, plate- 
 glass windows larger sizes are used, though 
 the chief advantage of a large pulley is 
 not so much that it will wear better, but 
 that it will throw the sash-cord farther 
 away from the hanging-style, and so per- 
 mit of larger sash- weights, When the 
 expense is not an item to be considered in 
 the selection, it is well to employ some 
 form of anti-friction, ball or pin bearing 
 pulley for all sash weighing over fifty 
 pounds. A poor pulley will soon wear 
 loose so as to rattle on the axle. If anti- 
 friction wheels are not advisable, the next 
 best form is one with a large gun-metal 
 axle. Some compositions of phosphor- 
 bronze would seem to be peculiarly well 
 suited for pulley axles, though not at present in the market to 
 any extent. 
 
 There are a great many varieties of sash-pulleys, though the 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 Fig. 163. 
 
 Anti-friction 
 
 Sash-pulley. 
 
 Moore Mfg. 
 
 Co. 
 
 
 Sash Pulleys. 
 
110 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 chapter vn. differences are so slight that a few examples will serve to 
 illustrate the whole. Figure 162 is a fair type of the ordinary 
 axle-pulley, and Figure 163 is a type of the best form of anti- 
 friction sash-pulley. All of the most commonly used forms 
 of sash-pulleys are on essentially one or the other of these lines. 
 The only important deviations from the common types of sash- 
 pulleys have been made with a view to reducing the amount of 
 labor required to properly set the fixtures in the window frames. 
 It should be said that none of the patent forms have thus far 
 met with either very wide sales or general approval, which 
 would seem to indicate that the common form answers pretty 
 fully all the requirements of the case. There are, however, a. 
 few styles which have met with considerable favor in the 
 market, and which will serve to give an idea of the lines the 
 attempted improvements have followed. 
 
 Figure 164 illustrates a form known as the " Empire " sash- 
 pulley, in which the case is corrugated horizontally so that it 
 will exactly fit into a series of holes bored into the frame with 
 an auger or bit of standard size, a great reduction in the labor 
 of mortising thus being effected. The advantages claimed for 
 it are that it cuts away less of the frame than &ny other pulley, 
 is held more securely, does not require any 
 screws, and can be inserted much more readily 
 and quickly than any other kind. It is claimed 
 that these pulleys can be fitted to the window 
 frames at the rate of sixty per hour. 
 
 A pulley requiring even less work in setting, 
 though somewhat more complicated in construc- 
 tion, is shown by Figure 165. This consists of 
 F Sash-puiie ^Em- ' wo sma ^ wheels set in a cylindrical case, and 
 pi re Portable Forge requiring no more labor to fit in place than is 
 
 Company. i. a r 
 
 involved in the boring of a single hole. Shoul- 
 ders or flanges at top and bottom of the case serve to plumb 
 the pulley properly, and kept it from twisting. It is claimed 
 that this pulley will hold its position quite as well as any other 
 form, though it would seem more aj)t to work loose by reason 
 
PULLEYS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 of the leverage of the weight over the inner wheel, than the 
 
 ordinary form. 
 
 Another style of pulley which does 
 not avoid cutting the mortise on the 
 frame, but saves somewhat in the screws, 
 and lias a finer appearance than either 
 the "Empire" or the "Corey," is shown 
 by Figure 1GG. In this pulley the 
 
 Fi ? 16 5. Corey's Two-wheel f. ice . p ] ate am | f rame are cast together, 
 
 Sash pulley. J.B.Johnston. r S> ' 
 
 and the frame is made with a wide 
 shoulder or flange at the bottom, which 
 is cast on a bevel, so that when placed 
 in position in the rebate, the pulley 
 cannot slip down or out, by reason of 
 the bevel wedging into the mortise. 
 A single screw at the top of the pul- 
 ley holds it securely in place ; but 
 it will be seen that it does not depend 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 Fig. I 66. Norris Pulley. 
 C. Sidney Norris & Co. 
 
 y. 167. Single Sash-chain, 
 Smith & Egge Mfg. Co. 
 
 upon the screw for its stability. With an ordinary pulley, the 
 heavier the sash the greater is the possibility of the wheel 
 being forced out from its mortise, whereas, with the " Norris " 
 pulley, the greater the load, the more securely is it wedged in 
 
112 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter vii. place. Another obvious advantage is that it requires just half 
 the quantity of screws and amount of labor to set this pulley as 
 it does the ordinary pulley ; and it is said that the carpenters 
 who have used this, have liked it very much. The labor of 
 mortising is slightly more than for the ordinary form, but the 
 company controlling the patent also manufactures a mortising- 
 machine specially adapted to this kind of work, by which the 
 labor is greatly reduced. Aside from the labor of mortising, 
 the only possible objection to this sash-pulley seems to be that 
 it would require a pretty heavy hanging-style to the window 
 frame, and would cut away the wood a good deal, the bevelled 
 flange being three-quarters of an inch through for an ordinary 
 sized pulley. This patent is manufactured in the same sizes 
 and styles as the ordinary pulleys, including those with fiat- 
 grooved wheels for sash-chains. 
 
 The following table gives the average retail prices of the 
 principal marketable varieties of ordinary sash-pulley wheels. 
 
 TABLE OF SASH-PULLEYS. — PRICES PER DOZEN. 
 
 Description. 
 
 Painted iron, cast wheel 
 
 Bronzed iron, steel axle, cast wheel 
 
 Bronzed iron, steel axle, turned wheel 
 
 Bronzed iron, anti-friction steel axle, turned 
 wheel 
 
 Polished hrass face, anti-friction steel axle, 
 turned brass wheel 
 
 Brass or bronze face, steel axle, polished iron 
 wheel 
 
 Corey's fine bronzed iron, steel axle, turned 
 wheel 
 
 Empire fine bronzed iron, polished face and 
 wheel 
 
 Norris's fine bronzed iron, polished face and 
 wheel 
 
 Smith & Egge, polished iron, flat grooved, 
 turned wheel 
 
 Smith & Egge, polished iron, 3-inch double 
 grooved wheel $ 8.00 
 
 Smith & Egge. polished iron, 4-inch double 
 grooved wheel 13.50 
 
 If in. 
 
 2 in. 
 
 2£in. 
 
 $ .25 
 
 $ .30 
 
 
 .50 
 
 .65 
 
 $ .70 
 
 
 .90 
 
 1.10 
 
 1.75 
 5.50 
 
 
 1.35 
 
 1.75 
 
 .60 
 
 .75 
 .45 
 
 
 .49 
 
 .50 
 2.25 
 
 1.10 
 
 $1.35 
 2.00 
 6.25 
 
 2.65 
 
PULLEYS. 
 
 113 
 
 SASH-CHAINS AND WEIGHTS. 
 
 In the better-class of buildings it is usual to hang all sashes 
 weighing over forty pounds with some form of sash-chain ; 
 indeed, except for the expense, it would often be well to use 
 nothing but chains, especially in buildings of a public character 
 where the windows are apt to be moved with little care. The 
 ordinary cords used for windows are liable to wear out and 
 
 break, and experience has often 
 shown that a good sash-chain 
 will outwear enough of the ordi- 
 nary sash-cord to make it more 
 than worth while to use the 
 stronger material. 
 
 Chapter VII, 
 
 Sash-chains. 
 
 (5 
 6 
 
 ) 
 W 
 
 ) 
 
 Fig. 168. Double Sash-chai 
 bmith & Egge Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. I 69. Grooved Sash-chain Pulley. 
 Smith & Egge Mfg. Co. 
 
 The sash-chain which appears to meet with the greatest 
 favor in the Eastern market, is that which is made by the 
 Smith & Egge Manufacturing Company. The form of this 
 chain is illustrated by Figure 167. It is a species of flat-link 
 
114 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 Smith & Egge 
 Chairs. 
 
 Double Chains. 
 
 Chain Pulleys. 
 
 Morton Chains 
 
 chain, the form being the same as the well-known plumbers' 
 safety-link, which has been in use for various purposes for a 
 great many years. Smith & Egge adopted this form as best 
 adapted for window-chains, and they have perfected special 
 machinery which does away almost entirely with handwork, 
 and enables them to produce the chain at marketable prices and 
 of a superior quality. The chain is made with a great deal 
 of care, each link being automatically tested as it leaves the 
 machine. The metal preferably employed for this purpose is 
 a bronze composition specially prepared by the manufacturers, 
 designated as "giant metal," which is, in appearance, very much 
 like pure copper, but is tougher and harder. A cheaper com- 
 position is also used, which is known as "red metal," and steel 
 chains are manufactured to a certain extent, though the giant- 
 metal chains are the best in every respect. The best giant- 
 metal chains will sustain loads as high as 700 pounds. The 
 red-metal chains are manufactured to sustain from 880 to 500 
 pounds. Steel chains are made in three grades : one capable 
 of sustaining from 125 to 175 pounds; another from 400 to 
 450 ; and the strongest from 600 to 700 pounds. 
 
 Instead of one chain, it is often more desirable to use a 
 double chain for very heavy windows, as shown by Figure 168. 
 This figure, and Figure 1 67, also show the manner in which the 
 chain is attached to the sash and to the weights. 
 
 Pulleys intended for use with sash-chains, require a different 
 groove from that usual where rope is employed. The Smith 
 & Egge Manufacturing Company has a special form of pulley 
 intended to go with their goods, Figure 169. For convenience 
 this pulley has been listed with the others in the preceding 
 table of prices, together with one or two different makes of fiat 
 grooved-pulleys which would answer for the purpose equally 
 well. 
 
 "What has been said of the Smith & Egge chains applies 
 equally well to the " Champion " sash-chains, manufactured by 
 Thomas Morton, which have the same shape of link, though 
 the sash and weight fastenings are slightly different. The 
 
PULLEYS. 
 
 115 
 
 ••champion " metal is a bronze composition probably not differ- 
 ing essential!)" from the giant or the red metal. Thomas Morton, 
 
 however, manufactures another 
 form of sash-chain with quite a 
 different link, which is shown 
 by Figure 170. This is known 
 as the cable-chain, and is a very 
 strong, durable form, never 
 twisting or kinking. The sash 
 attachment used with this chain 
 is very simple and efficient, con- 
 sisting of a short half cylinder 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 /nA. 
 
 Cable-chains. 
 
 I 70. Cable Sash-chain. 
 Thomas Morton. 
 
 Fig. 171. Solid-link Sash-chain. 
 Solid-link Sash-chain Co. 
 
 with a slot cut down from the top, wide enough at the bottom 
 to admit a link of the chain, but narrowing at the top so as to 
 prevent the swelling at the link-joint from passing through. 
 The same sort of slot is cut in the weight-hook to hold the 
 other end of the chain. 
 
 The cable-chains are usually made with alternately two and 
 three pieces to each link, joined by a pin passing through the 
 
11('» 
 
 B UILDFAIS' HA RD WA RE. 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 Solid-link 
 
 Chaiu 
 
 Spring Sasli- 
 
 cord. 
 
 five thicknesses. For the lightest work the pieces are arranged 
 two and two. The cables are made of either copper or 
 steel, and vary in strength from a size 
 for a thirty-pound sash to one capable 
 of sustaining a door weighing 1,500 
 pounds. 
 
 There seems to be but one other form 
 of sash-chain at present in the market. 
 It is known as the "Solid Link" chain. 
 It consists of a compound link on much 
 the same principle as the Smith & Egge 
 chain, but made double and with rather 
 finer brass or bronze wire, so that the 
 sash-chain is nearly as flexible as ordi- 
 nary sash-cord, and can be bent or 
 twisted in all directions without knotting 
 or kinking, a quality which the Smith & 
 Egge chain does not possess. The " Sol- 
 id Link " chain can even be tied into a 
 knot without kinking. Figure 171 will 
 give an idea of the construction of the link. This form of 
 sash-chain requires no special pulley, but will run over an 
 ordinary grooved-wheel. 
 
 An entirely different kind of sash-cord is shown by Figure 
 172. This consists of a steel wire spring so closely and 
 strongly coiled as to have the resistance necessary to sustain 
 any sash weighing sixty pounds or less. It has a stretching- 
 capacity of only about five per cent. It enables the sash to 
 rest easily and lightly on the pulleys, and enables it to be 
 raised or lowered with half the effort required with rope 
 sash-cord. It is fastened at one end to the sash by an 
 eye or ring, and to the weight in the manner shown by the 
 figure. 
 
 The following table gives the average, comparative, retail 
 prices per foot of the various makes and sizes of sash-chains : 
 
 Acme Sash-cord. 
 ire Belting Co. 
 
PULLEYS. 
 
 TABLE OF SASH-CHAIXS. — PRICES IX CENTS. 
 
 Description of chain. 
 
 Smith & Egge's plumbers' 
 link, Giant-metal 
 
 Smith & Egge's plumbers' 
 link, Ked-metal 
 
 Smith & Egge's plumbers' 
 link, steel.... 
 
 Smith & Egge's plumbers' 
 link, steel, black enam- 
 elled 
 
 Morton's plumbers' link, 
 Champion-metal 
 
 Morton's plumbers' link, 
 steel 
 
 Morton's cable-chain, cop 
 per 
 
 Morton's cable-chain, 
 steel 
 
 Solid-link chain 1 , brass — 
 
 Solid -link chain', silver- 
 plated 
 
 Acme sash-cord 
 
 For sashes or doors weighing 
 
 4. it 
 
 4.1 
 
 9.6 
 
 8 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 11.2 
 
 9.G 
 22 
 
 1 3.6 
 11.2 
 
 18.4 
 13. 6 
 
 ■jo 
 
 117 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 SASH-BALANCES. 
 
 The inconveniences attending the use of weights and pulleys 
 for raising sashes, while in most cases due to bad workman- 
 ship in setting the pulleys and inrperfect arrangement of the 
 boxes rather than to any intrinsic deficiencies in the sys- 
 tem, have given rise to several so-called sash-balances, which 
 are intended to permit of weights, boxes and ropes being entirely 
 dispensed with. Indeed, the natural outgrowth from the idea 
 involved in the " Acme " sash-cord would be that a plain 
 spring could be made to answer the purpose of both weight and 
 
 1 There are but two sizes of solid-link chain. They are tested by the makers at 
 200 lbs. and 300 lbs. before leaving the factory. 
 
118 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter VII. cord. This has been done with the " Anderson " sash-balance. 
 Figure 173, which consists simply of a steel, spiral spring for 
 each sash, from f inch to -J inch in diameter. The springs are 
 fastened to the hanging-style of the window-frame and to the 
 sashes, and are made of just sufficient strength to sustain 
 the sash in any position, so that a very slight exertion is sufficient 
 to move it either up or down. The springs are made the same 
 
 Fig. 173. Anderson Sash- 
 balance. Wm. G. Anderson. 
 
 Fig, I 74. Ormsby Sash-balance. 
 Ormsby Sash-holder Co. 
 
 length as the sash ; and, being secured near the bottom of the 
 sash, are drawn out to twice their length when the sash is 
 down. When a sash is hung with this kind of balance, it has 
 to be fitted with some form of self-catching sash-fast, as other- 
 wise the window might ny open as soon as the hand was with- 
 drawn. Anderson uses the " Attwell " sash-fast for this pur- 
 
PULLEYS. 
 
 119 
 
 pose, which will be described in a subsequent chapter, though 
 any other self-locking form would answer equally well. The 
 retail price for the four springs necessary for two sashes weigh- 
 ing fifteen pounds each, is $1.35. For forty-pound sashes the 
 price is $2.50, and other sizes in proportion. When the sashes 
 weigh over fifty pounds, the size of the spring required 
 becomes so large as to render it rather too conspicuous for 
 ordinary use. 
 
 The " Ormsby " sash-balance, Figure 174, is on exactly the 
 same principle as the ordinary shade-roller, consisting of two 
 strong spring-rollers which are concealed in a pocket over the 
 window-head, the sashes being suspended 
 therefrom by thin brass bands which coil 
 around the roller. The price of this 
 sash-balance varies from 75 cents for a 
 window with fifteen-pound sashes, to $1.75 
 for fifty-five pound sashes. 
 
 A third type of sash-balance is illus- 
 trated by Figure 175. This has the gen- 
 eral appearance of an ordinary sash-pul- 
 ley, being mortised into the hanging-style 
 in the same manner. Inside of the pulley, 
 however, is coiled a strong band-spring of 
 steel, attached to the axle, which is fixed, 
 and to the outer edge of the wheel, in the Fig- 175. 
 groove of which is wound a narrow brass ware Co 
 ribbon serving instead of a sash-cord, so 
 that when the sash is drawn down, the ribbon is uncoiled and 
 the spring acted upon. The spring can be set to any desired 
 tension, and its action can further be regulated by a brake on 
 top of the wheel, which is tightened or loosened by turning a 
 screw in the face-plate. The " Shumard " sash-balance is made 
 for runs of from thirty-two to forty-six inches, and for sashes 
 of from eight to forty pounds' weight. The price per pair, for 
 a sixteen-pound sash, is $1.40; for a forty-pound sash, $3.25 
 per pair, and other weights in proportion. 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 Shumard Sash- 
 Coleman Hard- 
 
120 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter VII. One advantage which all of these spring-balances possess is,. 
 
 that they act most strongly when the sash is clown, enabling 
 one to move a binding window more readily than if it were 
 hung with ordinary weights and cords, while, when the sash is 
 up, the springs barely suffice to hold it in position and do not 
 offer resistance to drawing down, as is the case with weights. 
 The objection, of course, is, that the springs are in constant ten- 
 sion, and will, in time, loose their elasticity. They can be re- 
 placed quite as easily as worn-out ropes ; still, most people 
 seem to, prefer the old-fashioned weights and pulleys. 
 
 SASH-CORD ATTACHMENTS AND WEIGHTS. 
 
 Sash-cord There are several devices for attaching the cords to the 
 
 sashes. The commonest method is to cut a groove on the side 
 of the sash with an enlargement towards the bottom, and then 
 simply knot the end of the cord, the knot holding in position. 
 
 Irons. 
 
 Fig. I 76. Sash-cord Iron. 
 
 Fig. I 77. Double Sash-cord Iron. 
 
 It is better to use some form of sash-cord iron. Figure 176 is 
 one of the simplest forms. It is mortised into the side of the 
 
 sash and held in position 
 by a screw, the sash-cord 
 being knotted under the 
 hook. This form retails 
 at 35 cts. per gross. Fig- 
 ure 177 illustrates an iron 
 used when the sash is 
 hung with two cords on 
 each side. This retails 
 at 52 cents per gross. 
 Figure 178 is a form quite 
 
 Fig. 17 
 
 Jackson's Sash-cord Iron. 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
PULLEYS. 
 
 in 
 
 similar to Figure 176, though requiring a deeper mortise and 
 being driven in on a slant, so that it cannot work loose. It 
 retails at $1 per gross. Figure 179 
 is different from either of the preced- 
 ing forms, consisting of a cartridge- 
 shaped cylinder, closed at both ends, 
 but with an opening at the top and 
 the bottom, through winch the cord 
 is passed and wedged by the eccen- 
 tric cam shown by the figure. The 
 cord is released by inserting a wire, 
 as shown. This fixture retails at 
 $1.60 per gross. 
 
 Sash-weights are usually made of 
 cast-iron, to order. They are cast 
 in plain round-bars with an eye at 
 the top, substantially as has been 
 shown in Figure 170. When they 
 are very heavy, or the space for 
 
 ^^ the sash-boxes is restricted, lead weights are 
 
 used, as they occupy less space than iron. 
 They are usually made to order, and can be 
 had in any desired shape, but are manufac- 
 tured in regular weights by a few of the lead- 
 works. Figure 180 is the form adopted by 
 the Raymond Lead Company. Each section 
 is cast on an iron rod extending through 
 the weight, with a hook at one end and an 
 e}'e at the other, so that as many sections 
 may be hung to each other as may be neces- 
 Fig. i so. Raymond's sary. Iron sash-weights cost lty cents, and 
 mond Leaf Co. ay lead-weights from 6 to 7 cents per pound. 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 Fig. 179. Rodgers Sash-cord or 
 Chain-fastener. Nimick & Brittan. 
 
 Sash-weights. 
 
CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 Sash-Fastenings. 
 
 Chapter viii. O ASH-LOCKS may generally be said to be devised for the 
 kj moral encouragement of the faint-hearted, who cherish a 
 fond belief that when the lock is turned no intruder can possi- 
 bly enter through the window. Most of the forms in the mar- 
 ket are sufficient protection against a sneak-thief, but while 
 nearly every sash-lock in existence is claimed to be strictly bur- 
 glar-proof, and advertised as such, the burglar must be a novice, 
 indeed, who would let even the best of them keep him out of a 
 house. When the window is secured with a fast which cannot 
 be opened by slipping a knife-blade between the meeting-rails 
 and pushing back the bolt, an enterprising burglar would 
 simply break out a pane of glass, which can be accomplished 
 with less noise than is made in picking a lock ; so that, after 
 all, the protection afforded by a sash-lock is more in sentiment 
 than in fact. Still, that the timid be cheered and the stray 
 tramp kept out of the silver closet, some form of sash-lock is 
 always considered a necessity for all windows. 
 
 The requirements of a perfect sash-fast or lock, are that it 
 shall fulfil the following conditions : 
 
 First, it must be so constructed that it cannot be opened from 
 without by a knife, or by jarring the window. Second, it 
 should, in closing, draw the two sashes tightly together, and, at 
 the same time, should not be affected by any small inequalities 
 of adjustment. Third, it should always remain either open 
 or shut, with some sort of spring-contrivance to hold the lever 
 in position, so that it will not be possible to leave the lock 
 
SASH-FASTENINGS. 1 23 
 
 partially turned, thereby running the risk of breaking the Chapter vm. 
 muntins when the window is raised. Fourth, it should have no 
 projections which could possibly tear the sash ; and fifth, and 
 perhaps most important of all, it should be simple in construc- 
 tion and in its operation. 
 
 It is not essential, though it is generally very well that the 
 fast should be sell-locking. It is not well to trust to anything 
 which acts by gravity, or which depends on any perfectly fitted 
 sash, as such appliances are apt to get out of order. It also is 
 well that the lock should be as inconspicuous as possible, 
 though neither is this essential. Some sash-fasts are provided 
 with rebated appliances which fit down between the two 
 sashes ; this is not necessary, though it is perhaps a greater 
 security, as in this way the fast can be more securely screwed 
 onto the sash. In selecting any form of rebated sash-fast, 
 however, it must be borne in mind, that sashes are made 
 differently in the East and in the West. In the vicinity of 
 Boston, it is customary to rebate the meeting-rails where they 
 come together, but elsewhere, we believe the meeting-rails are 
 usually simply bevelled. 
 
 Much ingenuity is to be observed in the line of patents for 
 sash fasts and locks. This might be interpreted as an indica- 
 tion that either the sash-fastenings at present in the market are 
 quite insufficient for their purpose, or that there is an ex- 
 traordinary necessity for the species of protection which such 
 contrivances can afford. This chapter, however, will but 
 faintly indicate the variety of devices having in view the 
 securing of sashes. One must wade through the list of Patent 
 Office reports in order to fairly appreciate what lias been done 
 in this direction. A great many of these inventions never get 
 beyond the Patent Office. Still, there are all sorts and kinds 
 of sash locks and fasts in the market. Each one appears to be 
 covered by a patent, yet somehow or other, the best locks and 
 fasts are to be found in the catalogues of nearly all the manu- 
 facturers, so slightly disguised it is easy to see that such ideas 
 are in a measure common property. 
 
124 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter viu. The terms sash-lock and sash-fast have been used synon}'- 
 
 mously, though a distinction should be observed between them. 
 A sash-lock is understood to be some contrivance which actually 
 locks a sash by means of some form of key. All of the other 
 numerous devices which, by means of levers, catches or springs 
 hold the sash either open or shut, are technically termed sash- 
 fasts. The distinction, however, cannot be rigidly adhered to. 
 Nearly all of the self-locking fasts might be classed with sash- 
 fasts, while, with equal propriety, the sash-locks can be said to 
 possess the essential qualities of sash-fasts ; though, with very 
 few exceptions, all are designated by the hardware dealers, as 
 sash-fasts. 
 
 SASH-LOCKS. 
 
 Figure 181 illustrates a form of sash-lock which is secured 
 to the face of the sash, the bolt working into staples at in- 
 tervals in the window-frame or stop-bead. The bolt works 
 with a spring, so as to be self-acting, and by means of the key 
 it can be locked, thus permitting the sash to be left partly open 
 and secured against intrusion. This lock is light and strong, and 
 well adapted to be used on screens as well as sashes. 
 
 Figure 182 is a type of several varieties of sash-locks which 
 mortise into the sash and throw out 
 a bolt in the same manner as an or- 
 dinary door-lock. In this example 
 the bolt works with a spring, which 
 
 Sash-lock. Yale & Towne 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 182. King Sash-lock. Burditt & 
 Williams. 
 
 makes the lock self-acting after the bolt has been thrown ; 
 that is to say, if the bolt were pushed back it would not remain 
 
& 1 SH-FAS TUNINGS. 
 
 125 
 
 Fig. 183. Sash-fast. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 closed until the knob or handle were turned. This lock may 
 be operated with either a movable key or a flat knob or button. 
 Of course, any mortise drawer-lock can be applied to a sash, 
 if desired, or any other lock sufficiently narrow to lit the thick- 
 ness of the sash, though the two forms just described are about 
 the only ones especially made for windows, which can properly 
 be termed sash-locks. 
 
 SASH-FASTS. 
 
 There are so many varieties of sash-fasts to be consid- 
 ered, that, in order to make 
 the descriptions less confusing, 
 it will be well to classify the 
 sash-fasts according to their 
 most prominent characteristics. 
 
 I. Old Style of plain lever- 
 fast. This consists of a plain, 
 pivoted bar, attached to the 
 upper sash, with a hook on the end, which works over a catch 
 or raised plate on the lower sash. A knob, often of porcelain, 
 is fastened to the end of the bar. Figure 183 illustrates this 
 type. In the oldest makes of this kind, the lever was simply 
 pivoted on the upper sash, and a knife-blade, slipped between 
 the meeting-rails, could push the lever to one side and unlock the 
 window without the slightest 
 difficulty. In the sash-fast 
 shown by the figure, the lever 
 is made with a broad, flat 
 end, which presses against a 
 strong spring, A, at the back. 
 The spring serves to stiffen 
 the action of the lever, which 
 is further protected against 
 intrusion, in some cases, by 
 dovetailing the bottom plates, 
 so that the lever cannot be got at through the joint between 
 the meeting-rails. Varieties of this same form are made with 
 
 Chapter VI II. 
 
 Fig. 184. Sash-fast. Russell & Erwin. 
 
 Plain Lever 
 Sash-fasts 
 
12G 
 
 B UILDERS' HA RD WA RE. 
 
 Chapter VIII. the lever swinging only half around in one direction, the gain 
 thereby being that the back spring can be made longer and 
 stiffer, without increasing the size of the sash-fast. 
 
 Figure 184 represents a variety of sash-fast, in which the 
 lever is on the lower sash and hooks over an inverted peg on 
 the upper sash. The "Judd" sash-fast, Figure 185, has a 
 
 Fig. I 85. Judd Sash-fast. 
 
 shoulder on the side of the lever so arranged that a knife-blade 
 would catch on it and be broken before the lever could be 
 moved sufficiently to open the window. Figure 186 shows a 
 
 Fig. 
 
 Norwich Lock 
 
 Fig. I 87. 
 
 Sash-fast. P. & F. Cor- 
 bin. 
 
 strong form of sash-fast with no spring of any sort, but with a 
 protection for the lever by dovetailing the plates together, as 
 described in the previous paragraph ; while the sash-fast in- 
 dicated by Figure 187 works in exactly the same manner, but 
 the plates are rebated together. Figure 188 is yet another 
 variety, the plates here being not only dovetailed together, but 
 
SA SH-FA STENIN < ■ S. 
 
 127 
 
 also lipped down into the joint between the meeting-rails. The 
 lever works in the same manner as the first sash-fast noticed. 
 
 II. Spring lever sash-fasts. While some of the forms just 
 described might be classed under this category, none of them 
 actually have spring levers, as the springs are not so arranged 
 as to force the lever open or shut from any position. Figure 
 189 shows what is known as the ordinary ''Boston" sash-fast, 
 which is used a great deal in 
 Boston, and is much liked for 
 its simplicity and sureness of 
 action. This form is, appar- 
 ently, made by almost every 
 manufacturer of builders' hard- 
 ware in the country. There is 
 a coil spring around the hub 
 of the lever tending to throw 
 it back, and a simpler spring 
 which bears against the ratchet 
 connection, so as to lock the 
 lever when it is closed. Hop- 
 kins & Dickinson manufacture 
 a variety of this form, in which the spring-catch, has several 
 cuts or ratchets on its edge, and the catch on the lever is 
 bevelled, so that it will be held by any one of the ratchets. 
 The advantage claimed for this is, that if the lever is drawn 
 around hastily, it will be more likely to catch on the ratchets 
 and be locked, than the ordinary pattern, which has but a 
 single ratchet. This is known as the " Ladd " sash-fast. 
 
 The " Boston " sash-fast has to be set pretty carefully in 
 order to be effective, and in the case of very excessive shrink- 
 age, the space between the plates might be so reduced that the 
 ratchet would not hold the lever. Such difficulties would, of 
 course, arise only in a third-rate building. The form is be- 
 lieved by many of the dealers to be the best in the market, and 
 it surely answers very fully the requirements of a perfect sash- 
 fast. 
 
 Fig. I 
 
 Metropolitan Sash-fast. 
 G. Newman. 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 Spring Lever 
 Sash-fasts. 
 
 Boston " 
 
 Pattern, 
 
128 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WARE. 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 A scarcely less admirable sash-fast is shown by Figure 190. 
 The lever is on the lower sash, hooking under a tooth on the 
 upper sash, which is bevelled so as to draw the sashes more 
 closely together. A strong spring about the axle of the lever 
 tends to throw it open, while a small 
 bolt, inside the lever, locks into a con- 
 cealed catch on the post or axle of the 
 lever. The bolt ends in a knob, A, and 
 
 Fig. 189. Boston Pattern Sash-fast. Fig. 190. Sash-fast. Hopkins & Dickin- 
 
 son IVIfg. Co. 
 
 is fitted with a spring which keeps it pressed tightly towards 
 the centre, so that the lever is caught and held when it is 
 turned clear around through 90 degrees. On pulling the knob, 
 A, the catch is released and the lever flies open. 
 
 Figure 191 illustrates a sash-fast which works in very nearly 
 the same manner as the preceding, except that in order to re- 
 lease the lever the knob is pushed in. The Hopkins & 
 
 Fig. 191. Sash-fast. Stoddard Lock 
 Co. 
 
 Fig. I 92. Favorite Sash-fast. Reading 
 Hardware Co. 
 
 Dickinson Manufacturing Company also has a sash-fast which 
 hooks around a pin, like Figure 191, but is otherwise the same 
 
SASH-FA STENINGS. 
 
 129 
 
 as Figure 190. P. & F. Corbin manufacture two forms of 
 sash-fasts which are essentially the same as Figure 190. 
 
 III. Lever sash-fasts ivith locking lever. This includes 
 lever sash-fasts with locking lever, those in which the lever 
 works without a spring, but is held either closed or open 
 by means of an auxiliary lever. Figure 1.92 gives one variety 
 of this kind, the lever being pulled down in order to permit the 
 bolt to turn. The locking lever here is held in place by a 
 
 Chapter VII r. 
 
 Lever Sasli 
 fasts with lock- 
 ing lever. 
 
 Fig. 193. Sash-fast. Yale & Towne 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 194. Morris Sash-fast. Ireland 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 spring, and catches into a slot in the bed-plate, preventing the 
 lever from being turned. Figure 193 has a lever which works 
 in the same manner as that of Figure 1.91, except that it has 
 no spring. It is locked in place when turned, by a catch 
 which is released by pressing the knob on top of the hub. 
 
 Figure li>4 represents a form of sash-fast which has met 
 with considerable favor, as being one of the first which had any 
 right to the qualification of being burglar-proof. The action 
 
 Fig. 195. Triumph Sash-fast. Ireland Fig. I 96. Sash-fast. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 is perfectly simple. The lever is on the lower sash, and is 
 held either open or shut by a smaller hinged lever which drops 
 
130 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WARE. 
 
 Chapter VI II. 
 
 Locking Lever 
 Sash-i'asts. 
 
 by gravity into the rebates of the becl-plate. Figure 195 
 shows a fast which operates in exactly the same manner, the 
 smaller, gravity lever being raised to release the main lever ; 
 and Figure 196 is a type of a number of similar forms manu- 
 factured by P. & F. Corbin. The lever in this example is re- 
 leased by raising the secondary lever at the rear. 
 
 IV. Locking lever sash-fasts. This class includes those 
 sash-fasts in which the lever locks itself when turned. Figure 
 197 is a form which has been on the market for some time, and 
 
 Fig. 198. Payson's Sash- 
 fast. J. B. Johnston. 
 
 Fig. 197. Mathes' Sash-fast. Nimick & Brittan. 
 
 is now comparatively little used, though the chief objection to 
 it is only in reference to its size. It is as near to being 
 absolutely burglar-proof as any form of sash-fast which has 
 been devised. Half the axis, about which the lever is rotated, 
 forms a part of the upper and of the lower sash portion of the 
 fast. The figure shows the position when the sashes are 
 locked, the lever hooking down under both half-axles, and not 
 only drawing the two sashes together, but binding and holding 
 them so they cannot be moved. To unlock the sash, the lever 
 is thrown up to a vertical joosition. 
 
SASH-FA S TENINGS. 
 
 181 
 
 The "Payson" sash-fast, Figure 198, is very simple and 
 effective, ranking as one of the best in the market. The lever 
 is on the top sash, and locks itself over the opposite post with 
 the help of a small spring-bolt, the knob of which shows at the 
 end of the lever. The attachment of the lever is such as to 
 permit it to fold back on the upper sash. Tins sash-last is not 
 liable to get out of order, it draws the sashes together, and is 
 as burglar-proof as would ordinarily be desirable. The only 
 objection to it is that the 
 connection between the lever 
 and the locking-post does not 
 allow for much shrinkage in 
 the sash. 
 
 V. " Cam" sash-fasts. 
 The sash-fasts of winch Fig- 
 ure 1 99 is a type, are quite 
 difficult to represent by a 
 
 drawing. The action of "the Flg " '"• lves SasMast - H -B-ives & co. 
 fast is as follows : The levers are fastened to the lower sash. 
 When the upper lever is turned, the lower, or locking lever, 
 
 is first thrown out until re- 
 
 leased from the hook on the 
 upper sash, and then drawn 
 around and in toward the 
 hub, until both levers are on 
 a line with the edge of the 
 sash, the upper lever moving 
 through 180 degrees, while 
 the lower lever is moved only 
 90 degrees. Though the ac- 
 tion sounds complicated, the 
 sash-fast is perfectly simple 
 in its construction, and there 
 is nothing about it that can 
 
 Fig. 200. Plan ot inside of Figure 199. c -i 
 
 get out ot order, or even 
 wear loose, except by such excessive use as would practi- 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 Cam Sush-fasts. 
 
132 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WA RE. 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 Self-locking 
 
 Sash-fasts. 
 
 cally never be given it in a house. There are no springs 
 about it, consequently it has no automatic action, and in un- 
 locking, care must be taken that the locking lever is turned 
 clear around, as otherwise it will project beyond the meeting- 
 rail and catch on the sash-muntins. This is really the only 
 objection to it. Figure 200 illustrates the internal construc- 
 tion of this sash-fast. 
 
 Figure 201 is a very similar sash-fast manufactured by P. & 
 F. Corbin. It differs only in the internal, eccentric arrange- 
 ment. The Reading Hardware Company also manufactures a 
 sash-fast very much like the " Ives." 
 
 VI. Self-locking sash-fasts. The " Boston " sash-fast flies 
 open of itself, unless properly locked. Many people believe 
 that a sash-fast should lock itself 
 the moment the sash is drawn 
 down, so as to leave no chances 
 of the windows being unlocked, 
 and, accordingly, there are in 
 the market several varieties of 
 self-closing sash-fasts. For gen- 
 
 Fig. 201. Sash-fast. 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Fig. 202. Ticket-office Sash-lock. 
 Enoch Robinson. 
 
 eral house use, it is believed that such fasts would prove a 
 great nuisance, as the window would, of course, have to be 
 unlocked every time it was to be opened ; besides, nearly all of 
 these self-locking appliances are much more liable to get out 
 of order, either through rust or neglect, than the ordinary 
 
SASII-F, 1 STENINGS. 
 
 133 
 
 sash-fasts ; still, in some cases, there seems to be a necessity 
 for them. 
 
 Perhaps the simplest form of self-acting sash-fast is that illus- 
 trated by Figure 202. This consists of a spring bolt, acting not 
 unlike the latch-bolt of an ordinary lock, which flies out when- 
 ever the sash is closed. It is mortised into one of the styles of 
 the upper sash, or into the hanging-style, and the bolt bears 
 
 on a plate on top of the meet- 
 ing-rail of the lower sash. The 
 figure shows one of the case- 
 
 Fig. 203. Sash-fast. E. Robinson. 
 
 Fig. 204. Sash-lock. Enoch Robinson. 
 
 plates removed, to illustrate the construction. A very similar 
 fast is shown by Figure 203. This, however, is not self-lock- 
 ing, as the top of the lever must be pressed in to force out the 
 lower portion. Both of these appliances might almost be 
 classed as sash-locks, instead of sash-fasts. 
 
 Figure 204 shows a variation of the last form of sash-fast, 
 working without springs of any sort. This is a neater looking 
 form than Figure 203, and perhaps a trifle stronger in princi- 
 
 Chapter VJII. 
 
 Ticket-office 
 
 Sash-iasts. 
 
134 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 Gravity Sasli- 
 fasts. 
 
 pie. Variations of these forms are manufactured under several 
 different patents. 
 
 A self-locking fast of the description of Figure 202 has the 
 disadvantage that the bolt must be held back when the window 
 is to be raised, and, if the sash should bind, it is rather awk- 
 ward to attempt to hold back the bolt with one hand and 
 move the sash with the other. There is a device, the Security 
 Self -locking Sash-fast, Figure 205, which obviates this diffi- 
 culty. This consists of a bolt similar to that of Figure 202, 
 but with a locking-lever which falls out when the bolt is pushed 
 back. The locking-lever holds the bolt flush with the sash and 
 allows the sashes to be raised or lowered, but when the meet- 
 ing-rails pass each other, the locking-lever is raised, releasing 
 the bolt, which flies out as soon as the window is closed, thus 
 locking the sashes. 
 
 Figure 206 is a self-locking sash-fast on a different principle. 
 The cut shows the lower sash partly raised, the locking por- 
 tion being attached to the upper sash. 
 When the window is closed the hook, 
 D, strikes against the catch, C, forc- 
 ing it away from B, until, when the 
 meeting-rails are on a level, D, is 
 hooked in between C and B. A 
 spring at A keeps the two parts 
 pressed against each other. 
 
 A very ingenious sash-fast, which 
 works almost entirely by gravity, is 
 shown by Figure 207. The cut shows 
 it in the position it takes when the 
 window is locked. The mechanism 
 is attached to the upper sash. A is 
 hung on each side to B, which hooks 
 over the post on the lower sash. To 
 open the window, the thumb is placed under B and the forefin- 
 ger on top of A. Both pieces are lifted together until B as- 
 sumes a vertical position, and A catches over the hook C. The 
 
 Fig. 205. Security Sash-fast. 
 
SASH-FASTENINGS. 
 
 135 
 
 sasli can then be opened freely. On closing the window, how- 
 ever, the lower rail strikes against a hidden lever or cam at 
 
 the back of A, lifting it from its 
 hold on O, so the piece B can 
 descend to hook in the posi- 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 Fig. 206. Shaw's Sash-fast. Nichols & Fig. 207. Davis Sash-fast. Sise, Gibson 
 Bellamy, Agents. & Co. 
 
 tion shown by the figure. The only spring used is one which 
 pushes out B when A is released. This sash-fast is very 
 
 Fig. 208. Byam's Sash-fast. Byam, Stewart & Baker. 
 
 nicely made, and is about as good a self-locking form as 
 is in the market. It has an added advantage in that it locks 
 
136 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 Sash-fasts 
 which lock in 
 different posi- 
 tions. 
 
 fT^I 
 
 itself before the sash is entirely closed, the post, C, being 
 double notched on the face so that A will slip down and 
 wedge the hook B when the window is within about a quarter 
 of an inch of being closed. It will be observed that the lock- 
 ing is effected entirely by the piece A. B is brought over the 
 hook on the lower sash merely in order to draw the meeting- 
 rails more closely together. 
 
 The "Byam" sash-fast, Figure 208, is a very simple device 
 acting entirely by gravity, the central bent lever being so 
 counterbalanced that the lower arm will always project over 
 the lower sash. The section will show how this lever is 
 hung. 
 
 VII. Sash-fasts which loch in different positions. The 
 difficulty with all sash-fasts of this description is that, of neces- 
 sity, they operate on one side of 
 the window, instead of in the cen- 
 tre of the meeting-rail, and that, 
 consequently, every attempt 
 to open the window when it is 
 locked, wrenches the sash so as 
 to, in time, make it loose in the 
 joints. Also, with nearly all 
 the forms, the mechanism is 
 concealed, so that the sashes are 
 liable to many unnecessary 
 wrenches. The advantages are 
 that the window can be left 
 partly open and still be secured 
 from intrusion, and that, in most 
 cases, either sash can be locked 
 independently of the other. 
 
 Fig. 209. Sash-fastening. 
 Shannon & Sons. 
 
 J. B. 
 
 Figure 209 illustrates a very 
 primitive appliance, consisting 
 simply of a ratchet rail, with a spring-catch on the bottom 
 sash. Figure 210 shows a more complete form, which is mor- 
 tised into the face of the hanging-style, the levers working into 
 
SASH-FASTENINGS. 
 
 137 
 
 holes in each sash. The sashes are fitted with other holes on 
 the edges, at intervals, so that they can be locked at various 
 heights. In the cut the section shows more clearly the work" 
 ing. A single spring, coiled about each lever, serves to throw 
 them both out. Pushing up the knob on the inside bead draws 
 back the upper lever, releasing the upper sash. Pushing the 
 knob down releases in the same manner the lower sash. 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 fJa 
 
 <*>*/J 
 
 *°3 n 
 
 Fig. 210. Timby Sash-fast. Jenkins & Timby. 
 
 Figure 211 represents the Attwell sash-fast, which differs 
 from the foregoing chiefly in that the levers are worked by a 
 single spindle, coming through the window-frame onto the face 
 of the finish, and so arranged that when the spindle crank is 
 turned up, the upper lever is drawn back without moving the 
 lower, and vice versa. 
 
 There are a few forms of sash-fasts which will hold the win- 
 dow in any position. Figure 212 is a very common form, con- 
 sisting of an excentric cam which screws to the face of the sash 
 and wedges against the stop-bead, holding the sash by friction. 
 Figure 213 and Figure 21-4 are used chiefly for car work, the 
 former acting in the same manner as Figure 212, while the 
 latter works into slots in the jamb. 
 
 The sash-fasts thus far considered include all the principal 
 
 Excentric 
 
 Cam-fast. 
 
138 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD I VA RE. 
 
 Chapter vui. forms commonly known to the hardware trade, as well as types 
 of many styles which have only limited sales. It would be 
 
 Fig. 2 
 
 Atwell Sash-fast. 
 
 impracticable to attempt an enumeration of all the sash-fasts 
 which have been put on the market throughout the country, 
 
 nor would any such list be of great 
 value. The forms discussed and 
 illustrated, will, it is believed, serve 
 
 Fig. 212. Brown's Window-lock. Fig. 213. Eccentric Fig. 2 1 4. Sash-lock. 
 S. A. Brown. Sash-fast. 
 
 every purpose of comparison, and will enable the retail buyer 
 to select to advantage, and to know the worth of what he is 
 choosing from. 
 
SASII-FA STENINGS. 
 
 139 
 
 SASH-HOLDEllS AND SPRINGS. 
 
 The sash-fasts which have been described up to this point, 
 are those intended to be used in connection with double- 
 hung windows ; and, while any of them would 
 answer for a window having double sashes 
 which are simply set in the frame, without 
 weights or balances of any description, there 
 are a few appliances especially intended for 
 windows without weights, which can best be 
 considered in this connection. " Hammond's " 
 window-springs are used so extensively for this 
 purpose that they are almost standard. The 
 springs are simply flat bands secured to the hanging-style and 
 catching in ratchet cuts on the edge of the sash, each spring 
 
 having a bent handle or thumb- 
 piece coming out in front of 
 the sash. One spring is used 
 for each sash. A different 
 form of spring is shown by 
 Figure 215. This is mortised 
 into the hanging- style and 
 catches into square cuts on the 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 Fig. 216. Sweet's Window- 
 spring. Stanley Works. 
 
 Fig. 2 I 7. Northrup's Window-spring. 
 Stanley Works. 
 
 edge of the sash, the thumb-piece showing in front. Figures 
 216 and 217 show two forms of window-springs on an entirely 
 
 Window- 
 spring 
 
140 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD VTA RE. 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 Sash-holders. 
 
 Fig. 219. Ayer's 
 
 Sash-holder. 
 
 Ayer's Sash-holder 
 
 Co. 
 
 Fig. 218. Sash-rolle 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 different principle. The portion containing the spring is mor- 
 tised into the sash, the lever showing in front of the glass. In 
 the first instance the spring is exposed, and catches on posts 
 set in mortised plates at intervals 
 on the hanging-style. In latter 
 example, the spring is concealed, 
 the end of the lever hooking into 
 plates of the shape shown by 
 the figure, which are mortised 
 into the hanging- style. These 
 springs also serve as holders, 
 the ends of the levers pressing 
 strongly against the hanging-style and holding 
 the sash from slipping. 
 
 A sash-holder is something intended to keep 
 unweighted sashes in any given position by friction on the jambs 
 of the frame. Besides the two previous forms, there is a very 
 simple device consisting of a wooden or vul- 
 canized-rubber roller, Figure 218, mortised 
 into the sash and bearing against the window- 
 frame. There is also the 
 "Ayer" sash-holder, Fig- 
 ure 219, better adapted to 
 its purpose than any wheel 
 could be, consisting of a 
 round peg mortised into the 
 sash and pressed constantly 
 against the hanging-style 
 by means of a strong spiral 
 spring. Still another form 
 is shown by Figure 220. Fig. 221 
 
 bJ 
 
 Sash-fastener. 
 Stoddard Lock & Mfg. 
 
 is mortised into the Co. 
 
 Fig. 220. Byam's Sash- 
 balance. Byam, Stew- This 
 art & Baker. 
 
 hanging-style, and consists 
 of a small wooden cylinder, or roll, laid loosely in a slot and 
 against a heavily milled surface which prevents it from rolling 
 down. The milled plate is backed by a heavy steel spring. 
 
SASH-FA STENIXGS. 
 
 141 
 
 When the sash is lifted, the roll turns easily in the slot ; but, 
 when the sash is being lowered, the wooden roll wedges be- 
 tween the inilled-plate and the 
 edge of the sash, offering a 
 resistanee in proportion to the 
 stiffness of the spring. 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 rjyj. 
 
 Fig. 222. Clauson's Anti-rattling 
 Wedges. Sise, Gibson & Co. 
 
 Fig. 223. Ideal Anti-rattler. 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 Figure 221 illustrates an appliance which can be used as a 
 sash-fastener, but which is intended more especially to bind 
 the sash so it will not rattle. It 
 consists of a plain bolt sliding in 
 a case attached to the window, with 
 a lever working in an oblique slot, 
 so that when it is drawn down, the 
 bolt is pressed out with consider- 
 able force, and holds by friction 
 against the jamb. Figure 222 shows 
 another anti-rattling device, a metal 
 surface on the sash which wedges 
 against an inclined plate on the jamb ; 
 and Figure 223 is the simplest of all, 
 a metal wedge, suspended by a small 
 chain attached to the sash, which can 
 be inserted in the joint between the 
 sash and the stop-bead. 
 
 Fig. 224. Storm Sash-holder. 
 
142 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter viii. The following table gives the average retail prices per 
 
 dozen of the sash-fasts, etc., referred to in this chapter. The 
 prices are for plain goods, when such are manufactured. 
 
 TABLE OF SASH-FASTS, ETC. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 181 
 182 
 183 
 184 
 185 
 186 
 187 
 188 
 189 
 
 190 
 191 
 192 
 193 
 194 
 195 
 196 
 197 
 198 
 199 
 201 
 202 
 203 
 205 
 206 
 207 
 208 
 210 
 211 
 212 
 213 
 214 
 
 215 
 216 
 217 
 220 
 222 
 223 
 
 Name. 
 
 Yale & Towne sash-lock 
 
 King sasli-look 
 
 Sash-fast, P. & F. Corbin 
 
 Sash-fast, Kussell & Er win 
 
 J udd sash-fast 
 
 Sash-fast, Norwich Co 
 
 Sash-fast, P. & F. Corbin 
 
 Metropolitan sash-fast 
 
 Boston pattern sash-fast 
 
 Ladd sash-fast 
 
 Sash-fast, Hopkins & Dickinson 
 
 Sash-fast, Stoddard 
 
 Favorite sash-fast 
 
 Sash-fast, Yale & Towne 
 
 Morris sash-fast 
 
 Triumph sash-fast 
 
 Sash-fast, P. & F. Corbin 
 
 Mathes's sash- fast 
 
 Payson's sash-fast 
 
 Ives' sash-fast 
 
 Sash-fast, P. & F. Corbin 
 
 Ticket-office sash-fast 
 
 Sash-fast, E. Kobinson 
 
 Security sash-fast 
 
 Shaw's sash-last 
 
 Davis sash-fast 
 
 Byam's sash-fast 
 
 Timby sash-fast 
 
 Atwell sash-fast 
 
 Brown's window-lock 
 
 Eccentric sash-fast 
 
 Sash-lock 
 
 Hammond's sash-springs 
 
 Window-spring, P. & F. Corbin 
 
 Sweet's window-spring - 
 
 Northrup's window-spring 
 
 Byam's sash-balance , 
 
 Clauson's anti-rattler, per set. . 
 Ideal anti-rattler 
 
 Bronzed 
 Iron 
 
 $2.50 
 1.00 
 1.35 
 1.38 
 1.15 
 
 3.00 
 1.50 
 2.30 
 1.60 
 1.00 
 1.00 
 
 1.68 
 1.68 
 .88 
 1.50 
 1.00 
 
 l.oo 
 
 3.60 
 1.005 
 
 3.00 
 .60 
 .12 
 .33 
 
 .70 4 
 
 1.25' 
 1.25 3 
 7.20' 
 
 Brass 
 
 §12.00 
 
 2.50 
 6.60 
 4.00 
 3.30 
 6.00 
 7.50 
 6.00' 
 7.00 
 5.00 
 4.50 
 3.50 
 6.00 
 4.20 
 4.20 
 
 3.70 
 4.00 
 3.50 
 2.50 
 6.00 
 6.00 
 3.75 
 5.00 2 
 5.85 
 4.20 
 1.00 6 
 6.00= 
 .752 
 
 .18 
 .60 
 
 Figure 224 shows a rude but effective storm sash-holder, 
 often useful in holding in position the outside sashes of a 
 window, which are intended to be removed in the summer 
 time. The lever is screwed to the window-casing, and catches 
 
 1 Price in Bower-Barffed iron, Yale & Towne Mfg. Co., same as in bronze. 
 
 - Nickel plated. 3 Plain iron only. i Japanned iron with silver-plated knobs. 
 
 6 Japanned iron. ° Face-plate only of bronze. 
 
SA S IT-FA STENTNGS. 
 
 143 
 
 in the metal slot which is mortised into the edge of the sash. 
 The upper edge of the lever is bevelled, so that when it is 
 turned into the slot the sash is wedged tightly against the win- 
 dow-frame 
 
 There is also a very satisfactory and simple device consist- 
 ing of a plain, hard-rubber button with a milled edge, which is 
 screwed on to the bead and against, the sash, so as to turn 
 when the window is opened. This is known as " Patten's " 
 window -tightener. It is manufactured by the Portsmouth 
 Wrench Company, and retails at 4 and 5 cents per hundred. 
 The same, or a much similar form, is manufactured by the 
 Ayer's Patent Sash-Holder Company. 
 
 "Nelson's Perfect Fastener," is a name applied to a device 
 for screwing the stop-bead to the window-frame ; it consists of 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 
 Wiiulow- 
 
 ^htener. 
 
 r 
 
 Stop-bead 
 
 Fastener. 
 
 Fig. 225. Ordinary 
 Sash-lift. 
 
 Fig. 226. Byam's Sash- Fig. 227. Sweet's Reversible 
 lifter. Byam, Stewart Sash-lift. Stanley Works. 
 
 & Baker. 
 
 metal eyelets which are sunk into the bead, with an elliptical 
 instead of round hole to receive the screw. As the longest 
 dimension of the screw hole is in a horizontal direction, the 
 bead can be set so as to permit of a play of quite a quarter of 
 an inch. Such a contrivance must prove a boon to those who 
 are suffering with windows which bind in summer and rattle in 
 winter. The fasteners cost from $2 to $3.25 per gross, in- 
 cluding either round or flat headed screws. 
 
144 
 
 B UILDERS' HA RD WARE. 
 
 Chapter VIII. 
 Sash-lifts. 
 
 Sash Lifts and 
 Locks. 
 
 SASH-LIFTS. 
 
 Sash-lifts are often omitted from architects' specifications, 
 though they are usually very desirable, 
 and when properly applied, will save a 
 great deal of wear on the sash. The 
 common form of lift is shown by Fig- 
 ure 225. A form which is not quite 
 as convenient to use, though sometimes 
 preferred, is the flush lift, the type of 
 which is similar in the main to Figure 
 229. Both of these are intended to 
 be attached to the bottom-rail of the 
 lower sash. Figure 226 is a species 
 of sash-lift which is applied over the 
 mouldings of the sash-styles, in the 
 shape of a concave strip of metal, with 
 shoulders at intervals. Figure 227 is 
 in the form of an angle-iron, likewise 
 fters. secured to the sash mouldings, and 
 Figure 228 shows a form which can 
 be applied either over the mouldings or on the face of the sash. 
 Figures 229, 230, 231 and 232 show four styles of combined 
 
 Fig. 228. Wigger's Sash 
 Brainerd & Co. 
 
 & 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 9 
 
 Fig. 229. Flush Sash Lift and Lock. 
 Ireland Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 230. Sash Lift and Lock. 
 Ireland Mfg. Co. 
 
 sash lift and lock. No. 231 works by gravity. The others are 
 each fitted with a spring which forces out the catch so that it 
 
SASH-LTFTS. 
 
 145 
 
 will hold on the sill-plate or catch. Figure 233 shows a very Chapter vni. 
 practical form of sash-lift so arranged 
 that by pressing clown the lever han- 
 dle a great lifting power can be ap- 
 
 Fig. 231. Sash Lift and Lock. 
 Russell & Erwin. 
 
 Fig. 232. Sash Lift and Lock. 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Fig. 233. Anderson Sash-starter. 
 
 piled, sufficient to start and lift a heavy sash, or to start a 
 sash that has become wedged or frozen in. After the sash is 
 
 Fig. 234. Sash-openers. 
 
 started, the lift is in the right position to raise it with ease, and 
 when the window is closed the lift can serve as a lock, bv 
 
146 • BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter vui. turning a button which will prevent the lever handle 
 moving. 
 
 Figure "284 show; two of the common forms of casement or 
 hinged sash-opeuers. These are best made to order, but can 
 be had in stock. 12. IS and 18 inches long, and cost from 50 
 cents to 81 each, depending on the metal and the finish. 
 
 TABLE OF SASH-LIFTS. AVERAGE RETAIL TRICES PER DOZEN. 
 
 Kaine. 
 
 225 Common spsh-lift 
 
 Flush sash-lift 
 
 Byam'ss ish-Kft 
 
 227 - - -^-lift 
 
 Wiggers's sash-lifts 
 
 22v> Sash lift and lock, Ireland Mr"; 
 2a"i Sash lift and lock, Ireland Mfg 
 
 Sash lift and lock, Russell & Enrin . 
 - . Sash lift and lock, P. i" F. Corhin. . 
 233 Anders;: - .'? sash-starter 
 
 Bronzed or 
 Japanned. 
 
 Brrss ;r 
 Bronze. 
 
 s - 
 
 Si. 35 
 
 — 
 
 2.00 
 
 .;■: 
 
 .90 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 1.-X' 
 
 ..." 
 
 
 - 
 
 1 
 
 4.20 
 
 :.: 
 
 4.00 
 
 .v 
 
 3.20 
 
 
 3.00 
 
CHAPTER IX. 
 Shutter-Fixtures. 
 
 shutter fa8ts and !.<>< £s. 
 
 Fig. 235. Spring Wire Blind-fast. 
 
 TTfllE appliances for se- 
 A curing outside blinds. 
 though in some cases com 
 bined directly or indi- 
 rectly with the blind 
 hinges, are more often 
 distinct fixtures, acting in- 
 dependently of the blind 
 attachments. The usage 
 in regard to shutter lasts 
 and locks varies in dif- 
 
 ferent portions of the country. In the Wesl there seems to 
 be a willingness to accept considerable complication in the 
 devices, whereas the standard Eastern goods are mostly 
 very simple; though, of course, this distinction is not a rigid 
 one, by any means. The West, however, is rapidly developing 
 new ideas and fresh combinations, in hardware no less than in 
 nearly every other department of mechanical industry, and 
 special patent forms seem to be more naturally expected then; 
 than elsewhere. This does not imply that the Eastern cities 
 are united in the usage of particular forms, for places as near 
 to each other as New York, Providence and Boston employ 
 different forms, as will be seen later on. 
 
 Chapter DC 
 
 Outside Blind- 
 fasts. 
 
148 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter IX. 
 
 Wire Fasts. 
 
 Figure 235 will serve to illustrate one of the most common 
 forms of shutter or blind fast, consisting of a tempered steel 
 rod, or wire, one end of which is cut with a thread and screws 
 into the under side of the blind, while the other end is held by 
 a staple. The rod is bent so that the loop is kept away from 
 the blind, and the elasticity of the metal enables it to spring 
 
 Fig. 236. Folsom's Blind-fast. J. H. Hiller. 
 
 Gravity Fast. 
 
 into the malleable-iron catch on the sill, or on the outside of 
 the wall. The well-known " Shedd " blind fastener is prac- 
 tically the same as this, except that the rod is bent in a com- 
 plete twist to gain the; elasticity, and a common screw takes 
 the place of the threaded end. The same form is made, with 
 slight variations, by several of the leading manufacturers. 
 
 Figure 236 shows the only form of wire blind-fast which 
 allows one to close the blind without leaning out of the window, 
 or in any way lifting the shutter to release it from the back 
 catch. It consists of a steel wire, bent as shown by the figure, 
 but carried as far back towards the hinge as the hanging-style 
 of the blind will permit. To release the blind, the fastener is 
 simply pulled inward. Any form of back catch may be used. 
 For the sill-catch a wide staple is used, which is set on an 
 angle to the blind, so as to force the spring back and permit 
 it to catch behind the staple. This fastener has but very re- 
 cently been put on the market. 
 
 The blind-fast shown by Figure 237 works entirely by gravity. 
 It consists of a bent lever, working in a mortise cut through 
 
SHUTTER-FIXTURES. 
 
 1 49 
 
 DTTOn RAIL of BLinp 
 
 I-IOVJE JTAfLE 
 
 Fig. 237. Gravity Blind-fast. 
 Galen, Orr & Co. 
 
 the bottom rail .of the blind, pivoted so that one arm protrudes 
 above the top of the rail, while the other catches over an ordi- 
 nary hook on the sill or against the wall. Lugs on the end of 
 the horizontal lever 
 arm catch on a thin 
 plate screwed to the 
 under side cf the rail 
 and prevent the fast 
 from dropping too low 
 or being lifted too 
 high. This fast is 
 made of coppered mal- 
 leable-iron, and seems 
 like a very satisfactory 
 article. 
 
 Figure 2o8 is an 
 older style of blind- 
 fast, on essentially the 
 same principle as Fig- 
 ure 235 ; using, however, a flat bar instead of the spring wire. 
 This form requires a little more work in adjustment It is 
 designated peculiarly as the "Boston" pattern blind-fast. The 
 
 so called " New York " 
 pattern is illustrated by 
 Figure 239. The ac- 
 tion of this fast will be 
 better appreciated when 
 it is remembered that in 
 New York, the blinds 
 are usually hung Hush 
 with the outer casing, 
 and the sill is rebated 
 so that the bottom of the blind strikes against the upper 
 rebate. The latch is hinged on the inner plate, the weight 
 of the long arm keeping the inner hook thrown up. The sill- 
 staple is driven perpendicularly, while the back catch is screwed 
 
 Chapter IX. 
 
 Fig. 238. Boston Pattern Blind-fast. Stanley Works. 
 
 Boston pattern. 
 
 New York 
 
 pattern. 
 
150 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter ix. horizontally into the wall. The Stanley Works also has what 
 is designated as the " Providence " style of blind-fast. This is 
 exactly the same as the " New York " pattern, except that the 
 
 Fig. 240. Standard Screw 
 Blind-fast. Stanley 
 
 Works. 
 
 Fig. 239. New York Pattern Blind-fast. Stanley Works. 
 
 inner hook catches over instead of under the sill-staple, and is 
 shaped like the hack catch of Figure 235, inverted. 
 Screw Fasts. Figure 240 shows a form of blind-fast which is screwed 
 
 bodily through the blind, catching on sill and wall staples in 
 the same manner as the preceding styles. A flat spring 
 inside of the case keeps the inner hook constantly pressed up 
 and against the sill- 
 staple. A variation 
 of this same pattern 
 is made which acts 
 by gravity, the catch 
 working in an oblique 
 slot in such a manner 
 that the weight of 
 the outer catch forces 
 
 Fig. 241. Security Blind-fast. Stanley Works. 
 
 the inner catch always against the sill-staple. Figures 241 and 
 242 illustrate two forms of fasts which are screwed to the 
 
SHUTTER-FIXTURES. 
 
 under side of the blind. The former acts entirely by grav- 
 ity. The lobes, A A, are connected through the case, and 
 are counterbalanced so as to always drop to the position shown. 
 When the blind is closed, the lobe strikes against the sill-pin 
 
 Fig. 243. Turn-buckle 
 A. G. Newman. 
 
 Fig. 242. Lock Blind-fast. Stanley Works. 
 
 and is forced up as shown by the dotted lines, dropping so 
 as to catch inside of the pin. Figure 242 has a concealed 
 spring, to force the action of the lever. 
 
 The foregoing styles ef blind-fasts are intended to be used 
 on wooden buildings, but with some modifications in the sizes 
 might also serve for brick buildings. In New York, it is 
 
 151 
 
 Chapter IX. 
 
 Fig. 244. Drop-and-Pin-fast. Stanley Works. 
 
 customary to use some form of turn-buckle, Figure 243, which Turn-buckles, 
 is driven into the joints of the brickwork, the cross-piece being 
 
152 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter ix. free to turn, but hanging naturally in a vertical position by 
 reason of the greater weight of the longer arm. Turn-buckles 
 of a slightly different shape are sometimes used, also, for 
 
 . wooden buildings. 
 
 All of the foregoing are, in a certain sense, automatic ; that 
 is to say, the blind, if flung open or shut will stay in posi- 
 tion, requiring no special 
 adjustment. Figure 244 
 is a form of drop-and- 
 
 Fig. 245. Seymour's Blind-catch. 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Fig. 246. Blind-catch. Fig. 247. Seymour's 
 Shepard Hardware Blind catch and lock. 
 
 Co. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 pin fast, much used in some cases, consisting simply of a 
 plate secured to the blind by a screw-eye, perforated with a 
 hole to fit over the pin driven into the sill. For holding the 
 blind open, a back catch is made as shown by the figure, which 
 locks with a plain, flat spring, screwed to the under side of the 
 blind. The figure also shows the form of back catch used for 
 brick buildings. 
 
 Figures 245 and 246 show two very simple forms of blind 
 catch serving only to keep the blind closed, and generally used 
 with some form of turn-buckle to hold the blind open. Figure 
 
 245 works with the aid of a small spring, as shown ; Figure 
 
 246 works entirely by gravity. There are several varieties of 
 each of these forms in the market. The catch shown by Fig- 
 ure 247 acts in the same manner as Figure 245, but has, in 
 addition, a locking-lever, operated by a key, which secures the 
 catch so that the blind cannot be opened. 
 
SII UTTER-FIXTURES. 
 
 153 
 
 BLIND-FASTENERS. 
 
 There are a number of forms of blind-hinges, which have 
 been previously described in the chapter on hinges, that in a 
 measure serve as blind-fasteners, keeping 
 the blind either open or shut. They are 
 all perfectly simple in their operations, 
 and it is difficult to discriminate between 
 them. The common fault with them 
 all is in the difficulty of opening and 
 closing the blind. With most of the 
 forms of patent self-locking blind-hinge, 
 the blind must be raised from its seat in 
 order to be swung around. With the 
 blind-fasts previously described in this 
 chapter, it is necessary to lean far out 
 of the window to release the catch from 
 underneath. Figure 248 shows a device 
 intended to overcome the difficulties of 
 both styles. It consists simply of a lever attached to the blind, 
 and hooking into a plate screwed onto the jamb of the window. 
 
 Chapter 1X„ 
 
 Fig. 249. Tenon Blind-fastener. Tenon Fastener Co. 
 
 Tt is only necessary to lift the end of the lever in order to swing 
 the blind shut. The advantages are that in closing, no lifting of 
 
154 
 
 B UIL DERS' HA RD WARE. 
 
 
 Chapter ix. the blind is necessary ; there is no danger of throwing it off the 
 hinges, and no chance of pinching the fingers or bumping the 
 
 Blind-adjuster. head. 
 
 There are several other devices intended to hold the blind, 
 either shut or open. Figure 249 illustrates the " Tenon " 
 
 blind-fastener, which con- 
 sists of a bent, fiat bar, 
 attached to the outside 
 of the blind and catching 
 in slots cut in a plate 
 which is secured to the 
 sill, so that the blind can 
 be held either open or 
 shut, or in either of two 
 intermediate positions. 
 The bar is lifted by 
 means of a lever on the 
 inside of the blind. This fixture does away with the ordinary 
 bottom hinge, substituting therefor a pivot working in the lock- 
 ing sill-plate. A blmd-fastener of this description is especially 
 suitable for bay-windows, or any place where the blinds cannot 
 open clear back. Being placed on the outside of the blind ex- 
 poses it to the weather to an undesirable degree, though it is 
 made of Bower-Barffed iron to prevent it from rusting. 
 
 Fig. 250. 
 
 Excelsior Blind-adjuster. 
 Erwin. 
 
 Russel 
 
 Fig. 251. Washburn's Blind-adjuster. B. D. Washburn. 
 
 Figure 250 is a very simple form of bar blind-adjuster, the 
 bar being attached to the blind, and held in position by the 
 action of the thumb-screw on the jamb; Figure 251 'shows 
 a variation of the same principle, consisting of a bar which 
 
SH UTTE H-FIXTURES. 
 
 fits into the sockets at several points on the sill, enabling the 
 blind to be held in several different positions. The action of 
 the adjuster will readily be understood by the figure. Zimmer- 
 man's Blind-fast is on practically the same principle as this. 
 
 The difficulty with the two foregoing patterns is, that they 
 do not hold the blind perfectly rigid, and the rods are likely to 
 get in the way, specially as the rods and sockets take up consid- 
 erable space on the sill. There is but little practical advantage 
 in having a fixture which permits of the blind being open at 
 various degrees, for, as a rule, most people prefer to have their 
 blinds either entirely open or entirely shut. 
 
 SHUTTER-WORKERS. 
 
 The desire to open and operate blinds without opening the 
 
 window has led to the invention 
 of several devices which are 
 worked by rods passing entirely 
 through the frame of the house 
 and attached to the blind. It 
 is not altogether easy to under- 
 
 15o 
 
 Chapter IX. 
 
 Fig. 252. Mallory's Shutter-worker. Fig. 253. Brown's Shutter-worker. Ireland 
 Frank B. Mallory. Mfg. Co. 
 
 stand why such devices are used so little, but it must be 
 
156 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter ix. admitted, that all of those now in the market are more or less 
 clumsy. Still, the idea is an excellent one, and if there were 
 greater demand for such appliances, undoubtedly better ones 
 would be put before the public. The shutter-worker of this 
 description that is the most natural in its adjustment is illus- 
 trated by Figure 252. This consists simply of a rod, at the 
 
 Fig. 254. Automatic Shutter-worker. Dudley Shutter- Worker Co. 
 
 end of which is a thread working against a cog-wheel forming 
 a part of the bottom hinge of the blind. On account of the 
 
 slowness of pitch of the thread, 
 it is very difficult to move the 
 blind from the outside, but the lev- 
 erage is sufficiently strong to 
 V enable one to easily open the 
 blind from within by turning 
 the crank. 
 
 A very similar appliance to 
 this is the Brown shutter-worker, 
 Fig. 255. Brockton shutter-worker. Figure 253, in which the thread 
 
 Tyler Mfg. Co. . 
 
 on the spindle works into teeth on 
 the bottom of a plate forming a part of the lower shutter-hinge. 
 
SH UTTER-FIXTURES. 
 
 The Automatic Shutter-worker, Figure 254, combines the 
 good points of several other devices, and is somewhat more 
 complicated than either of the preceding. Two cog-wheels 
 gear into each other. The shaft of one wheel is carried 
 through the wall and can be operated by a crank or handle in- 
 side the house. The shaft of the other wheel turns a crank, 
 or bent lever, the end of which works in a slide attached to the 
 face of the blind. The cog-wheels are encased in an iron box, 
 which is shown partly removed in the figure, in order to illus- 
 trate the workings. Aside from the number of parts, which is 
 no very great objection, this shutter-worker has a great deal to 
 recommend it. It is strong and compact, and can act on the 
 shutter with such force that, it is asserted, a child can work 
 the blind with it in a high wind. It has the advantage of per- 
 mitting the blind to be removed without disturbing the fixtures. 
 
 One of the simplest acting shutter-workers, is illustrated by 
 Figure 255. This is very ingenious in its idea, consisting of a 
 straight rod set on an angle, with a bent lever on the end 
 
 Fig. 256. Tucker Awning Blind-hinge. Hamblin & Russell Mfg. Co. 
 
 working in a curved slot or catch secured to the outer face of 
 the blind. This shutter- worker will lock the blind as securely 
 as any door can be locked, the handle of the rod being dropped 
 down onto the pin as shown by the lock. 
 
 The company which manufactures the Brockton shutter- 
 worker has bought up the patents of the Prescott shut- 
 ter-worker, which was somewhat on the same principle. 
 
 157 
 Chapter IX. 
 
158 
 
 B UILDERS' HA ED WARE. 
 
 Chapter ix. There are some other shapes in the market ; but practically 
 very few which embody ideas essentially different from those 
 described. 
 
 AWNING-HINGES. 
 
 Awning-hinges. Awning-hinges might more properly be considered with 
 
 common blind-hinges, but they are included in this connec- 
 tion, as they are in a measure blind-adjusters, permitting the 
 blind to be opened part way. The writer has been able to 
 find only two forms in the market. The simplest is shown 
 
 
 
 %|F 
 
 LP 
 
 jrt nmiuuanmniitiiilll'uniihlUHmimuiumuwiin^a an 
 
 Fig. 258. Byam's Blind-slat Adjuster. Byam, 
 Stewart & Baker. 
 
 Fig. 257. Automatic Blind-awnins 
 Fixtures. F. O. North & Co. 
 
 Fig. 259. Shutter-bar. 
 
 by Figure 256. This consists of a double-acting hinge for 
 the upper portion of the blind, a lower hinge being screwed to 
 the jamb and fastened to the blind only by a turn-button. 
 
 The other form of awning-fixture is more commonly used 
 about Boston, Figure 257. The upper hinge is so made as to 
 
S // 1 r TTER-FIXTl RES. 1 59 
 
 work in either direction, while the lower hinge consists of a Chapter ix. 
 cup fitting over a pin screwed to the jamb. A small catch 
 
 Fig. 260. Shutter-bar. 
 
 Fig. 261 
 
 Morris' Self-locking Shutter-bar. Ire- 
 land Mfg. Co. 
 
 keeps the blind from pushing out when the hinges are 
 to be used in the ordinary manner, but is readily lifted 
 when the blinds are to be pushed out from the bottom. 
 The fixtures are sold with side-bars to hold the bottom of 
 the blind away from the building, 
 and with a centre cross-bar which 
 permits the blinds to be opened 
 part way in the ordinary manner, 
 and secured. The description and the 
 figure might seem to imply a some- 
 what complicated arrangement ; but 
 the fixtures work very simply, and 
 seldom fail to give satisfaction. 
 
 Figure 258 shows a form of slat- 
 adjuster intended to be operated by 
 a key from the inside of the house without opening the window, siat-adjuster. 
 The slats are connected with an eccentric which is turned by 
 the key, so that the slats can be either raised or lowered as 
 desired. 
 
 HARDWARE FOR INSIDE SHUTTERS. 
 
 There is little to be said as regards fasts or locks for inside 
 shutters. The shutters themselves are usually provided with shutter-bars. 
 knobs of some description, with porcelain or metal heads 
 secured in position by a screw. The shutters are also pro- 
 
 Fig. 262. Sliding Shutter-hook. 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
160 
 
 B UILDERS' II A RD WARE. 
 
 ChaDter ix videcl with some form of latch or bar, of which Figure 259 is a 
 very simple type. Figure 260 shows a more elaborate form, 
 for inside work. There are, of course, many variations of 
 these forms. A few of the hardware manufacturers have been 
 making self-locking shutter-bars, in which the cross-bar is 
 secured by some form of auxilliary lever or cam. Figure 261 
 illustrates one variety. There is, however, but little demand 
 for such appliances. 
 
 i For sliding shutters a bar like that shown by Figure 260 
 may be employed, but there are also several varieties of mortise 
 hooks, Figure 262, which work with a spring, and are rather 
 preferable for most cases. 
 
 The retail prices of the foregoing blind and shutter fixtures 
 are as follows : 
 
 TABLE OF SHUTTER-FIXTURES. — PRICES PER WINDOW, WITH 
 TWO SINGLE-FOLD BLINDS. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 235 
 236 
 237 
 238 
 239 
 2-40 
 241 
 242 
 
 243 
 
 244 
 245 
 246 
 247 
 248 
 249 
 250 
 251 
 252 
 253 
 254 
 255 
 256 
 257 
 258 
 259 
 260 
 
 261 
 
 Name. 
 
 Stanley's wire blind-fast 
 
 Folsom's shutter-fastener 
 
 Boston pattern blind-fast 
 
 Gravity blind-fast 
 
 New York pattern blind-fast 
 
 Standard screw blind-fast 
 
 Security blind-fast 
 
 Lock blind-fast 
 
 I Turn-buckles or drop-buttons for brick 
 
 ( Turn-buckles or drop-buttons for wood 
 
 Drop-and-pin fast 
 
 Seymour's blind-catch 
 
 Shepard blind-fast 
 
 Seymour's blind catch and lock 
 
 Rochester blind-hinge , 
 
 Tenon blind-fastener 
 
 Excelsior blind-adjuster, galvanized 
 
 Washburn's blind-adjuster, 1 galvanized, 10-inch bar 
 
 Mallory's shutter-worker, with hinges and handle 
 
 Brown's shutter-worker, japanned 
 
 Automatic shutter-worker, with hinges and handle 
 
 Brockton shutter-worker 
 
 Tucker awning blind hinges 1 
 
 Automatic blind awning fixtures 1 
 
 Byam's blind slat-adjuster 
 
 Shutter-bars — bronzed-iron, 2-inch, per dozen 
 
 Shutter-bars, bronze, 2-inch, per dozen 
 
 ( Morris' self-locking shutter-bar, bronzed-iron, 2-inch, per doz 
 
 | Morris' self-locking shutter-bar, bronze, 2-inch, per dozen 
 
 Sliding shutter-hook, bronze, each 
 
 Price. 
 
 $ .07 
 .08 
 .08 
 .13 
 .09 
 .09 
 .08 
 .08 
 .104 
 
 .I2h_ 
 
 .04 
 
 .21 
 
 .17 
 
 .45 
 
 .55 
 
 .56 
 
 1.25 
 .85 
 .75 
 .65 
 .87 
 .75 
 .25 
 .84 
 
 1.35 
 .60 
 
 3.00 
 .75 
 
 1 For wooden house. 
 
CHAPTER X. 
 
 Transom and Skylight Fittings. 
 
 TRANSOMS are hung by 
 common butts at the top 
 or bottom, or are pivoted in the 
 centre horizontally. The ordi- 
 nary hinges used for transoms 
 are such as might be used for 
 any purpose. These have been 
 previously discussed. Sash cen- 
 tres or pivots are commonly 
 mortised into the frame and into 
 the sash. Figure 263 is the or- 
 dinary form. Figure 264 is another variety in which both 
 pivots are exactly alike. This is secured in place by first fasten- 
 
 Fig. 263. 
 
 Sash-centres or Transom- 
 hinges. 
 
 Fig. 265. Surface Sash- 
 centre. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Fig. 264. Sash-pivot. A. G. Newman. 
 
 ing the round part of the pivot at entire end of the sash, and 
 securing one socket-piece to the sash-frame. The other socket 
 
 Chapter X. 
 
 Transom- 
 centres 
 
162 
 
 Chapter X. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 is then fitted to the opposite pivot, and the sash placed in 
 position and turned at right angles, thus uncovering the second 
 
 ~TJp m "~- — 
 
 Fig. 266. Surface Sash-centre. J. F. 
 Wollensak. 
 
 Fig. 267. Transom-pivot. Hopkins & 
 Dickinson Mfg. Co. 
 
 socket, so that it can be screwed to the jamb. This form is 
 claimed to be tighter and consequently more secure against 
 draughts than the ordinary style. 
 
 Instead of either of the foregoing, it is sometimes desirable 
 
 Fig. 269. Cupboard and Transom Catch. Ire- 
 land Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 268. Transom-catch. A. G. Fig. 270. Transom-catch. J. B. Shannon & 
 Newman. Sons. 
 
 to use pivots which do not turn on the line of the centre of the 
 sash. Figure 265 illustrates a form which can be used in such 
 
TRANSOM AND SKYLIGHT FITTINGS. 
 
 a case, both pivot and socket being planted on the faces of the 
 sash and the frame. Figure 266 and Figure 267 are other 
 varieties sometimes met with.. The different uses for which 
 these various forms are applicable will readily be appreciated ; 
 the first being for a case in which the jambs and the sash are 
 flush ; the second, one in which the transom sets out from the 
 
 Fig. 271. Transom-lift. J. 
 Wollensak. 
 
 Fig. 272. American Transom-lift. 
 American Mfg. Co. 
 
 jamb ; and the third, one in which the jamb is too deep, or the 
 transom set too far in to permit of the hinges being applied to 
 the face of the jamb. 
 
 Transoms are usually provided with some form of spring 
 catch to hold them closed. Figure 268 is a direct catch, the 
 latch being secured to the transom. This is for use when the 
 jamb and the sash are flush. Figure 269 is a transom-catch 
 
 163 
 Chapter X. 
 
 Transom-catch. 
 
11)4 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter x. worked on a little different principle from the foregoing. The 
 
 same form is also used for cupboards. This, as well as the 
 first, is fastened onto the face of the transom. Figure 270 shows a 
 transom-catch intended to be mortised into the edge of the tran- 
 som, either at the top or the bottom. 
 Transom-lifts. In the best work it is customary to provide some appliance 
 
 for lifting the transom and holding it in position. With the 
 ordinary catches previously described, a 
 chain is attached at one side of the tran- 
 som, permitting it to be opened down from 
 
 Fig. 273. StellerTran- Fig. 274. Overell's Transom- Fig. 275. Excelsior Tran- 
 som-lifter. Russell & lifter. P. & F. Corbm. som-lifter. Russell & 
 Erwin. Erwm. 
 
 the top a certain distance only ; but it is much more convenient 
 to have some appliance that will permit the transom to be 
 opened in either direction, and will hold it securely. The 
 
TRANSOM AND SKYLIGHT FITTINGS. 
 
 most popular, and one of the best known is the Wollensak 
 transom-lifter, Figure 271. This consists of a straight rod with 
 a hinged arm attached to it, the arm being secured to the edge 
 of the transom, while the rod works up and down in a series of 
 rings, being held at any given height by turning a button at 
 the bottom binding on the rod. These are made for transoms 
 either pivoted at the centre and swinging down, or pivoted and 
 swinging up, or hinged at either top or bottom. Figure 272 
 shows another form, made by the American Manufacturing 
 Company. The rod in this case 
 is replaced by a flat bar, the 
 attachment otherwise being es- 
 sentially the same as in the 
 previous example. The bar is 
 notched at the bottom on the 
 inner edge, and a catch on the 
 lower (mide-rins locks the bar 
 
 Fig. 276. Skylight Lift and Lock. 
 J. F. Wollensak. 
 
 Fig. 277. Skylight-lift. S. L. Hill 
 
 at any height. Figure 273 is 'another form manufactured by 
 liussell & Ervviu. In this case the bar is held in position by 
 
 165 
 
 Chapter X. 
 
166 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WARE. 
 
 lifters. 
 
 Chapter x. turning the button at the bottom. This transom is provided 
 with a supplementary set of guides at the top, so that in 
 shoving up the bar there will be no opportunity for the weight 
 of the transom to deflect it sidewise. Figure 274 shows a 
 form of transom-lifter manufactured by P. & F. Corbin, con- 
 sisting of a straight rod, with a long, flexible steel attachment 
 at the top. The rod is secured at any height by a turn-button 
 in the same manner as in the first example, while the flexibil- 
 ity of the upper portion of the rod permits the transom to turn 
 at any angle. There is yet another form, Figure 275. This 
 consists of a single rod attached directly to the transom, and 
 secured on the jamb only by a single turn-button, near the bot- 
 tom. This turn-button is placed at an angle in such a manner 
 as to allow considerable side-play on the rod, and so permit 
 of the deflection necessary for opening the transom. 
 Skylight- Closely allied to the transom-lifters are those which are used 
 
 for skylights. Figure 276 shows a form - manufactured by 
 Wollensak. This consists of a double bar attached to a socket 
 working on a slotted bar. The socket has attached to it a 
 spring-catch which slips into the slots on the bar. The rope 
 passes through the socket up over a pulley, and clown through 
 an eye in the end of the spring-catch. By pulling the bar out 
 away from the socket, the spring-catch is released and the 
 socket, and with it the skylight may be lifted or lowered, the 
 spring-catch shutting back when the horizontal strain on the 
 rope is relaxed. This is made in two sizes, with a length of 
 eighteen inches each. Figure 277 shows another form of sky- 
 light-lifter in which a ratchet on the side of the upper frame- 
 work fits into slots on the edge of the lifting-rod, the ratchet 
 being worked by a separate cord. The ratchet is fitted with a 
 spring to keep it in position. 
 
 The following table gives the retail prices of the goods de- 
 scribed in this chapter. 
 
Fig. 
 
 263 
 
 264 
 
 265 
 266 
 
 267 
 268 
 269 
 
 270 
 271 
 
 273 
 
 274 
 
 275 
 276 
 
 277 
 
 TRANSOM AND SKYLIGHT FITTINGS. 
 
 TABLE OF TRANSOM-FITTINGS. 
 
 Description. 
 
 Sash-centres, japanned, per dozen pairs 
 
 Sash-centres, brass, per pair 
 
 Sash-pivots, If-inch brass or bronze, per set 
 
 Sash-pivots, bronzed-iron, per set 
 
 Surface sash-centres, P. & F. Oorbin, brass, per set 
 
 Surface sash-centres, Wollensak, bronze No. 4, per set 
 
 Surface sash-centres, "Wollensak, bronzed-iron, per set 
 
 Surface sash-centres, Hopkins & Dickinson, bronze, per set. 
 
 Transom-catch, per dozen 
 
 Transom and cupboard catch, bronze, per dozen 
 
 Transom and cupboard catch, bronzed-iron, per dozen 
 
 Transom-catch, bronze, per dozen 
 
 "Wollensak's transom-lifter, bronzed 
 
 Wollensak's transom-lifter, nickel-plated 
 
 American transom-lifter, coppered 
 
 American transom-lifter, nickel-plated 
 
 Steller's transom-lifter, bronzed-iron 
 
 Steller's transom-lifter, bronze 
 
 Overell's transom-lifter, bronzed 
 
 Excelsior transom-lifter, bronzed 
 
 Wollensak's skylight-lifter, No. 12, each 
 
 Hill's skylight-lif ter, each 
 
 Price. 
 
 $ .62 
 
 .62 
 
 2.00 
 
 1.00 
 
 4.00 
 
 1.00 
 
 .17 
 
 .95 
 
 15.00 
 
 7.50 
 
 .50 
 
 5.00 
 
 1.20 
 
 2.50 
 
 1.10 
 
 3.15 
 
 .53 
 
 2.50 
 
 .50 
 
 .55 
 
 2.00 
 
 1.50 
 
 16; 
 
 Chapter X. 
 
 Prices for transom-lifters are for a medium 4-foot rod and for a single fixture. 
 
c===J *H i 
 
 CHAPTER XL 
 
 Locks, 
 
 Chapter xi. < TINY one who should 
 
 /A visit the mediaeval 
 museums of Europe, 
 and should chance to 
 see among the curi- 
 osities of iron - work 
 some of the elaborately 
 wrought and apparent- 
 ly intricate locks of 
 the fourteenth, fifteenth 
 and sixteenth centuries, 
 would hardly think of comparing those unwieldly and cumber- 
 some devices with the locks that are turned out in such 
 quantities by our best modern manufactories. And yet, if the 
 older contrivances are examined attentively it will be seen that 
 the difference between the old and the new is one of finish 
 and delicacy, rather than of idea or mechanism ; and that, with 
 the exception of a few noteworthy inventions for obtaining a 
 greater security against picking by an ordinary thief, the locks 
 of to-day are exactly the same, in principle and arrangement, 
 as those which were made centuries ago. Indeed, it is rather 
 strange that with all the inventions which have been made 
 during the nineteenth century and especially within the present 
 generation, and notwithstanding the inventive genius which 
 
 Fig. 277a. Egyptian Wooden Lock. 
 
LOCKS. 169 
 
 American industry has brought to bear upon the subject, the Chapter xi. 
 Yale system should be, after all, very nearly the only invention 
 of practical utility which is a direct departure from the older 
 methods of lock making. Probably a large proportion of the 
 readers of this paper can distinctly remember the time when 
 pin locks were almost unheard of. It might be said in expla- 
 nation of the seeming fruitlessness of mechanical research upon 
 this subject, that there was really xevy little that could be dis- 
 covered or improved upon, as the real principle of a lock is too 
 simple and too definite in its nature, not to have been thorough- 
 ly ajjpreeiated and exhausted long ago ; but the same could 
 have been said before Linus Yale set his Yankee wits to work 
 upon the subject, and it would be impossible at present to 
 foretell what discoveries may be made or what radical changes 
 brought about in the appliances for locking our doors. Possibly 
 our descendants may some day wonder at the locks of the nine- 
 teenth century, even as we wonder at the cumbersome pieces 
 of mechanism and the ponderous keys of our great grandfathers. 
 At any rate, it will not do to claim that our locks are perfect, 
 or that the record of progress is entirely closed. A very few 
 years ago the Yale lock was pronounced to be complete ; but 
 some very radical improvements have been made in it since 
 then, and the opponents of the system claim it has yet many 
 defects both in construction and idea. So it would not be 
 strange if our best locks should one day become obsolete. 
 
 But if the progress which has been made in the essential, Finish and cost, 
 mechanical principles of lock manufacture is small, the im- 
 provements in finish and the reduction in the cost of the locks 
 have been marvelous. Less than a century ago, locks were 
 made entirely by hand, and very crude affairs they were, too, 
 costing a great many times the price of a better article 
 of to-day. At present, good, well-made, well-planned locks 
 can be had at prices varying from twenty-five cents to five dol- 
 lars, suited to all needs and all conditions ; while the amount 
 of real security afforded is of a much more tangible nature. 
 And with the improvements in niceness and delicacy of arrange- 
 
170 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. ment, it nas been possible to affect a change in the style and 
 weight of the keys which the present generation can only 
 faintly appreciate. The old-fashioned keys were heavy, cum- 
 bersome, and so large that no one ever thought of carrying 
 them about the person. Now they are made so small that the 
 keys for an entire house can be carried in one's vest pocket. 
 Formerly the strength of a lock was judged by its weight, and 
 it was considered essential to have heavy bolts or levers, and 
 strong springs, requiring considerable force to operate ; while 
 now, all the parts are so well adjusted and so light, that a 
 touch is sufficient to put the mechanism in operation. 
 
 Principles. The fundamental principles forming the basis of all locking 
 
 constructions, include a bolt which is moved by the direct 
 action of the key, while secondary bolts or levers drop into 
 such positions that the lock bolt cannot be forced back except 
 by breaking some portion of the mechanism. The secondary 
 bolt is usually termed a lever, and either acts by gravity or by 
 the aid of a spring — usually by both. The key is so made 
 as to first raise the levers, and then to shoot the bolt by a 
 single turn of the hand. These principles have governed the 
 manufacture of locks since the days of Adam, and apply 
 equally to the ponderous locks of the Middle Ages and to the 
 corrugated-key locks of the Yale & Towne Manufacturing 
 Company. Complications have been added to the construction 
 of locks in the shape of multiple levers, requiring nicely fitted 
 keys, or fancy wards which would allow none but the right key 
 to enter ; and there have been special forms devised for bank 
 uses, working by combinations of letters, by dials, or by clock- 
 work ; but in the locks used about an ordinary house, the prin- 
 ciple is always the same — that of a key simultaneously lifting 
 one or more levers and moving a bolt. 
 
 Egyptian Lock. In order to clearly illustrate the antiquity of the principles 
 
 upon which modern locks are constructed, it may be of interest 
 in this connection to refer to a few of the older forms. A rude 
 style of lock which has been used in Eastern countries for 
 ages, no one can say how long, but certainly for over two 
 
LOCKS. 
 
 171 
 
 thousand years, is approximately shown by Figure 277a. All 
 the parts are of wood, including the key. The bolt is chan- 
 nelled on the inner edge, and slides through heavy wooden 
 staples in which are arranged a number of pegs, of varying 
 lengths, fitting into corresponding holes bored through the top 
 of the bolt. The key consists of a flat piece of wood somewhat 
 smaller than the channel which is cut in the bolt, and in use, 
 is inserted lengthwise of the bolt. On the end of the key are 
 pins spaced to correspond with the pegs in the staple. It is 
 evident that while the pegs are caught in the bolt itself and in 
 the staple, the bolt cannot be moved ; but when the key is in- 
 serted, the pins will be directly beneath the holes in the upper 
 part of the bolt, and by raising the key, the pins will lift the 
 pegs just enough to clear the joint between the bolt and 
 the staple, and the bolt can then be moved at will. In this 
 lock, the action of the key is almost exactly the same as in the 
 Yale lock ; namely, to lift a series of pins of unequal lengths 
 so as to bring the bottom of each on the same line, though the 
 Yale key has other functions, as will be noted later. 
 
 Figure 278 shows a key which was dug up in Pompeii 
 was evidently intended to operate a warded lock, a 
 style which was in almost universal use up to thirty 
 years ago. Figure 279 illustrates a fine old Eliza- 
 bethan lock. This could be described as a fully- 
 developed lever-lock, the springs on the levers be- 
 ing arranged jn exactly the same manner as the f 
 locks which are sold over the counter to-daj 7 . Strip 
 ped of all the fancy cutting and misleading wards which have 
 nothing to do with the efficiency of the lock, it will be seen 
 that this is really a very simple contrivance, though quite 
 complicated in appearance. 
 
 The number of antiquated examples might be multiplied in- 
 definitely, but the foregoing will suffice for the purpose, as 
 they may be taken as types of the three most markedly 
 different arrangements for adding to the security of a lock ; 
 namely, with wards, with pins or with spring-levers. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 1 1 Pompeian 
 
 Elizabethan 
 
 Lock. 
 
172 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 B UILDERS' II A RD WA RE. 
 
 The various parts of a lock will need some definition and 
 explanation, in order to prevent any ambiguity in the terms. 
 
 Parts of a key. 
 
 Elizabethan Lock. 
 
 Figure 280 shows the general shape of the ordinary key, in 
 which A is called the bow ; JB, the shank, and 
 0, the bit. The difference between the keys 
 of to-day and those of two or three generations 
 ago has been already alluded to. Many of the 
 hand-made locks are still provided with the 
 old-fashioned, heavy brass keys, but the "Yale" 
 locks have prejudiced people against anything 
 but a flat key, and nearly all manufacturers. 
 use them in one form or another. A few lock- 
 makers have keys which are arranged to fold 
 up like a knife, to be used in connection with rim- 
 locks, or with locks requiring a very long key, but 
 generally the key is of steel, nickel-plated, with a 
 flat shank and a thin bit. When the cuts on the bit 
 
 are on the side or edge, as shown by the cut, they indicate. 
 
LOCKS. 
 
 17:; 
 
 a tumbler or lever-lock, while cuts on the top or bottom show Chapter XT. 
 
 that the lock is fitted with wards. Many of the old keys pre- 
 served in museums are made with very elaborate bits, cut in 
 curious and intricate patterns. In some instances the cats cor- 
 respond to equally intricate warding* in the lock, but generalh 
 they arc purely fanciful. When the shank of the key is tubu- 
 lar, it indicates a lock which can be operated from one side only. 
 such as those used for drawers, etc. All keys for door-locks 
 now have solid shanks. 
 
 The bolt which secures the lock, is generally made quite 
 heavy where it projects beyond the face-plate, but is thinned 
 down inside the lock so as to be as light as possible, and to 
 give space for the levers. 
 The talon, A, Figure 
 281, is the notch in the 
 under side of the bolt 
 in which the key works. 
 The post, B, is the part 
 which catches in the lev- 
 ers, preventing the bolt 
 
 from being forced. Guide-posts on the case of the lock tit in 
 the slots, C, one of the same posts often serving as a pivot for 
 the levers. 
 
 The most primitive form of lock would be one consisting Levers. 
 
 simply of a bolt, which is shot 
 back and forth by the key. 
 But as any other key or even 
 a wire would answer equally 
 well, some obstacle must be 
 interposed to prevent picking. 
 This is clone by combining 
 with the bolt a series of le- 
 vers or tumblers which per- 
 mit only the proper key to be 
 used. The two terms are used at present synonymously. 
 Figure 282 illustrates a typical lever. There are from one 
 
174 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xi. to five levers in an ordinary lock, and they are usually placed 
 one over the other, pivoted over the guiding-post, and the 
 bolt-post is so arranged as to fit through one of the cuts, A, 
 when the bolt is thrown back, and through B when thrown 
 out. The connecting gatings, O, are cut at different heights, 
 so that the levers must be lifted unecpially in order to per- 
 mit the bolt to move. "When the key is turned in the 
 lock, the bits, which are cut to match the levers, bear 
 against the bellies, _D, lifting the levers simultaneously until 
 the gatings are exactly on a line with each other. The key 
 then catches in the talon of the bolt, the bolt-post passes, 
 through the gatings, and the levers drop as the key turns, 
 catching behind the bolt-post and effectually preventing the 
 bolt from being forced back. This is, generally speaking, the 
 function of all lock-levers, though there are many variations 
 from the form illustrated. 
 
 The levers, of course, slide one over the other, and in 
 common locks they are laid closely together. In the best of 
 hand-made work, however, and in a few of the machine-made 
 locks, the levers are separated, either by side-wards cast onto 
 the thickness of the lever, or by intermediate strips of brass 
 which bear on each other and on the levers only at certain 
 points, thus reducing greatly the friction between the parts. 
 Tumblers. A somewhat different form has been much used in English 
 
 locks, which is shown by Figure 283. In this case the levers 
 are beneath the bolt. On each is a post which works in slots 
 and through gatings cut through the bolt. Price, in his 
 " Treatise on Locks," 1 which is a very valuable and interesting 
 work on the subject, as it was understood up to 1860, makes 
 the distinction between levers and tumblers, applying the 
 latter term to the device shown by Figure 283, and the former 
 to that illustrated by Figure 282. His distinction seems to be 
 a fair one, though seldom made in this country, where what he 
 calls tumblers are little used. 
 
 1 This work is entirely out of print, but can be found in most of the large 
 public libraries. It is complete and thoroughly illustrated. 
 
LOCKS. 
 
 175 
 
 A little reflection will cause one to comprehend the number chapter xr. 
 of changes possible in a lever lock. The level's may be 
 transposed, and within certain limits the heights of the gatings changes. 
 
 Fig. 283. English Tumbler. 
 
 may be varied, so that with six levers there can be as many as 
 7,770,000 changes, no two of which can be operated by the 
 same key. Simple transposition, without any variation in the 
 heights of the gatings, will give 720 changes. 
 
 A device has been used in some makes of locks, intended 
 not only to increase the difficulty of picking but also to show if 
 the lock has been tampered with. It consists of a spring so 
 arranged that when one of the levers is lifted too high, as 
 would naturally be done by any one attempting to jnck the 
 lock, it is caughT; and held in such a position that the bolt-post 
 cannot possibly pass through the gatings. The spring is 
 released by using the right key and turning the bolt out more, 
 but no key can unlock the mechanism until the detector spring- 
 is released. This is a very ingenious arrangement, and at one 
 time was considered absolutely burglar-proof, though it is now 
 very seldom met with in the market. 1 
 
 The wards Of a lock are fixed obstructions which are 
 attached to the inside of the lock-case, so arranged that none 
 but the proper key can pass and reach the levers. Formerly 
 the confidence in warded locks was so great that levers and 
 tumblers was used very little, but that feeling has entirely 
 passed away. Modern locksmiths use wards very sparingly, 
 and limit themselves to small shoulders or ridges, cast on the 
 
 Detector- 
 springs. 
 
 Wards. 
 
 1 The detector-spring was an important feature of the celebrated " Chubbs ' 
 (English) locks. 
 
1"6 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. inside of the upper and lower case-plates, which require 
 corresponding cuts on the upper and lower edge of the key- 
 bit. They do not add in the least to the burglar-proof quali- 
 ties of a lock. At one time, however, locks were constructed 
 with very elaborate wardings. Figure 284 illustrates the 
 wards of a French lock about one hundred and fifty years old. 
 
 The wards consist of two thin 
 plates, one each side of the key- 
 hole, with a series of ridges 
 forming a semicircle on each, 
 the ridges being star-shaped in 
 
 Fig. 284. Wards of an old French Lock, section. The key-bit is CUt 
 
 out with a star pattern which 
 has to exactly fit the wardings. This is one of the simpler 
 forms which the ingenuity of French locksmiths at one time 
 delighted in, and though seemingly proof agaiDst intrusion, 
 can be opened with very little trouble, by a judicious use of a 
 few stout wires. 
 Springs. There is a great difference in the quality and arrangement 
 
 of springs used in connection with a lock. In regard to 
 material, the best is, undoubtedly, phosphor-bronze ; but 
 springs of this material require to be so large in order to have 
 the desired stiffness, that their use is not always practicable, 
 especially as they can be used to advantage only in the shape 
 of flat-bands. The springs which hold the levers in place 
 against the bolt-post are usually made of round steel or brass 
 wire, and are attached directly to the heel of the lever, as 
 shown by Figure 282. A separate spring is necessary for each 
 lever. It is sometimes desirable to attach the spring to a 
 secondary lever acting directly on the top of the main lever, 
 Figure 285, as in a case where the levers move up and down in 
 the lock instead of being pivoted together. With such an 
 arrangement the edge of the secondary lever should be grooved 
 so as to fit over the top of the primary lever, thus obviating 
 any difficulty of the levers slipping by each other, or of the 
 wrong springs acting on the levers. 
 
LOCKS. 
 
 177 
 
 The latch is a feature of the modern lock which our 
 ancestors did not enjoy. Except in the case of store-doors, all 
 door-locks are now made with some form of spring-latch. 
 There are three distinct kinds of latches commonly used, the 
 simple spring-latch, anti-fric- 
 tion latch and front-door latch. 
 The cheapest form of ordi- 
 nary spring-latch consists of a 
 bevelled head, projecting from 
 the face-plate of the lock, with 
 
 ?EG FAJTE-nepTO BOUT 
 
 JTKIKE 
 
 PEG FAJTEAiepTO 
 LOCK CAJE- 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Latch. 
 
 Fig. 285. Compound Lev 
 
 Fig. 286. Anti-friction Strike. 
 E. Robinson. 
 
 a shank inside the lock, about which is coiled a strong spiral 
 spring, keeping the latch pressed out. The inner end of the 
 latch-shank is forked and hooks under 'each side of what is 
 termed the follow, through which passes the spindle of the 
 door-knob. Turning the knob either way draws back the latch. 
 The objection to this arrangement is that while only a very 
 slight spring is really necessary to keep the latch in position, 
 a pretty strong spring is required so that the knob shall 
 
178 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Easy Spring- 
 latch. 
 
 Anti-friction 
 
 Strike. 
 
 not turn too easily; otherwise, every time the door-knob 
 is touched the latch will be opened. Consequently in the 
 better class of work a door-latch is usually fitted with two 
 springs, one of which is operated when the latch is pushed 
 back by the door being closed, while both springs are acted 
 upon when the knob is turned. In this way the requisite 
 resistance can be obtained for the knob, and, at the same 
 time, the latch will close easily. A latch so arranged is 
 termed an easy spring-latch. There are several methods of 
 attaching the two springs. Ordinarily, spiral brass springs are 
 employed. Hopkins & Dickinson and, we believe, a few others, 
 are able to introduce into their locks springs made of phosphor- 
 bronze, which, it is claimed, will keep its elasticity much longer 
 than steel or brass. The different methods by which the springs 
 are attached and the knob operated will be made clear when 
 the various makes of locks are described, later on. 
 
 The ordinary form of latch is made with a V-shaped bevel, 
 the long side of the bevel striking against the jam-plate. 
 Enoch Robinson, of Boston, was, it is believed, the first to 
 patent an anti-friction strike, as it is called. Figure 286 illus- 
 trates the construction of his device, which is incorporated 
 into all of the locks which he makes. 
 It is simply an application of the 
 principle of the old bell-lever crank. 
 The action of the anti-friction strike is 
 to raise the latch-bolt from the bed of the 
 lock and carry it back without friction 
 on the sides. Actual tests have been 
 made proving that it requires less force, 
 acting directly on the side of the anti- 
 friction strike, to force the lever back, 
 than is required to push back the latch by straight pressure 
 against the apex of the bevel. 
 
 Figure 287 shows a form of anti-friction strike used by sev- 
 eral other manufacturers. There is no difference in principle 
 between this and the " Robinson " make, though the appear- 
 
 Fig. 
 
 PAyrez-iep to 
 
 LOCK CAJE 
 
 287. Anti-fr'h 
 Strike. 
 
LOCKi 
 
 179 
 
 ance is a little different, the " Robinson " strike being in the 
 centre of the bolt, while the others are on one side, also in 
 " Robinson's " strike the pin is on the latch and the slot in the 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 PPG On 
 
 Fig. 288. Anti-friction Rocker Strike. 
 
 strike, while in the other anti-friction strike they are exactly 
 the reverse. Figure 288 shows a form which is made by a 
 few manufacturers, being listed in the catalogue of both J. B. 
 Johnston and the Nashua Lock Company. It consists simply 
 of a steel rocker attached by swivel pins to the bolt, the lower 
 pin passing underneath the shank of the bolt. When the door 
 is closed the latch, instead of moving straight back, swings 
 on the lower edge of the rocker, being lifted from the lock- 
 frame, and thus reducing the friction. The gain by this 
 device is, of course, less than 
 by the others previously de- 
 scribed. Yet another form of 
 so-called anti-friction strike is 
 made. Figure 289 shows the 
 pattern adopted by Hall, of 
 Boston, for his. spring-latches. 
 It consists, essentially, of an 
 adaptation of the well-known 
 car-door latch, the latch-strike 
 being hinged at the base and 
 attached by a loose-pin to the 
 latch-shank at the top, while 
 the face of the latch-strike is 
 slightly curved. This device 
 makes really a very efficient 
 anti-friction strike. The only objection to it is that the wide 
 
 Fig. 289. Anti-friction Strike. Hall. 
 
180 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XL. 
 
 Right and Left 
 Hand Locks, 
 
 plate necessitated by it cuts the door a great deal, and many 
 persons clo not like it on that account. 
 
 The custom in regard to latches varies in New York and 
 Boston. In New York the outside knob is generally fixed 
 firmly so as not to move at all, while in Boston the knobs 
 are arranged with a swivel spindle permitting either to be 
 turned without acting upon the other, and the mechanism in- 
 side of the lock is so devised that by pushing a button or a 
 slide the outer knob can be held fast. In cheaper forms of 
 front-door locks, the knob-spindle is made without a swivel, 
 and security is obtained by a bolt on the inside. 
 
 Locks are designated as being either right or left hand, 
 though the distinction is one which is confined entirely to the 
 latch. A left-hand lock belongs to a door fitted with left- 
 band hinges, as has been previously explained, the term right 
 or left being decided by whether the door turns on the hinges 
 
 Fig. 290. Right and Left Hand Locks. 
 
 when opening either in the direction of the hands of a clock or 
 the reverse. Locks are also designated as being either left 
 or right hand reverse bevel, the reverse bevel applying to a 
 door which swings out instead of swinging in. That is to say, 
 in the case of a front door, for instance, if it swings out the 
 nio-ht-lateh would be on the outside, but the latch-bolt would 
 
LOCKS. 
 
 181 
 
 be just the reverse in arrangement from what it would be, 
 relatively, on an ordinary front door swinging in. 
 
 Figure 290, will fix this distinction clearly in mind. The 
 figure is taken from the catalogue of the Yale & Towne Manu- 
 facturing Company. It is believed that the distinction between 
 right and left, and reverse bevels is seldom appreciated by 
 architects. 
 
 It is very often desirable to have a latch which can be re- 
 versed so that if any mistake is made in ordering, the lock will 
 not be useless. Reversible latches are made in several ways, 
 the latch-shank being generally of such shape as to permit 
 its being turned over and worked in the opposite direction, 
 without interfering with the action of the lock. 
 
 Locks wear out not so much by actual failure or breaking 
 of the parts, but by the lever and key wards being- 
 worn so that the key will not lift the levers and permit the 
 bolt to pass. Key-wards are the slight projections which are 
 cast on the inner face of the lock-plates to form an additional 
 obstruction to the passage of strange keys. Of themselves 
 they affect the value of a lock but little, as the key will operate 
 as well without as with them, so that the only vital parts 
 which wear out are the edges of the levers against which the 
 key acts. The constant striking and turning, when a lock is 
 used continually, will in time wear off the surface of the lever 
 so that it will not rise quite sufficiently to allow the bolt-post 
 to pass. The springs, also, sometimes become brittle, and the 
 follows operating the latch will wear so as to work loose and 
 rattle, but a little tinkering can remedy any of these difficulties. 
 It costs but a trifle to have a new key made which will fit a 
 partiallv worn-out set of levers. New springs are inserted at a 
 trifling cost, and if the latch-spring is strengthened a trifle the 
 rattling of the follows can be obviated ; so there is, really, no 
 reason wh} r a fairly good lock should not last indefinitely. It 
 is, also, a very simple thing to make a new combination of the 
 levers when they cease to work smoothly, and renewed life 
 can thus be imparted to an apparently worn-out set of works. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Reversible 
 
 Latches. 
 
 Wear on Locks. 
 
182 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Essential 
 
 Conditions. 
 
 Tests. 
 
 In judging of the intrinsic worth of a lock, therefore, the 
 following conditions should be carefully observed. 
 
 First : Good material for the use to which it is put. 
 
 Second : Careful adjustment, so that the parts will work 
 easily and will stand any possible strain in use. 
 
 Third : The whole secret of the value of a lock is in the 
 levers, which should be so made as to ensure a minimum of 
 friction, of material not easily corroded nor easily worn away ; 
 and they should be adjusted to secure the greatest amount of 
 security against picking, with springs not too easy, nor so hard 
 as to bring undue wear on the levers. 
 
 A very good test of the workmanshij) of a lock can easily be 
 made by shooting out the bolt, removing the cap to the lock 
 case, and then pressing in strongly on the bolt, at the same 
 time lifting the levers, one by one. If the gatings are ac- 
 curately fitted they should all bear equally against the bolt- 
 post, so that the gating of no one lever would catch on the post 
 as it is lifted by. Few of the ordinary locks will stand this 
 test successfully. 
 
 Intricate combinations, made ostensibly to prevent the lock 
 from being picked, add very little to its value for ordinary 
 house work. It may be safely stated that any lock can be 
 picked which is operated by a key, so that a good three-lever 
 lock affords all the intricacy and gives one all the protection 
 that could be desired. A lock has a personality of its own, 
 and so much of its value depends on the maker that it is wise 
 in purchasing to always get the best ; keeping in view sim- 
 plicity, and the points previously noted. A cheap, but well- 
 made lock is better than an expensive one which is put together 
 in a careless and indifferent manner. 
 
 It has not been the intention to consider in detail any ar- 
 ticles of hardware which are not in actual daily use at the 
 present time ; but there are a few styles of locks which are 
 entirely obsolete so far as the American trade is concerned, 
 but which should be included in any study of the subject, 
 if one wishes to thoroughly understand the principles of mod- 
 
LOCKS. 
 
 183 
 
 ern lock-making, and the processes of elimination and survival 
 of the fittest which have brought the manufacture to its present 
 state in this country. 
 
 Figures 291 and 292 illustrate the old English " Bramah " 
 lock. This consists of a 
 revolving cylinder in 
 which is disposed radi- 
 ally a series of flat sliders 
 working up and down 
 through slots in a fixed 
 horizontal plate. The 
 sliders have notches on 
 the outer edges, cut at 
 different heights, so that 
 the cylinder can revolve 
 only when the notches 
 on the sliders are on a 
 line and level with the 
 plate. The sliders are 
 forced upward by a sin- 
 gle central coiled spring. 
 The key consists of a 
 tube, on the sides of which 
 are straight grooves cor- 
 responding to the de- 
 sired dej>ression of the 
 slides, with a shoulder to 
 turn the cylinder. The 
 locking-bolt is moved by an eccentric attached to the cylin 
 der. The notches on the sliders are disposed as irregularly 
 as possible, and false notches are added, with corresponding 
 false widenings of slots in the plate. All of the sliders can be 
 pushed in farther than is needed to bring the notches on a line 
 with the plate, so that the lock is picked with great difficulty. 
 
 "Cotterill's" lock, Figures 293, 294 and 295, is another 
 example of English ingenuity. The portion which is acted 
 
 Fig. 291. The Bramah Lock. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Bramah Lock , 
 
 Cotterill's 
 
 Lock. 
 
184 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xi. upon by the key consists of a rotating flat disk or cylinder con- 
 taining ten or more slides moving in radial grooves and pressed 
 
 Fig. 292. The Locking-plate of the 
 Bramah Lock. 
 
 Fig. 293. Plan of Cotterill's Lock 
 
 towards the centre by springs. A fixed ring or plate is fitted 
 to a circular groove on the face of the disk, and has slots cor- 
 responding in position to the radial slides. There are also 
 slots cut on the edges of the slides, so that when the key is 
 in place the slots on the slides coincide with the circular 
 
 Fig. 294. Section of Cotterill's Lock. 
 
 Fig. 295. Locking-plate. 
 Cotterill's Lock. 
 
 groove on the disk, permitting the whole to be revolved. 
 When the key is withdrawn the slides are forced in different 
 degrees towards the centre, so that the solid portions intercept 
 the groove in the disk, in which position it is held fast by the 
 
LOCKS. 
 
 185 
 
 fixed ring. It is believed that this lock never has been picked. 
 A lock which in its time was a strong competitor Avith the 
 " Bramah " and " Cotterill's " locks, and was equally im- 
 pregnable, is "Day & Newell's " Perautopic bank-lock, an 
 American invention which was in great demand at one time, 
 but has long since ceased to be manufactured. It has the 
 curious property that the key, which is made with movable bits, 
 can be changed at will, so that the lock can be opened only by 
 the key which was last used to shoot the bolt. The lock has 
 never been picked. Figure 29G, which is taken from Price, 
 is too complicated to fully illustrate the workings. Figure 
 29 6b, while not exactly like the lock, embodies the same 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Day & Newell's 
 Lock. 
 
 Fig. 296. Perautopic Lock, open. 
 
 arrangement and will serve to make the construction under- 
 stood. The letters refer to both figures. There are three dis- 
 tinct sets of levers, A, B and C, each admitting of a sliding or 
 lifting motion up and down, the levers A having springs which 
 keep them pressed down, D, and the levers C being constantly 
 forced up by a spring of lesser strength E, so that the levers O 
 will always move up and down exactly as A are raised or 
 lowered, the tops of C bearing against the bottom of exten- 
 sions to A. The levers B have no springs, and slide up and 
 down between studs attached to a wing of the bolt-tail, so that 
 
180 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. when the bolt is shot, the levers B move with it. F is a dog 
 or lever, which is hinged to a stud on the bolt at the top, ai_d 
 hinged with a bent elbow attached to the lock-case at the 
 bottom. On this dog, F, is a tooth, and on the edge of each 
 of the tumblers B are notches corresponding in mutual dis- 
 tance with the difference in lengths of the movable bits of the 
 key. Furthermore, the levers A are each made with an arm 
 
 Fig. 296b. Perautopic Lock, shut. 
 
 G which fits into a corresponding notch in the levers B, and 
 the levers B have each an arm H which exactly fits between 
 two arms on each of the levers C. Figure 296 shows the lock 
 with the bolt thrown, and Figure 2965, shows it drawn back. 
 When the key is turned in the lock, the bits, no matter in what 
 order they may be arranged, lift the levers A. These, by 
 means of the arms G and II, lift the other sets of levers in 
 exactly the same proportion. The key then forces out the 
 bolt, and the levers B are withdrawn from the arms G and H, 
 but before the arms LI are entirely free from the arms on the 
 levers C, the notches on B are caught on the tooth of the dog 
 F, the le", ers B being then held at exactly the relative heights 
 to which they were raised by the action of the key on levers A. 
 The key, continuing to turn, then allows levers A and O to 
 drop to their original position, and the bolt is then locked. It 
 
LOCKS. 
 
 187 
 
 is evident that only the proper key will answer to unlock the 
 combination, as unless the levers A and C are raised in 
 exactly the proportion they were when the bolt was shot, the 
 arms H cannot enter between the arms on levers G, and the 
 bolt cannot be moved. There are several other features of 
 the lock, such as detector plates, wards, etc., which need not 
 be noticed here. A circular curtain protects the keyhole, and 
 a solid partition entirely prevents access to the levers, while if 
 any attempt is made to discover the combination by applying 
 pressure to the bolt and tentatively rising the levers A, the 
 arms on the levers B and G which have notches on the ends 
 will catch on each other and be immovable as long as the 
 pressure remains on the bolt. With an eight-lever lock and 
 eight-bitted key, over 5,000 different combinations can be made. 
 
 A very ingenious idea which seems not to have survived the 
 the test of years was embodied in another English device — 
 " Parnell's " Defiance lock. The peculiarity here is in the ke} r , 
 which is made with expanding bits. When out of the lock it 
 has the appearance of a key-blank. Eccentrics in the lock 
 force out the proper bits to act on the levers, and the keyhole 
 is guarded in such a manner that a key which could enter and 
 was without expanding bits, would simply turn without affect- 
 ing the lock ; whereas a key with fixed bits which would be 
 right to move the levers could not enter the keyhole. 
 
 As previously stated, none of the foregoing are now used in 
 this country, but. from them several of our best locks have been 
 derived. Prior to 1851 all of the best locks used here were 
 of English make, but American locks came to the front about 
 that time, and to-day an English lock would be looked upon 
 as a curiosity in our hardware trade. 
 
 Turning then to our own current manufactures, there arc 
 several varieties of locks which are commonly found in the 
 market. The "dead-lock" consists simply of a bolt thrown by 
 the action of the key on the levers, but does not include any 
 knob or latch. A "mortise lock" is one which is mortised into 
 .the frame of the door, and always includes, as commonlv 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Parnell's J >eti- 
 ance Lock. 
 
 Varieties. 
 
 Dead-locks. 
 
 Mortise Locks. 
 
188 
 
 B UILDERS' HA RD WA RE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Rebated Locks. 
 
 Front-door 
 
 Locks. 
 
 Hotel Lock. 
 
 understood, both bolt and latch. A mortise lock is generally 
 operated from either side. A "rim-lock" is one that is planted 
 on the face of the door. It is generally made with a nicer- 
 looking case than the mortise locks, and requires longer keys 
 and a little different adjustment of the knob-spindles. A dead- 
 bolt may be either mortise or rim, but, generally speaking, rim- 
 locks are understood to have both latch and bolt. A " rebated 
 lock" is one which is mortised into the door-frame like an 
 ordinary mortise lock, but the face-plate is rebated so as to fit 
 the rebates of the door to which it is attached. This form of 
 lock is used only for front double-doors. In the East it is 
 customary not to rebate the front doors, but, we believe, 
 generally speaking, in the West such locks are necessary. 
 Special locks are usually made for front and vestibule doors. 
 The lock for the front door includes a dead-bolt and a latch 
 operated by a knob from within, and worked by a key from 
 without. The vestibule lock consists simply of a latch worked 
 by a knob from the inside and a key outside, the same night- 
 key answering for the latches of both front and vestibule 
 doors. Hotel locks are understood to be those which are so 
 arranged that they can be opened from either the inside or the 
 outside, but when locked from the inside cannot be unlocked 
 from the outside. There are many varieties of hotel locks. 
 Generally they are made in sets of fifty, one hundred, two* 
 hundred, or more, as desired, and are master-keyed, that is to 
 say, the tumblers are so arranged that one key will unlock the 
 whole series, though the individual keys of the different locks 
 will not unlock each other. Again, they are sometimes made 
 so that the lock can be locked from the inside with one key, 
 and an exactly similar one can unlock it from the outside, but 
 the master-key cannot unlock it after the bolt has been thrown 
 from the inside, and after the bolt has been thrown twice from, 
 the inside nothing can open it from the outside. Such locks 
 are intended to be used where two persons room together, but 
 do not come in at the same hour, each wishing to be secure 
 against intrusion, and yet leave the lock so it can be opened 
 by his comrade. 
 
LOCKS. 189 
 
 Locks are made both by hand and by machinery. Boston, Chapter XT. 
 
 at present, seems to lead the country in lines of hand-made 
 
 locks. Indeed, it is doubtful if in any other city such an in- Hand and ma- 
 chine made 
 dustry could so long survive the extended application of Locks. 
 
 machinery to labor which has so strongly marked this century. 
 But in Boston the old ideas are slow to go, and the people are 
 loath to give up a thing once tried and proved, merely because 
 there is something else in the market-, even though the some- 
 thing else may be cheaper. There is no question but that a 
 hand-made lock, if the manufacturer is thoroughly conscientious, 
 is better than one made by machinery, especially as the hand- 
 made lock manufacturers, thus far, never have catered to a 
 cheap trade, and have always kept their goods up to the very 
 highest mark. In the hand-made locks the levers are care- 
 fully adjusted, nearly all the interior fittings are made of brass, 
 and, while in some respects hand goods may be inferior in fine- 
 ness of polish and smoothness of exterior appearance, no one 
 ever denies their excellence. But, on the other hand, the cost 
 of hand-made goods is so much higher than of those made by 
 machinery that the former are gradually being driven out of 
 the market, especially since some of the best of the machine- 
 lock manufacturers have succeeded in turning out such admir- 
 able goods. To the uninitiated the best of the machine-made 
 locks are quite as good as any that are turned out by hand, 
 while the progress of machinery has been so great that it is 
 possible to obtain almost any desired accuracy of adjustment. 
 Of course, the best of locks, even those which are nominally 
 machine-made are fitted by hand. Only in the cheapest forms 
 are locks left as they come from the machine. 
 
 In regard to price, machine-made locks may be divided Prices, 
 generally into six classes. This division, of course, is not 
 absolute. Locks are made in all grades, and are of all prices. 
 Some very good locks are made in cheap form, and some very 
 poorly designed locks are listed at a high price ; but for general 
 comparison this division will be satisfactory : — 
 
 First, the cheapest form of lock made, with iron face and 
 
190 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xi. bolts, steel spring, and a single lever ; P. & F. Corbin have a 
 lock of this description which sells in the market for a $1.50 
 a dozen. 
 
 Second, a lock with brass face and bolts, all the rest of the 
 construction iron, one lever; average price $4.00 to $4.50 a 
 dozen. 
 
 Third, brass face and bolts, all the rest iron, with two 
 , levers ; $7.00, or with three levers $8.00 per dozen. 
 
 Fourth, anti-friction latch, brass face and bolts, three levers, 
 $17.00 per dozen. 
 
 Fifth, front-door lock and latch, $1.50 to $4.50 each. 
 
 Sixth, hotel locks, $2.50 to $5.00 each. 
 
 Hand-made locks may be divided according to cost into five 
 classes : — 
 
 First, single lever with brass face and bolts, $1.50 each. 
 
 Second, three levers, brass face and bolts, $2.50 each. 
 
 Third, anti-friction strike, three levers, brass face and bolts, 
 $3.00 each. 
 
 Fourth, anti-friction strike, all brass-work, $5.00 each. 
 
 Fifth, front-door locks from $8.00 up. 
 
 The foregoing classification of machine and hand made locks 
 according to price does not imply two classes in regard to 
 either efficiency in working or nicety of plan. The machine 
 and hand made locks are designed on exactly the same princi- 
 ples, and the differences are but slight. Still the hand-made 
 locks are, throughout, better than a relatively corresponding 
 grade of machine-made locks. 
 
 ORDINARY MODERN DOOR-LOCKS. 
 
 In considering the locks at present in the market, it is man- 
 ifestly impossible to even mention all of the styles and vari- 
 eties, nor has it been found jn'acticable to gather reliable data 
 concerning all of the different makes. It is believed, however, 
 that those illustrated will serve as fair criterions of what the 
 market is producing. The desertions will be limited chiefly 
 to such as are used about an ordinary building. Time-locks, 
 
DEAD-LOCKS. 
 
 191 
 
 bank-locks, safe-locks, prison-locks, etc., are too complicated to 
 come within the scope of this treatise, and are, besides, quite 
 outside the line of what 
 could fairly be termed 
 builders' hardware. 
 
 An analysis of the va- 
 rious styles of locks can 
 be best followed by tak- 
 ing the different exam- 
 ples according to the use 
 to which each is put. 
 They may, then, be 
 classed as : 
 
 First, dead-locks. 
 
 Second, ordinary lock and latch combined. 
 
 Third, front-door locks. 
 
 Fourth, vestibule-locks. 
 
 Fifth, hotel-locks. 
 
 Any of these, except the first, may have anti-friction strikes, 
 and may be mortise, rim, or rebate, and all can be master- 
 keyed. Consequently in these live categories can be included 
 all ordinary house-locks. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Fig. 297. Mortise Dead-lock. 
 Russell & Erw.n. 
 
 DEAD— LOCKS. 
 
 Figure 297 is a type of the most simple form of dead-lock, 
 manufactured by Russell & Erwin, having five plain, pivoted 
 levers, permitting of 120 changes in the lock by transposition 
 of the levers. The same style of lock is made with as few as 
 one lever. A. G. Newman manufactures a very good store- 
 door lock, Figure 298, in which the levers slide up and down 
 but are not pivoted together. Figure 299 illustrates the 
 " Standard " store-door lock, manufactured by the Yale & Towne 
 Mfg. Co., a very strong, well-made, and almost unpickable 
 lock. The bolt-tail is the full thickness of the bolt but is 
 made with a shell so that the tumblers work within the bolt, as 
 it were, and the key, instead of acting against the under side 
 
192 
 
 Chapter XL 
 
 Store-lock with 
 notched gat- 
 ings. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 of the four levers, works through the centres ; and, instead of 
 acting directly upon the bolt, simply rotates an irregularly- 
 shaped cam. The side figure showing the bolt and the cam 
 alone, will illustrate how this lock works. The levers in this 
 example are of steel, as in all the " Standard " locks. 
 
 jw-ujE^S-^o) 
 
 Fig. 298. Mortise Dead-lock. 
 A. G. Newman. 
 
 Fig. 299. Standard Store-door Lock. 
 Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
 Neither of the foregoing offers any special protection against 
 picking, except such as results from careful fitting, or, in the 
 Standard lock, from the difficulty of reaching the levers through 
 a small key-hole. Figure 800 shows a " Robinson " store-lock, 
 in which the inside of the bolt-post is cut with a square notch. 
 If an attempt is made to pick the lock by exerting a pressure 
 on the bolt while the levers are raised tentatively in succession, 
 the notch in the post will catch in corresponding notches on 
 the edges of the lever gatings, holding the levers so they can- 
 not be moved in either direction. Two of the levers only are 
 so notched, the uppermost lever having plain gatings to pre- 
 vent the posts from catching when the proper key is used. 
 This is a hand-made lock, with all the works made of brass 
 except the bolt-post. 
 
DEAD-LOCKS. 
 
 193 
 
 Figure 301 shows another "•Robinson" lock in which the 
 post and gatings are notched in the same manner as the pre- 
 ceding example, but in which additional security is obtained 
 
 Fig. 300. 
 
 Fig. 301 
 
 Store Locks. E. Robinson. 
 
 by attaching the post to a thin plate, sliding up and down in 
 the bolt-tail, but held down by a spring lever such as those 
 which work against the main levers. The post and the 
 gatings are so arranged that if the levers could be so lifted as 
 to bring the gatings exactly in a line, the bolt could not be 
 moved, as the post would be too low down to pass. The post, 
 as well as the levers, has to be raised, and on account of the 
 notches, which prevent any tentative picking, this can be done 
 only by the proper key. The works of this lock are all of brass, 
 except the sliding jiarts of the bolt and the bolt-post which are 
 of steel. The key is tabular, and the lock can be opened from 
 one side only. It is an old style, and is little used at present. 
 
 A lock which is asserted to be absolutely proof against pick- 
 ing, is the " Dietz " lock, Figure 302. In this the locking-levers 
 are not touched at all by the key, being separated from the 
 key-hole by a curtain or partition on the bolt-tail, so that no 
 wire or picking instrument can reach the levers through the 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Store-lock with 
 sliding post. 
 
 Dietz Lock. 
 
194 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xi. key-hole. There are two sets of levers, exactly corresponding 
 in thickness and bearing against each other only at the shoul- 
 ders, as shown by the figure. The key-bits first lift the pri- 
 mary-levers, which are fitted with 
 the stronger springs. The springs 
 of the secondary or locking-levers 
 then force the latter down in propor- 
 tion as the primary-levers are raised. 
 The secondary-levers are so arranged 
 that the gatings are above the line of 
 the lock-post, rather than below it as 
 in ordinary locks, and it is evident that 
 by raising the primary -levers to the 
 proper heights the gatings of the sec- 
 ondary-levers can be brought exactly 
 in line to permit the bolt-post to pass. 
 But to prevent picking by the ten- 
 tative process, one of the secondary- 
 levers is made with plain gatings but 
 the others are finely notched to correspond with notches on the 
 post, so that if any attempt is made to force the bolt, the levers 
 become fixed. The bolt is moved by a key-cam similar to that 
 shown by Figure 299. The small slide at the bottom of the 
 lock is simply to prevent the cam from turning too far. The 
 " Dietz " lock is machine-made, but is first class in every respect, 
 with all-brass inside works. The agents maintain that this 
 lock never has been picked. The description may seem com- 
 plicated, but the lock is very simple in action, and it is one of 
 the most satisfactory of its kind in the market. 
 
 Fig. 302. 
 Store Lock. A. E. 
 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 ORDINARY LOCK AND LATCH. 
 
 One of the cheapest locks in the market, and one which, 
 considering the price, is a very fair article, is manufactured by 
 P. & F. Corbin, Figure 308. Everything about this lock is of 
 cast-iron except the springs. The single lever, under the bolt- 
 tail, shown by Figure 304, has a small shoulder instead of 
 
ORDINARY LOCK AND LATCH. 
 
 of gatings, and the latch has only one steel spring. It is a 
 lock that offers no real security, but it is worth all it costs, 
 SI. 50 per dozen, it works easily, and is so simple in construc- 
 tion that it seems capable of with- 
 standing considerable wear, perhaps 
 more than a better article. Figure 
 305 is a more expensive, one-lever 
 lock by the same manufacturers, 
 having double springs for the latch. 
 The form of follow, A, and the ar- 
 rangement of springs in this ex- 
 
 Fig. 303. Lnck. P U F. 
 Corbin. 
 
 Fig. 304. Lever of same. 
 
 Fig. 305. Lock. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 ample is that which lias been found to give the best results, 
 generally speaking, and which has been adapted to a great many 
 varieties of locks. When the latch is forced back, upon clos- 
 ing the door, the lower spring alone is compressed, reacting 
 against the plate and posts at B, but when the door-knob is 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 P. & F 
 
190 
 
 B UILDERS' II A RD WARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Niinick & 
 
 Brittan. 
 
 B. Shannon 
 & Sons. 
 
 turned in either direction the follow forces back one of the arms 
 of C, compressing the upper spring, while a shoulder on the 
 lower part of C catches on D, which is attached to the latch- 
 holt, thus bringing both springs into play. This would be 
 termed an easy spring latch, in that the knob can be turned 
 with equal ease in either direction. 
 
 Figure 30G illustrates a lock manufactured by Nimick & 
 Brittan, in which the lever and bolt are essentially the same 
 as in the preceding ex- 
 ample, but which has a 
 follow arranged upon a 
 different principle, lugs 
 being cast on the top 
 and bottom so as to 
 bear against the irreg- 
 ular spring-lever A, and 
 the latch-bolt being 
 pinned to an extension 
 of the lever. The fol- 
 low and lever shown in 
 Figure 307, a lock by 
 J. B. Shannon & Sons, 
 is of much the same de- 
 scription. In both of 
 these, the knob can be 
 turned more easily to 
 the left than to the 
 right by reason of 
 the unequal leverage against the piece A, though the difference 
 in resistance is partially compensated for by making the shoul- 
 clers on the follow of unequal lengths. The lock shown by the 
 last figure has three levers, and is catalogued as being hand- 
 made. In Figure 306 the latch is reversible so that the lock 
 can answer for either a right or a left hand door. 
 
 The " Niles " locks, of which Figure 308 is a type, are all 
 made to be operated by knobs having a follow cast solid onto 
 
 Fig. 306. Reversible Mortise Lock. 
 Brittan Mfg. Co. 
 
ORDINARY LOCK AND LATCH. 
 
 1!)7 
 
 the spindle. The action of the knob will be referred to later 
 on. The figure shows only the follow, which is inserted from 
 
 the back. The 
 " Nile's " locks 
 have the name 
 of wearing very 
 well. The levers 
 are of steel and 
 are pretty well 
 fitted for a ma- 
 chine-made lock, 
 and the springs 
 are also of steel, 
 the bolt being the 
 only portion of 
 the mechanism 
 for which brass 
 is employed. As 
 in some of the 
 previous exam- 
 ples, the knob 
 turns more easily 
 towards the left 
 than the right. 
 If instead of the 
 irregular, hinged 
 lever, B, a form were adopted similar to that shown in Figure 
 305, the ''Niles" locks would leave little to be desired, and 
 would compare favorably with anything else in the market. 
 
 An examination of the figures will show that, except in the 
 very cheapest example, the face-plate of the lock is screwed to 
 the lock-case in such a manner that it can be moved slightly 
 and set at whatever bevel may be desired in order to fit the 
 door. Figure 309 shows a lock of the Ireland Manufacturing 
 Company in which all the parts can be reversed. The latch is 
 simply drawn out and turned over. The bolt-tail is in two 
 
 Hg. 307. Mortise Knob-Lock. J. B. Shannon & Sons. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Chicago Hard- 
 ware Co. 
 
 Ireland 
 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
198 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xi. sections and the outer part can be unscrewed and reversed to 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^=® 
 
 Fig. 308. Niles Lock. Chicago 
 Hardware Co. 
 
 Fig. 309. Reversible Lock. Ireland 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 match the change in bevel. Otherwise this lock is of the 
 
 Fig. 3 I 0. Reversible Lock. Ireland Fig. 3 I I . Three-Lever Lock. Hopkins 
 
 Mfg. Co. & Dickinson Mfg. Co. 
 
 ordinary type. Figure 310 shows another lock manufactured 
 
ORDINARY LOCK AND LATCH. 199 
 
 by the same company, in which the hand can be changed by Chapter XI. 
 
 Fig. 3 I 2. Reversible Lock. Hop- 
 kins & Dickinson Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 313 Gilbert Lock. Gilbert Lock Co. 
 
 Fig. 3 I 4. Standard Lock. Yale & Towne Fig. 3 I 5 Lock. Enoch Robinson. 
 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 turning the latch over. 
 
 Figure 311 illustrates a very satisfactory three-lever lock 
 
200 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Hopkins & 
 
 Dickinson 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 Gilbert 
 
 Lock Co. 
 
 Yale & To-wne 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 E. Robinson. 
 
 made by the Hopkins & Dickinson Manufacturing Company. 
 The key-hole in this example is protected by a small rotating 
 curtain similar to those described in connection with the store- 
 door locks, intended to aid in securing the levers from being 
 tampered with. Figure 312 is another lock by the same com- 
 pany, in which the latch-springs are of phosphor-bronze, and 
 quite ingeniously, though very simply arranged so as to give 
 an easy spring-latch. The latch is reversible. The lock is 
 shown with a single-lever, but is also made with three, if 
 desired. Both of these locks are ex- 
 cellently finished. 
 
 Figure 313 shows a lock in which 
 the latch is operated by a peculiar 
 form of knob having no spindle or 
 follow, but working against the latch 
 mechanism with a lever at A. It has 
 the same disadvantage as the "Niles" 
 locks, that the ordinary form of knob 
 and spindle cannot be used with it. 
 Aside from the latch, this lock pre- 
 sents nothing out of the usual line. 
 
 Figure 314 is a type of a make of 
 locks which for simplicity of design, 
 carefulness of execution and for good 
 lasting qualities is hardly excelled by Fig. 3 1 6. 
 anything in the market, except the 
 best hand-made work. The Yale "Standard" locks, as 
 they are termed, to distinguish them from the ordinary Yale 
 pin locks, are made with steel levers, and brass springs, 
 bolts and follows. They are so perfectly simple as to require 
 no description. The best forms of springs, levers, and follows 
 are used in these locks, so that they seldom fail to give satis- 
 faction. 
 
 Excepting Figure 307, all of the foregoing locks are 
 machine-made, the levers being hand-fitted only in the best 
 grades. Figure 315 shows one of "Robinson's " cheapest hand- 
 
 Enoch Robin- 
 
ORDINARY LOCK AND LATCH. 
 
 made locks costing $1.25 each, fitted with a single iron lever, 
 bronze or brass being used only for the follow and the bolts. 
 Figure 31 G is a better example of Robinson's work, costing 
 $3.50 per lock. In this the levers, as well as the bolts and 
 
 the follow are of bronze, 
 
 and the latch is fitted 
 with an anti-friction 
 strike. The interior of 
 a machine-made lock 
 usually is finer looking 
 than that of one made 
 by hand, as in the latter 
 all the care is concen- 
 trated on the adjustment 
 of the m e c h anism. 
 There is no denying the 
 excellence of the " Rob- 
 inson " locks, at least it 
 would be difficult to per- 
 suade many Boston 
 builders that they are 
 not the best to be had, 
 and although the locks 
 are much more expen- 
 sive than the best of the 
 Yale "Standards" or 
 
 201 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Fig. 3 17. Front-Door Lock. P. & F.Corbin. 
 
 the Hopkins & Dickinson locks, they are used a great deal 
 on all kinds of work. It is a satisfaction to know that there 
 is one corner of this country where careful, conscientious work 
 can command its own price, in the face of the competition 
 which exists in the hardware trade. 
 
 FRONT-DOOR LOCKS. 
 
 The greatest amount of care and ingenuity has been ex- 
 pended upon the locks which are used for the front-doors of 
 dwelling-houses, and the largest degree of complication is 
 
202 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xi. usually found in these goods. They afford, generally speaking, 
 a greater security against picking than do the locks which are 
 employed for inside-doors. The conditions of an outside-door 
 lock are that it shall have two sets of mechanisms operated by 
 keys, to move either bolt or latch at will, and shall have the 
 
 Fig. 3 I 8. Mortise Knob-Lock. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 knob-spindle so arranged that the latch can be moved by turn- 
 ing either knob, and that the outside knob can be made im- 
 movable, while the inner one is free to move. Front-doors are 
 usually two inches or more thick, and the lock can consequently 
 
FROXT-DOOR LOCKS. 
 
 203 
 
 be made quite thick, so as to permit of multiplication of the 
 levers, and a stronger mechanism than for inside-doors. A 
 front-door lock should always have an anti-friction strike. 
 Figure 317 shows a form 
 of front-door lock manu- 
 factured by P. & F. Cor- 
 bin. This is fitted with 
 an anti-friction strike, 
 has four levers for 
 both the lock and the 
 night-latch. The follow 
 is in two pieces When 
 the small catch on the 
 face-plate over the latch 
 is pressed to one side, 
 the lever, A, is moved 
 so as to fit in a slot on 
 the side of the outside 
 follow, as shown by the 
 fi g u r e , thus holding 
 the follow, and with it the 
 outside-knob and spindle, 
 so they cannot be moved. 
 The night-key operates 
 by first lifting the levers F| £- 319 ' 
 B, and by moving the lever, C, which carries back with it the 
 latch-bolt. Figure 318 is a form of rebated-door lock by 
 the same manufacturers. It is inserted here merely to show the 
 manner in which mortise-locks are fitted to a rebated-door. 
 
 Figure 319 illustrates a front-door lock manufactured by 
 Russell & Frwin. The levers on the locking-bolt, A, are 
 attached to the bolt, and move with it, not being particularly 
 proof against picking, however. In operating the night-latch, 
 the levers B are pushed to one side until the gatings are on a 
 line to permit the post to pass, the post forming part of a 
 bent lever, the end of which shows at D, which portion acts 
 
 Front Door Lock. Russell & Erwin. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 P. &F. Corbfn. 
 
 Russell & 
 
 Erwiii. 
 
204 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 J. B. Shannon 
 & Sons. 
 
 directly against E, and so 
 draws back the latch. In 
 order to secure the outside 
 knob, the catch on the 
 face-plate is pushed up, 
 throwing the slots on the 
 lever F, F 'over a shoulder 
 on the outside-follow. Fig- 
 ure 320 is another front- 
 door lock by the same 
 manufacturers. 
 
 Figure 321 is a very 
 excellent lock manufac- 
 
 Fig. 32 1. Front-Door Lock. 
 B. Shannon & Sons. 
 
 Fig. 3 20. Front-Door Lock. 
 Russell & Erwin, 
 
 tured by J. B. Shannon 
 & Sons, so arranged 
 that the knob comes be- 
 tween the night-latch and 
 the lock-bolt. It will be 
 noticed that the levers 
 and the posts are notched 
 in the same manner as 
 was explained for some 
 of the dead-locks. The 
 latch is moved by means 
 of a lever, A, under- 
 neath the upper set of 
 levers, A being attached 
 to the latch-bolt. This is. 
 a very secure lock. 
 
FRONT-DOOR LOCKS. 
 
 205 
 
 Figure 322 shows a variety of the " Niles " front-door 
 lock, which is quite simple in its arrangement. The latch is 
 worked by the lever A. 
 
 A very simple but efficient lock is shown by Figure 323. 
 The latch-key works through a curtain. A, raising the levers 
 until the post, B. and with it the plate and the latch can be 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 A. (J. Newman. 
 
 Fig. 322. Niles's Front-Door Lock. 
 Chicago Hardware Co. 
 
 Fig. 323. Front-Door Lock. 
 A G. Newman. 
 
 drawn back. This lock is made in the " New York " style, 
 with a single follow, intended to receive the spindle of the 
 inside-knob. 
 
 Figures 324 and 325 illustrate two styles of front-door locks 
 by the Hopkins & Dickinson Manufacturing Company. The 
 
 Hopkin* & 
 
 Dickinson 
 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
20G 
 
 B UILDERS' II A RD I ] r A RE. 
 
 Cliapter XI. 
 
 Yale Standard. 
 
 former is ratlier a light lock, the latter especially strong and. 
 heavy, and fitted with five levers to both latch and lock. 
 
 Figure 326 shows one of the best of the front-door locks, 
 the " Standard," by the Yale & Towne Manufacturing Com- 
 pany. There are three steel levers for both the latch and the 
 lock. The night-key pushes the levers B to one side and 
 
 Fig. 324. Front-Door Lock. Hopkins 
 & Dickinson Mfg, Co. 
 
 Fig. 325. Front-Door Lock. Hopkins 
 & Dickinson Mfg. Co. 
 
 moves the bent piece A, which forces back the latch-bolt. The 
 tongue, C, which locks the outside-knob, is pushed in or out by 
 the buttons on the face-plate. It is not intended to use this 
 lock with a swivel-spindle, but when the knob is locked by the 
 tongue C, a spindle and cam at D serve to throw back the 
 latch from the inside of the door. The arrangement of the 
 levers B is defective in this lock, in that they will not work 
 
FR ONT-D OR L CKS. 
 
 207 
 
 should the springs give out. Levers which act by gravity, as 
 well as with springs, would seem to be more suitable. 
 
 The lock represented by Figure 327, is one of " Robinson's" 
 best make, being sold, with the corresponding vestibule lock, 
 at $14 per set. It is a 
 
 hand-made lock, all the 
 mechanism being of brass. 
 In the examples previ- 
 ously considered, there 
 have been two sets of lev- 
 ers to each lock. In this 
 case, however, there is 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Robinson. 
 
 Fig. 326 Yale Standard Front- 
 Door Lock. Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 327. Front Door-Lock. 
 E. Robinson. 
 
 but one, the holes for the night-latch and the dead-lock key 
 being side by side. The shape of the levers will explain the 
 arrangements, two sets of gatings and rackings being cut 
 
208 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD I VA RE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Hall. 
 
 on each. The dead-lock key acts against the edges at A. 
 B is the post on the holt-tail, which passes through the gat- 
 ings in the ordinary manner. The night-key acts against 
 the edges C. The post D is attached to a sliding-plate, work- 
 ing between the levers and the dead-bolt tail. The lever E 
 is pivoted to this plate and also to the lock-case. When the 
 levers are raised so as to allow the post D to enter the ratch- 
 ings, the plate and the lever E are drawn back together at the 
 same time as the latch. The follow is made double, to permit 
 of swivel-spindles, and the outside is locked by the arm F. 
 The latch has a very easy spring, the follows being stiffened 
 by a spring. 
 
 Hall manufactures a front-door lock almost exactly like 
 Figure 327, but with his peculiar anti-friction strike. 
 
 VESTIBULE-LATCHES. 
 
 Vestibule 
 
 Latches. 
 
 g^=® 
 
 These are always sold in 
 sets, with a front-door lock, 
 and the levers are so ar- 
 ranged that the same latch-key 
 will open both, the vestibule- 
 lock having no dead-bolt. But, 
 more generally speaking, a ves- 
 tibule-latch may be considered 
 as any spring-lock having no 
 dead-bolt. When used for a 
 vestibule-door the latch should 
 have swivel-spindles and levers 
 to lock the outside-knob. 
 
 Figure 328 is a pattern which 
 P. & F. Corbin list as a front- 
 door lock, but which seems to 
 
 Fig. 328. Front-Door be more properly a vestibule- 
 Lock. P, & F. Corbin. ,. 
 
 latch. The key lifts the levers 
 
 and moves a plate on which 
 are two posts A and B, one of which must pass the gatings 
 
VESTIBULE-LATCHES. 
 
 209 
 
 before the other can reach the shoulder on the latch-bolt C, 
 
 and force it back. 
 
 Figure 329 is the vestibule-latch sold with the front-door lock 
 
 represented by Figure 827. 
 
 Figure 330 is a Standard knob-latch manufactured by the 
 
 Yale & Towne Company, which is not, properly speaking, 
 
 a vestibule-latch, but which is 
 worthy of consideration in this 
 connection. It is provided with 
 triple-springs, thus permitting 
 a very easy action on the part 
 
 Fig. 329. Vestibuie-Latch. 
 Robinson. 
 
 Fig. 330. Standard Knob-Latch. Yale 
 & Towne Mfg Co. 
 
 of the striker while giving all necessary strength to resist the 
 turn of the knob. This can be adjusted to either right or left 
 hand doors. 
 
 HOTEL-LOCKS. 
 
 Hotel-locks are usually made to order, and master-keyed in 
 sets. In a large hotel all the locks on a floor can be opened 
 with one key. In smaller buildings all the room-locks are 
 master-keyed in a single series. The protection afforded by 
 locks which are master-keyed is, of course, less than it would 
 otherwise be, as a master-keyed lock can very easily be picked 
 if the principle of master-keying is understood, and in most 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Tale & Towne 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 Hotel-Locks. 
 
210 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Hopkins & 
 Dickinson 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 cases master-keying benefits no one but the hotel-keeper. 
 Except with the " Yale " and the " Hopkins & Dickinson " 
 cylinder-locks, there has not yet been devised a really satis- 
 factory system of master-keying. The two exceptions will 
 be described in a subsequent chapter. 
 
 The simplest and also the cheapest method of master-keying 
 is illustrated by one of "Corbin's" locks, Figure 331. The 
 
 Fig. 33 1. 
 
 Master-keyed Lock. 
 Corbin. 
 
 P. & F. 
 
 Fig. 332. Master-keyed Lock. Hop- 
 kins & Dickinson Mfg Co. 
 
 gating on the one lever is made so wide as to admit of fifty 
 different positions, in any one of which the bolt-post could pass. 
 The room-key raises the lever so as just to clear the top of the 
 gating, and the master-key allows the post to clear the bottom 
 of the gatings. A bent wire would serve quite as well for 
 opening the lock as either of the keys. Fortunately for 
 occupants where such locks are used, it is customary to fit 
 hotel-locks with a small bolt, worked from within. Figure 332 
 is much better. The levers are exactly like those of any 
 ordinary lock, except that there is a shoulder A at the back of 
 
HOTEL-LOCKS. 
 
 211 
 
 each. Beneath the bolt-tail is a fourth lever, with an arm on 
 it, rising so as to catch under the shoulders A. This lever is 
 protected by a ward about the key-hole. The room-key lifts 
 the levers and shoots the bolt without disturbing the fourth 
 lever. The master-key lifts the fourth lever without touching 
 
 Chapter XL 
 
 Fig. 333. Master-keyed Lock. Hopkins & 
 Dickinson Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 334 Hotel-Lock Hopkins & 
 Dickinson Mfg. Co. 
 
 the others, the shoulders being so sized that the master-key 
 lever will bring the gatings on the locking-levers into line. 
 
 Figure 333 shows another form of master-keyed lock by Hop- 
 kins & Dickinson. In this instance the regular key and the 
 master-key work from either side of the lock m the same key- 
 hole on the same tumblers and bolts. Still, each has a different 
 set of tumbler-rackings and a different post m the bolt. When 
 the master-key is used the bolt-post for the regular key is 
 thrown down by a patent device, and another post brought 
 up in the second rackings of the tumblers. When the master- 
 key is removed the lock is set in use for the regular key. It is 
 
212 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Yale & Towne 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 claimed that 1,200 of these locks can be made, all different, 
 each lock with a key of it own which will fit no other, and with 
 master-key to pass all. This is a rather expensive lock, how- 
 ever, and on that account is not used a great deal. The idea 
 is an exceedingly ingenious one. 
 
 Figure 834 shows a Hopkins & Dickinson lock, or rather 
 bolt, used for hotel and office doors between connecting rooms. 
 
 This is intended to be used when 
 it is desired to have the door defi- 
 nitely locked from either side, so 
 that it cannot be unlocked from 
 the other side, and, accordingly, 
 the handles which operate the 
 bolts are placed on opposite sides 
 of the doors. The same com- 
 pany also manufactures a hotel- 
 lock which is so arranged that 
 the locking-bolt can be operated 
 from the inside by a turn-button, 
 instead of a key. When the door 
 is locked from the outside it can 
 at any time be opened from 
 within by turning the button, so 
 that it is impossible for an occu- 
 pant to be locked in the room. 
 
 Figure 335 shows the construc- 
 tion of a Yale "Standard" 
 hotel-lock. In this case the master-keying is provided for by a 
 second set of rackings cut in the levers, so that almost any 
 number of variations can be had in a given series of locks, the 
 variation being entirely in the lower set of rackings. The room- 
 key lifts the levers exactly the same distance as the master- 
 key, but as the proportion between the lengths of the bits, 
 and the height of the lever bellies above the lower key-hole 
 is different in each lock, it is easily understood why no two 
 locks can be opened by the same room-key. 
 
 Fig. 33 5 Standard Hotel-Lock. 
 Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
C YL INDE a LO CKS. 
 
 213 
 
 CYLINDER LOCKS. 
 
 The broad and general principle which distinguishes the or- 
 dinary lever-lock from the style of lock manufactured under 
 the Yale patents, is that in the latter the mechanism upon 
 which the key directly operates is entirely distinct from the 
 lock itself, being enclosed in a cylinder or escutcheon. The 
 function of the key consists simply in so arranging certain 
 movable pins, slides or other obstructions, that the mechanism 
 is free to rotate, and by its movement, to operate on the locking- 
 bolt. This variety of lock is by no means without a prototype, 
 as we have already seen in the case of the " Egyptian," the 
 " Bramah" and the "Cotterill" locks; but in its application it 
 has been simplified and reduced to a marketable form chiefly 
 in this country, and can be fairly claimed as a product of 
 American ingenuity. 
 
 Linus Yale invented the lock which bears his name, about 
 thirty years ago. His original patents covered substantially 
 only the use of a flat key to operate a locking mechanism, a 
 series of vertical pins of unequal lengths being lifted by means 
 of certain nicks or irregularities on the upper edge of the key, 
 so that the ends of the pins were brought on a line. Within 
 recent years an important change has been made in the con- 
 struction of the Yale escutcheon. The slot through which the 
 key reaches the pins is now cut in sharp corrugations, the key 
 being corrugated longitudinally so as to exactly fit the slot. 
 By this simple device, the "Yale" locks have been rendered 
 practically proof against any but the most expert lock-pickers. 
 The external appearance of the " Yale " lock is presumably 
 familiar to every one, but the internal construction will require 
 some explanation. 
 
 Figure 336 shows a cross and a longitudinal section throii'di 
 a typical Yale escutcheon, together with the exposed face of 
 the same. It will readily be seen that the action of the 
 mechanism is very simple. There are two barrels or cylinders, 
 one rotating within the other, but eccentric with it. When 
 
 Chapter XL 
 
 Yale Patent. 
 
 Yale Mechan- 
 ism. 
 
^14 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xi. the key is withdrawn the lower cylinder is held from rotating 
 by means of five sets of round pins which are fitted in vertical 
 grooves extended partially through the two cylinders, and 
 pressed constantly downward by five spiral springs. In each 
 groove are two pins of unequal lengths, one over the other. 
 "When the proper key is inserted all the pins are raised simul- 
 taneously, but to varying heights, so that the joints between the 
 
 Fig, 336. Mechanism of the Yale Lock. Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
 upper and the lower pins are brought exactly on a line with 
 each other. It is evident that as the inner cylinder, categor- 
 ically designated as the plug, is exactly fitted to the bore in the 
 shell, an almost imperceptible variation in the height to which 
 any one of the pins is raised, will prevent the plug from turn- 
 ing ; whence it follows that an immense number of locks can 
 be made with such mechanism without duplication. From this 
 results the unrivalled capacity of the " Yale " lock for permuta- 
 tions, with its proportionate safety against any accidental 
 'interchange of keys. 
 
 It will be seen that in this lock the key acts only as an 
 adjuster of the pins. Motion is communicated to the locking- 
 bolt of the lock simply by means of a hub on the back of the 
 rotating plug, or, in the case of a rim-lock, by a fiat key 
 extending from the plug through the door. Some of the 
 opponents of this system consider that in it, too much is de- 
 manded of the key, but when the locks are otherwise as nicely 
 arranged and evenly balanced as the " Yale & Towne " 
 goods are usually found to be, the amount of twisting strain re- 
 quired to move the bolt is really not a great deal. In no 
 well-made lock should there be any great strain on the key, 
 
CYLINDER LOCKS. 
 
 215 
 
 much less in such a device as this, wherein there are no strong 
 lever-springs to work against. 
 
 It will easily be appreciated that this device has almost 
 revolutionized the lock-trade in this country. Not only has it 
 opened the way for many valuable inventions of a similar 
 nature, but it has stimulated the perfecting of the ordinary 
 lever-locks, and was instrumental in the abandoning of the old 
 style of heavy door-keys, so that one's pockets are no longer 
 burdened with such keys as were thought indispensable forty 
 years ago. 
 
 The advantages claimed for the Yale lock are as follows : 
 
 First, a key of the smallest size and most convenient form. 
 
 Second, immense capacity for changes or permutations, so 
 that more thousands of changes are possible than an equal 
 number of dozens with the old systems. 2 
 
 Third, great safety against picking. 
 
 Fourth, uniformity of size of the key for locks of all kinds 
 and for all purposes. 
 
 Fifth, protection against accidental interchange of keys by 
 reason of the great capacity of the lock for permutations. 
 
 In regard to the third point claimed, it must be remembered, 
 however, that with all its security the Yale lock does not 
 offer an exception to the general rule that any lock can be 
 picked which is operated by a key. Still, very few persons 
 have the nicety of touch necessary to raise the pins by means 
 of fine instruments inserted through the key-hole, and bring 
 them exactly to the position necessary for moving the plug. 
 There are experts who claim to be able to open any " Yale " 
 lock which has been made, but for all practical purposes a lock 
 of this sort affords absolute security, as the time required to 
 pick it renders it very unlikely that any thief would be so indis- 
 creet as even to make the attempt. 
 
 It will be understood that the zig-zag corrugations extend 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Advantages of 
 Yale Locks. 
 
 2 Assuming that a variation of one-fiftieth of an inch in the length of a pin is 
 sufficient to lock the plug, 207,331,200 locks can be made on this system, no two 
 of which can be operated by the same key. 
 
21(3 
 
 B UIL DERS' HA RD WA RE. 
 
 Chapter XI. entirely through the length of the plug. In a measure, this 
 feature prevents any duplicate key from being manufactured 
 by persons not authorized to do so, as it requires very heavy 
 and specially made machinery to produce one of these keys, 
 and unless the corrugations exactly correspond with the lock, 
 the key cannot enter. The plugs are cut by a peculiar form 
 of band-saw specially designed by the manufacturers ; and 
 altogether it seems as if every precaution had been thought of 
 which could render the lock more inviolable. 
 
 , Like a great 
 many other success- 
 ful inventions, the 
 Yale locks are re- 
 markable for their 
 simplicity. The 
 whole of the me- 
 chanism being prac- 
 tically combined in 
 the escutcheon, 
 there is no necessity 
 for any complicated 
 system of levers or 
 springs in the lock 
 proper, and there 
 remains very little 
 to get out of order. 
 The older plugs, 
 made with a 
 straight slot, would 
 allow a certain 
 amount of vertical 
 play to the key, 
 so that it would 
 rock in the cut and would not always exactly lift the pins ; 
 besides which the slot permitted the lock to be picked with 
 comparative ease. This is entirely obviated by the corrugated 
 
 Yale Front-Door Lock. 
 Co. 
 
 Mfg. 
 
C YLIXDKR L CKS. 
 
 2i; 
 
 slot, as already explained. It will be noticed also that the lock 
 is not in any way dependent upon the springs, as the pins would 
 act by gravity, even should the springs give out entirely. 
 
 It would seem almost an impossibility to master-key a series 
 of Yale locks, and yet it is accomplished in two different 
 ways. The first is to fit each lock with a separate master- 
 escutcheon, practically making a double lock, though both sets 
 of escutcheons act on the same locking-bolt. By this method a 
 million locks could be master-keyed in a single series, if 
 desired. The second way is to use three pins in each slot 
 instead of two, the lengths of the pins being so adjusted that, 
 throughout the series, the upper joints can be brought on a line 
 by the master-key, while the lower jointings are all different, 
 and fitted to the individual room-keys. This method necessi- 
 tates a larger and more cumbersome plug and cylinder, and is 
 seldom used. 
 
 Yale locks are manufactured in all styles and for all pur- 
 poses, but the escutcheon is always arranged in exactly the 
 same manner, whether intended to operate a night-latch or a 
 desk-lock. The variations consist mainly of differences in the 
 form of the latch or of the lock. A single example will be 
 sufficient to illustrate the whole. Figure 337 represents one of 
 the most perfected forms of Yale front-door lock. Cand B 
 are the two escutcheons, each with a cam, R, attached to the 
 back of the plug. M and iV^are two levers hinged to the bolt- 
 tail. X, i^is a bent lever, hinged to a flange of the bolt-tail, and 
 catching under a hub on the bolt of the latch. The dead-bolt 
 can be operated from either side, the cams first depressing the 
 levers so as to pass the post, S, and then shooting out the bolt 
 in the same manner as with an ordinary key. When the dead- 
 bolt is unlocked the end of the lever F takes the position 
 shown by the figure. If the cam R is then turned to the left, 
 it so acts on the lever as to cause it to draw back the latch, G. 
 Consequently a single key serves both to unlock the dead-bolt 
 and to draw back the latch. 
 
 The "Yale" lock has, of course, won for itself a host of 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Yale Master- 
 Keyed Lock. 
 
 Yale Frout- 
 Door Lock. 
 
218 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xi. imitators in the hardware trade. The closest approach to the 
 " Yale " system is embodied in an escutcheon lock manufac- 
 tured by P. & F. Corbin. 
 Figure 338 illustrates this. 
 The internal arrangement is 
 exactly the same as in the 
 "Yale" lock, so far as re- 
 lates to the pins, etc., but the 
 plugs are cut with square- 
 edged, instead of zig-zag slots. 
 These slots, also, are not car- 
 ried entirely through the 
 plug, but extend only through 
 a thin face-plate, behind 
 which is a wide slot exactly 
 like that of the original 
 "Yale" locks. This seems 
 like an imitation of, but in 
 nowise an improvement on the original, and is considered by 
 
 Fig. 338. 
 
 The Harvard 
 Corbin. 
 
 Fig. 3 3 9. The Foster Lock. 
 A. G. Newman. 
 
 the Yale & Towne Manufacturing Company as an infringement 
 on their patents. 
 
CYLINDER LOCKS. 
 
 219 
 
 Figure 339 illustrates the "Foster" lock, manufactured by 
 A. G. Newman, a very ingeniously devised lock, which is 
 harder to pick than the " Yale," and, as put on the market, 
 shows the greatest of care in workmanship and finish. The 
 cross-section of the escutcheon shows the internal construction. 
 The outer shell. A, is fixed to the lock-case. The plug, B. is 
 hollow, and fitted with ten slides C, which work through cuts 
 in the side of the plug and catch in slots, E, E, cut in the 
 shell, so that the plug cannot rotate until the slides are with- 
 drawn. Half of the slides protrude from the plug towards the 
 right and half towards the left ; each slide being fitted with a 
 small brass spring, D. The key is cut with an irregular cleft, 
 and the slides are cut out, with a cross-piece near the centre. 
 The cross-pieces, and the sinuosities of the cleft in the key are 
 so mu tally spaced that when the key is inserted all of the slides 
 are drawn in and the ends no longer protrude but are flush 
 with the surface of the plug, which is then free to rotate. It 
 is believed that this lock is unique of its kind, and, though in 
 outward appearance much like a 
 Yale lock, it is decidedly original in 
 every other respect. 
 
 A form of cylinder-lock has re- 
 cently been put on the market by 
 the Hopkins & Dickinson Manu- 
 facturing Company, which partakes 
 somewhat of the nature of the old 
 " Bramah " lock, previously de- 
 scribed. Figure 340 illustrates the 
 external appearance as well as the 
 internal construction of the escut- 
 cheon or cylinder, whose functions 
 are the same as in the Yale lock. 
 The shell, A, is secured to the lock- 
 case so as to be immovable. The 
 plug B, rotates inside of this, being held in place by screws, G, 
 turned through the outer shell. Inside of the plug are five 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 Foster Lock, 
 
 Fig 340. Cylinder Lock. 
 Hopkins & Dickinson Mfg. Co. 
 
 Hopkins & 
 
 Dickinson 
 Cylinder Lock. 
 
220 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. slides, D, working in a closely fitted groove, with a separate 
 spring to each slide. The springs are on opposite sides, in 
 separate slots, so that there is no chance for the slides to rock. 
 The key is flat, with five notches on the end corresponding 
 to the five slides. It is inserted through a straight slot in a 
 capping-piece, JE, and bears against the bottom of slots in 
 the centre of the slides. At the back of the plug is a flat 
 piece of metal, known as a fence, F, working up and down 
 
 CK055 SeCTlOtt 
 
 HORIZONTAL SE-CTIO/t 
 
 ^wJ^lw^ 
 
 REAR. 
 
 Fig. 340. Cylinder Lock. 
 
 VERTICAL SECTION 
 Hopkins & Dickinson Mfg. Co. 
 
 in grooves, with a hole through the centre sufficiently large to 
 allow the ends of the slides to protrude by it. The top of each 
 slide has one notch in it the same width as the thickness of the 
 fence, at varying distances from the key-hole, besides one or 
 
CYLINDER LOCKS. 
 
 more false notches of lesser depth. The plug is extended with 
 an arm, G, by which the lock-bolt is operated. 
 
 The mechanism operates as follows : The fence is in the 
 plane of an eccentric groove or ward cut on the back of the 
 shell, as shown by the 
 figure. This eccentric 
 groove is so located with 
 reference to the centre of 
 rotation of the cylinder 
 that when the plug is 
 turned, the longer arm 
 of the fence is forced to 
 one side, the amount of 
 eccentricity being suffi- 
 cient to firmly wedge and 
 hold the plug, in case the 
 fence should not be free 
 to move laterally. When 
 the key is inserted, a 
 shoulder on it first presses 
 back a pin, U, which 
 works in a slot so as to 
 hold the plug and the 
 shell together and pre- 
 vent accidental rotation. 
 The cuts on the end of 
 the key then force back 
 the slides in such ratio 
 that all the deep notches 
 are brought exactly on 
 a line with the plane 
 of the fence. The key is then turned, rotating the plug, bring- 
 ing the fence to bear against the walls of the eccentric groove, 
 and forcing it down into the notches of the slides, these notches 
 being of sufficient depth to allow the fence to entirely follow in 
 the eccentric groove. The arm, G, can thus operate on the 
 lockinodever. 
 
 221 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Fig. 341 , 
 
 Cylinder Tront-Door Lock. 
 & Dickinson Mfg. Co. 
 
 Hopkins 
 
222 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Hopkins & 
 
 Dickinson 
 Front-Door 
 Cylinder Lock. 
 
 Chapter XI. The shallow notches on the slides are intended as a safe- 
 
 guard against picking. By turning the plug with a knife blade, 
 the fence can be brought to bear against the slides. Slight in- 
 equalities in the width of the slides cannot be avoided, and the 
 widest slide will bind most firmly against the fence, so that by 
 depressing the slides successively with a fine pick one might in 
 time be able to catch all the notches over the fence, and so 
 undo the lock, were it not for the false notches which are 
 so confusing that it is extremely difficult, and for most persons, 
 impossible to pick the lock. 
 
 Figure 341 illustrates an adaptation of this escutcheon to a 
 front-door lock. The works are ingeniously arranged so that 
 the key will operate both the dead-bolt and the latch, while 
 at the same time the dead-bolt can be shot back by a turn-button 
 and spindle from the inside of the door. The illustration is too 
 clear to require any detailed description. This kind of escut- 
 cheon or cylinder can, of course, be applied to any form of 
 lock, though thus far it has been used by the manufacturers 
 only in connection with front-door and office-door locks. 
 
 Many improvements have been made in the mechanism of 
 this lock during the past six months, and the most thorough 
 study and care have been given to perfect it in every way. 
 The first samples put on the market were deficient in many 
 respects, but the lock as now offered to the trade is about as 
 perfect in every way as anything of the kind which has thus 
 far come before the public. It has excelled everything except 
 the Yale locks, and indeed there is little that can be said of 
 the "Yale" which does not apply with equal force to the Hop- 
 kins & Dickinson cylinder-lock. It is well made, compact, not 
 liable to get out of order, easily repaired and practically bur- 
 glarqDroof. 
 
 The patents to a very interesting cylinder-lock are controlled 
 
 by the Yale & Towne Manufacturing Company. The 
 
 Winn Lock. "Winn" lock, Figure 342, is so peculiar in its workings that 
 
 even after taking it apart it is hard to follow the movements it 
 
 makes in unlockino-. The outer cvlinderis secured to the lock- 
 
CYLINDER LOCKS. 
 
 ease and to the door, so as to be immovable. Inside of it 
 rotates the plug, a section of which is cut away to allow for a 
 slide-holder, A. which is free to move in and out. Inserted in 
 the face of the holder is a pin, B, projecting sufficiently to 
 catch in a groove which is cut out from the inner surface of the 
 outer cylinder-barrel, the groove following a waved line, so 
 that when the plug is rotated, the slide-holder is first drawn 
 
 22:) 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 DeVE-L-OPE-D COVR5E OP- PEG 0-1 SLIDevS 
 
 Fig 342. The Winn Cylinder Lock. Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
 Winn Lock 
 
 away from the key-hole, then back, then away again. The 
 slides are flat pieces of steel, one-twelfth inch wide at the ends 
 nearest the key-hole and one-sixth inch at the other, and are 
 each notched on one edge, at varying distances from the end. 
 There is also a sliding-post which passes through the plug be- 
 hind the slides, which is a little longer than the diameter of the 
 plug, so that one end of the post must project through a short 
 slot in the outer cylinder-barrel. The key, when inserted in 
 the plug, sets the slides by means of the nicks on the end, 
 bringing the slots exactly on a line. The plug being then 
 rotated, the peg, C, carries the slides and the slide-holder away 
 
224 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. from contact with the key, the notches remaining set on a line- 
 After performing a quarter revolution with the plug, the proj- 
 ecting end of the sliding-post encounters an obstacle tending to 
 force it out on the opposite side of the plug, and the notches on 
 the slides being on a line, a fence on the sliding-post slips into 
 the notches, and the plug can continue to rotate. Before a 
 complete revolution is effected, the slides encounter a fixed 
 obstacle which forces them back to their original position, the 
 alignment of the notches being destroyed. The connection be- 
 tween the plug and the bolt of the lock is the same as in all the 
 cylinder-locks. 
 
 A little reflection will convince one how futile would be any 
 attempts at picking this lock. The key simply sets the slides 
 and acts as a lever to rotate the plug. The slides are all 
 pointed on the ends towards the key, and a very slight ex- 
 perience is sufficient to show that the lock cannot be picked at 
 all. Indeed, this is the worst thing about it from a commercial 
 point of view, as few people care to have a cloor-lock so im- 
 pregnable that the door has to be broken in every time the key 
 is lost. 
 
 There are several other styles of cylinder-locks, in which the 
 key operates on levers instead of pins ; also several varieties 
 which have much the same appearance as the Yale locks. 
 None of these, however, present any striking peculiarities, and 
 being used more for cabinet work than for doors, they hardly 
 came within the scope of this discussion. 
 
 COMBINATION DIAL-LOCKS. 
 
 Dial-locks are used almost exclusively for safe and vault 
 w r ork, and so cannot be included under the general topic of 
 Builders' Hardware. But, representing, as they do, the highest 
 degree of perfection in the line of locks, a brief statement of 
 the principles upon which they are constructed and worked, 
 may not be out of place. 
 
 The external appearance of a dial-lock is familiar to every 
 
COM BIX A TION DIAL-L CKS. 
 
 one, consisting of a rotating disk, graduated around the circum- 
 ference either with letters or with numbers. To operate the 
 lock, the knob attached to the dial-disk is turned a certain 
 number of times to one side, then to the other, etc., stopping 
 each time on a certain number or letter, until the combination 
 is set, when a single turn of the knob draws back the bolt. 
 The internal 
 a r range ment 
 consists of a 
 scries of flat, 
 circular disks 
 or tumblers, 
 w h i c h rotate 
 freely on the 
 spindle of the 
 dial-knob. In 
 the edge of 
 each tumbler is 
 a notch, and 
 the inner-most 
 
 tumbler is made with a dog which catches the tooth of a 
 lever attached to the bolt. This inner tumbler is made fast to 
 the spindle. On each face of each of the tumblers is a small 
 peg, all the pegs being placed at the same distance from the 
 centre of rotation ; so that when the spindle is turned, the peg 
 on the first tumbler strikes against the peg on the second 
 tumbler, causing the latter to rotate, and in turn to start the 
 third, and so on, so that with a four-tumbler lock, turning the 
 spindle four times to the left moves the fourth tumbler to any 
 desired number ; turning next three times to the right adjusts 
 the third tumbler, but does not disturb the adjustment of the 
 fourth ; then turning twice to the right adjusts the second, but 
 does not disturb the other tumblers. When the slots in all the 
 tumblers are brought to a line, a bar drops into them, per- 
 mitting the bolt-lever to catch in the teeth of the first or lock- 
 ing-tumbler, when a single revolution will draw back the bolt. 
 
 ■22.-, 
 
 Chapter XL 
 
 Fig. 343. Dial- Lock. Damon Safe and Lock Works. 
 
22G 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Damon Dial- 
 
 liock. 
 
 A single lock will illustrate the subject sufficiently for our 
 purpose. Figure 343 shows the works of one form of safe- 
 lock, used by the Damon Safe and Lock Works ; and though 
 this is a cheap lock, it embodies all the essential principles of 
 every combination lock. This lock is susceptible of 755,000 
 different combinations, but some bank-locks afford as many as 
 134,000,000 changes. 
 
 There is absolutely no way to pick such a lock as this, 
 except by "ringing the changes," that is to say, by making 
 successively all the possible combinations, until the right one is 
 found. 
 
 Combination locks cost from five dollars for the cheapest 
 kind, to several hundred dollars for the most perfect styles of 
 time locks. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS LOCKS. 
 
 In addition to the regular lines of lever and cylinder locks, 
 
 there are several 
 forms which may be 
 considered in this 
 connection. 
 
 Tubular Locks. — 
 Some cheap styles 
 of lock are manu- 
 factured of such 
 form that all the 
 
 Fig. 344. Tubular Lock. Hollenbeck. mortising Can be 
 
 done with an augur, being essentially the same in principle as 
 the mortise door-bolts described in a previous chapter and 
 illustrated by Figure 56. Figure 344 shows the construction 
 of the "Hollenbeck Tubular lock." It is too simple and 
 cheap to afford any very great degree of security as compared 
 with an ordinary three-lever lock, but for some cases it would 
 answer very well, as it saves seventy-five per cent of the labor 
 ordinarily necessary to fit a common lock to a door. It is 
 held firmly in place by the lugs at top and bottom, so 
 
MIS < 'EL L. 1 XE L'S L CKS. 
 
 227 
 
 it cannot work loose. Hollenbeck also manufactures a tubular 
 latch on essentially the same principle. Several other firms 
 have tubular locks listed in their catalogues, hut they are too 
 much alike and too simple to 
 require further illustration. 
 
 Electric Lochs. — It is often 
 desirable to have a lock which 
 can he operated by any one 
 at a distance from the door. 
 In apartment-houses, clubs, 
 etc., it is well to fit the front- 
 door with a lock so connected 
 with an electric battery that 
 when a, knob is pressed in anj 
 upper story a catch in the 
 lock is drawn hy the action of 
 an electro-magnet, permitting 
 the lock or latch to he moved. 
 Any form of lever-lock might 
 be adapted to this purpose, 
 but there are a few forms of 
 specially designed electric 
 locks which are more commonly 
 used. Properly speaking these are all electric-latches, as none 
 of them have a locking bolt. Figure 345 illustrates " Thax- 
 ter's" electric lock. The pressure of a button closes the 
 circuit through the electro-magnets, A. These act on the 
 bent lever so as to release the arm, B, from its catch on F. 
 The spring at draws hack F and D from the follow, E. The 
 outside knob can then be turned and the door opened. When 
 the latch is drawn hack by closing the door, it carries with it the 
 arm F, which resets itself so that the bolt D catches in the fol- 
 low and locks the door. The latch is also fitted with a set of 
 levers, so it can he operated by a key, independently of the 
 knob. 
 
 " Fuller's " electric lock, Figure 34G, is a trifle simpler. The 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Electric Lock. Thaxter 
 
 Electric Lucks. 
 
228 
 
 B UILDERS' HA RD WA RE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Sliding-Door 
 
 Locks. 
 
 magnets draw the armature A away from the cam, B, permit- 
 ting the knob to be turned. When the door is closed the latch 
 
 lifts the bent arm, C, 
 and forces back the ar- 
 mature under B. 
 
 The " Thaxter" and 
 the "Fuller" locks are 
 the ones most com- 
 monly employed in and 
 around Boston, though 
 there are several other 
 makes in the market, 
 most of which are, 
 however, asserted to be 
 infringements of the 
 patents. 
 
 Sliding-door Lochs. 
 — Figures 847 and 348 
 illustrate two types of 
 sliding-door latch and 
 lock. The locking 
 mechanism used for 
 this purpose is usually 
 quite cheap in its con- 
 struction, as a finely 
 fitted lock is seldom 
 required for sliding- 
 doors. Indeed in many 
 cases no lock at all is 
 necessary. The bolt is 
 curved and hooks 
 down into the face-plate on the opposite door or on the jamb. 
 The door-pull is either in the form of a hinged-lever, as in 
 Figure 847, or a straight pull reinforced by a concealed spring, 
 as in Figure 848. Both pulls can be pushed in flush with the 
 face-plate. In some localities it is thought desirable to use 
 
 Fig 346 Electric Lock. Fuller & Holzer. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS LOCKS. 
 
 229 
 
 knobs on the sliding-doors, one set of knobs working- the hook- 
 hitch, while the other knobs are simply dummies. In this case 
 the key is used to lock the latch-bolt. 
 
 Drawer and Wardrobe Locks. — These are more properly 
 associated with cabinet-work than with builders' hardware, and 
 will not be considered at any length. Drawer-locks are made 
 
 Fig. 347. Sliding-door Locks J. B. Shannon & Sons. Fig. 348. 
 
 in a great variety of sizes, from one to three and a half inches 
 deep, and in all grades, from a simple bolt worked by the key, 
 without levers of any sort, affording no real protection against 
 intrusion, to the locks which are operated by Yale cylinders, 
 having all the latest improvements of the Yale system, and 
 being practically unpickable. Figures .'540 and 3.30 illustrate 
 two good types from the great variety of locks used for ward- 
 robes and small closet doors. The first shoots a bolt up and 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 Drawer and 
 Wardrobe 
 
 Locks. 
 
230 
 
 B UILDERS' HA RD WA RE. 
 
 Chapter xi. down and is a fair two-lever lock. 
 
 R 
 
 Corbin Post- 
 Office Lock. 
 
 hzj- 
 
 The second shoots a double 
 bolt horizontally. 
 Both are gained 
 into the inner face 
 of the door. 
 
 The Corbin Cabi- 
 net Lock Company 
 has recently put on 
 the market a very 
 ingenious change 
 lock, intended spe- 
 cially for post-office 
 boxes. It is some- 
 what upon the prin- 
 ciple of the Day & 
 Newell " Perau- 
 topic " lock previ- 
 ously described. 
 Figure 351 shows 
 the lock with the face-plate removed. 
 Each lock can be locked by any one of a 
 series of keys which can be extended in 
 number almost indefinitely, all the keys 
 being different in the arrangement and 
 spacings of the notchings. But the bolt 
 can be unlocked only by the key which 
 was last used in locking it, so that the 
 
 Fig. 350. Wardrobe Lock. 
 J. B. Shannon & Sons. 
 
 Fig. 349. Wardrobe Lock. A. 
 G. Newman. 
 
 Fig. 351. Post-office Lock. Corbin 
 Cabinet Lock Co. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS LOCKS. 
 
 key can be changed as often as desired. In case the key is 
 lost, an arrangement at the back of the lock permits the post- 
 master to open the box and throw back the bolt, when a new 
 key can be used, without in any way changing the lock, and 
 the key which was lost would not then work the lock at all. 
 Furthermore, the bolt is so arranged that it will turn back 
 only sufficiently to permit the box to be opened, but not enough 
 to allow the key to be withdrawn, unless the bolt is forced 
 back by external pressure. The working is as follows : The 
 upper levers are pivoted so as to permit of a rotary as well as 
 a longitudinal motion. The second set of levers moves only 
 
 Fig. 3 51 
 
 A. E. Dietz. 
 
 Fig. 353 Scandinavian Padlock. 
 Russell & Erwin. 
 
 laterally. The opposite edges of both sets of levers are 
 notched, the width of the notches corresponding to the differ- 
 ence between the notches on the keys. Suppose the bolt to be 
 unlocked : when the key is turned, the lower levers are first 
 pushed to one side varying distances, corresponding to the 
 notches of the key, and the upper levers are then drawn down 
 and away from the jjost. 
 
 As the key continues to revolve the levers interlock and the 
 lower ones are forced sidewise by the springs, carrying with 
 them the pivoted upper levers, which rotate so that the slot in 
 
 231 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
Fig. 354. Giant Padlock 
 Smith & Egge Mfg. Co. 
 
 232 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xi. each lever no longer comes opposite the post. At the same 
 time, the bolt is shot out. It is evident that the action' would 
 
 be the same, no 
 
 matter what key 
 
 were used, only the 
 
 sets of levers 
 
 would not interlock 
 
 \ HO ^ n exac tly the same 
 
 J j relation. It is also 
 
 7^-5^ evident that the 
 
 only key which 
 
 will rotate the 
 
 upper levers so as. 
 
 to bring each slot 
 
 Fig. 3 55. Hasp Padlock. Opposite the post 
 
 Stoddard Lock & Mfg. Co. an( j perm it the key, 
 in turning, to draw back the bolt, is the key which last made 
 the combination between the two sets of levers. 
 
 This lock hardly comes within the scope of builders' hard- 
 ware, but it is too ingenious to pass unnoticed. The Corbin 
 Cabinet Lock Company also makes a change lock for drawers, 
 operating on much the same principle. 
 
 Padlocks. — The subject of padlocks is one which might be 
 illustrated indefinitely, as there are quite as many different 
 varieties as have been noted in regard to lever-locks, though 
 with a few exceptions all padlocks are on essentially the same 
 principle, consisting simply of spring-levers and a shooting- 
 bolt, operated by a key in the same manner as an ordinary 
 door-lock. Padlocks are now used but little about a house, as 
 mortise or rim locks are usually more convenient, and at the 
 same cost, are more secure. Only a few of the market forms 
 will therefore be considered. 
 
 Figure 352 illustrates the internal arrangement of a very 
 secure padlock manufactured by A. E. Dietz, the key, notched 
 levers, etc., being somewhat similar to those in the Dietz 
 store-lock previously illustrated. Figure 353 is a form made 
 
LA TCHES. 
 
 233 
 
 by nearly all the leading lock-manufacturers. The key is 
 inserted at the bottom of the padlock and rotates a set of levers 
 which catch in the slots on both of the arms of the hasp. One 
 arm is swivelled into the padlock case. Figures 354 and 355 
 are two other well-known padlocks, the former being used a 
 great deal for government work and the latter having the hasp, 
 staple and lock in one piece. The more common makes of 
 jxidlocks are too well-known to require illustration. 
 
 LATCHES. 
 
 The ordinary door-latches have already been described in 
 connection with the locks, but there remains quite a variety of 
 latches which are made without any 
 locking appliances, being intended sim- 
 ply to hold the door in position. Fig- 
 ure 356 shows the commonest form of 
 latch used for elevator-doors, consist- 
 ing simply of a bent lever, the lower 
 arm of which is counterbalanced so 
 that the lock will drop by gravity and 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 ^=**Q 
 
 Fig. 356. Elevator-door Latch. 
 J. B. Johnston. 
 
 Rim Sliding-door Latch. 
 Shannon ic Sons. 
 
 remain closed until drawn back by pressure on the upper arm. 
 Figure 357 is a very simple rim sliding-door latch ; and Figure 
 358 is a very good rim door-catch which is self-acting, the hook 
 being released by raising the lever A, either directly or by aid 
 of the spindle, B< from the outside of the door ; while it is 
 locked from within or without, the slide C being moved so that 
 A cannot be raised. Figure 359 represents one of a great 
 variety of styles of thumb-latch, a very simple, old-fashioned 
 form which is very suitable for some cases. Figures 360 and 
 
 Elevator-Door 
 Latch. 
 
 Sliding-Door 
 
 Latch. 
 
 Thumb-Latch. 
 
234 
 
 B UILDERS' HA RD WARE. 
 
 Chapter XI. 
 
 .Screen-Door 
 
 Catch. 
 
 301 are cheaper forms of thumb-latches, intended to be used 
 only on screen-doors. Each of these styles has a lever of some 
 sort, A, which serves to lock the latch. All of these patterns 
 act by gravity. Figure 362 shows a spring-catch which is re- 
 leased by lifting or pulling out the handle on one side or by 
 
 Fig. 359. Brass Thumb 
 Latch. J. B. Shannon 
 
 Fig. 3 58. Mack & Redway's Barn-door Lock. 
 Brittan. 
 
 imick & 
 
 depressing the thumb-latch on the other, the latch being locked 
 by the swing-lever A. 
 
 For French windows and cupboard-doors or for light screen- 
 doors, one of the styles represented by Figures 363, 364 and 
 365 are employed. Figure 364 can be locked, and it 
 and Figure 365 work with a spring. 
 
 PRICES OF LOCKS. 
 
 It has not been deemed advisable to publish in this connec- 
 tion any summary of the market prices of the locks which have 
 been illustrated and described, as, without such an acquain- 
 tance with the subject as can come only by examination and 
 comparison of the actual samples, any prices which might be 
 given would be misleading, and would often be unfair criteria 
 of comparison. The real value of a lock depends so largely 
 upon the care with which the levers are fitted, and the care 
 
LA TCHES. 
 
 taken with such details differs so much with the various manu- 
 facturers that the price ought to be the last thing to be con- 
 sidered in selecting the locks for a house. A good lock by a 
 
 Fig. 363. Co'tage Latch. P. 
 & F. Corbm. 
 
 Fig. 362. Screen-door Catch. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 thoroughly reliable firm can always be matched by a lock sold 
 for considerably less money, which has the outward appearance 
 of being exactly as reliable, and yet which is totally inferior. 
 Surely the difference between good and bad workmanship 
 
 2oo 
 Chapter XI. 
 
236 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WARE. 
 
 Chapter xi. could not be fairly illustrated by even the best of drawings, 
 and it would never be wise to select merely from a trade cata- 
 logue. The only approximation which can be presented 
 here is that previously given in the classification of locks by 
 prices. It is of course very general, and consequently some- 
 what vague, and liable to exceptions ; but it was prepared in 
 conjunction with one of the largest hardware dealers in the 
 
 Fig. 364. Screen-door Catch. Read- 
 ing Hardware Co. 
 
 365. French Window Catch. 
 Reading Hardware Co. 
 
 country, and is sufficiently exact to serve as a guide to 
 the general prices which should be paid, bearing always in 
 mind that the wisest plan is to select only from the work of 
 the best manufacturers and then only by samples. 
 
 The seventy-five or more locks which have been illustrated 
 and described must be considered as types rather than as an 
 exhaustive selection. A simple, three-lever lock is common 
 property and several manufacturers whose names have not been 
 mentioned in this connection turn out locks which are quite as 
 good or better than those which have been selected for illustra- 
 tion. The difference would be entirely in the fitting or the 
 finish, neither of which can be shown by the illustrations. All 
 that can be hoped for is that this chapter may serve as a sum- 
 mary to guide in the general selection of the goods. 
 
CHAPTER XII. 
 
 Door-Knobs. 
 
 Fig. 366. Knob with Spindle-screw partly covered. 
 
 TT7HE ordinary 
 A appliance for 
 operating a door- 
 latch consists of 
 a knob on each 
 side of the door, 
 made of porce- 
 lain, wood, com- 
 generally in the 
 are attached to 
 from the door, 
 two knobs are 
 The spindle 
 
 Ordinary Spin- 
 dle Attach- 
 ment. 
 
 position, or metal in various forms, but 
 
 shape of a flattened sphere. The knobs 
 
 metal shanks serving to hold them away 
 
 and to prevent their pushing in, and the 
 
 connected through the lock by a square spindle 
 
 is firmly attached to the shank of one knob, and on the other 
 
 side of the door it fits loosely in the shank, considerable length 
 
 being allowed for the adjustment to various thicknesses of 
 
 doors, the inner knob being finally secured in place by a screw 
 
 on one side of the shank which passes entirely through the 
 
 spindle, and sometimes is also made of sufficient length to 
 
238 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 
 Roses. 
 
 "Washers. 
 
 turn into the opposite side of the shank. The hole in the door 
 through which the spindle passes is covered by a metal disk 
 technically designated as a rose. The rose is secured to the 
 door by screws, and as the shank of the knobs is made to fit 
 closely against the rose, if well put on there will be no strain 
 on the lock when the knob is pulled from the opposite side, all 
 strain being gathered on the rose itself. Knobs are usually 
 provided with a number of small washers, so that the adjust- 
 ment between the bearing-surfaces of the roses and the ends of 
 the shanks can be made exact, and thus any rattling be 
 obviated. In many instances the shanks are secured to the 
 spindle with screws on each side of the door, so that the knob 
 can be taken off from either side of the door. For front- door 
 and vestibule work the outer knob should always be securely 
 attached to the spindle, so that no screw is necessary, as other- 
 wise, if the shank is held by a screw it can be removed from 
 the outside of the door, the spindle pushed in and the inner 
 latch follow turned back. For interior work, however, it 
 makes little difference whether screws are used on one or both 
 sides, though many consider the use of screws as altogether 
 objectionable, owing to their liability to work loose ; and, aside 
 from any questions of design, the ingenuity of hardware manu- 
 facturers has been chiefly expended upon securing a better con- 
 nection between the knob and the spindle. Still, few of the 
 patented forms of attachment have been very generally 
 received, and the old style of screw attachment seems to meet 
 with the most favor, if we may judge by usage. It is not the 
 question of cost alone which has decided this in the minds of 
 many builders and architects, but rather a belief that a tangible 
 fastening like a screw, which is easily placed and easily re- 
 moved, is, after all, more satisfactory than any concealed 
 device. 
 
 The objections to the old style of fastening are, however, 
 easily appreciated. One trouble is that the spindle will work 
 and wear away so as to be loose in the follow, and rattle every 
 time the knob is touched. This is particularly noticeable in 
 
DOOR-KNOBS. 230' 
 
 very old work, in which the parts are sometimes so worn as to Chapter xii.. 
 admit of as much as half an inch play at the end of the knob. 
 In new work, the spindle, the follow and the roses can he fitted 
 so that any rattling is impossible, though with the old styles of 
 fastenings this is accomplished only by the best manufacturers. 
 
 With the old style, the screws are apt to work loose, as 
 applied by ordinary mechanics. In cheap work they nearly 
 always do so ; still, if proper care is taken and the screws 
 turned up witli a drop of thick shellac in the threads there will 
 be little trouble, and none that cannot easily be remedied with 
 a screwdriver. 
 
 There are other objections of less moment, such as the fact 
 that considerable time is occupied in fitting the washers neces- 
 sary to a proper adjustment of the spindle and shank ; and the 
 proper attachment of the screws takes time also. It is further 
 found that when the spindle and shank wear away there is apt 
 to be a strain brought upon the lock-plate through the door, 
 thereby endangering the proper action of the levers. We have 
 said, however, that these objections are by no means vital, and 
 are such as might be due to careless or indifferent workman- 
 ship. One of the best evidences that the old style is the most 
 satisfactory, is that every manufacturer has it on his catalogue- 
 list. Anything else is really an exception, and we know of 
 only one instance in which a manufacturer has undertaken to 
 push exclusively a single form of knob attachment differing 
 from the common style. It must not be thought, however, that 
 no clever or good devices have been thought out. It is hard to 
 simplify simplicity, and the screw connection, all things con- 
 sidered, gives eminent satisfaction. 
 
 The first variation from the old style has been to enlarge the 
 rose, extending it out over the shank so as to partially or com 
 pletely cover the screw-hole, a slot being left at each side 
 through which the screw can be applied, the rose subsequently Knob and Spin- 
 being turned and secured against the door so as to completely partly covered.. 
 cover the screw. Figure 366 shows such a form. This de- 
 vice renders it absolutely impossible for the screw to become 
 
240 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 
 Spindle-Screws 
 
 covered. 
 Russell & Er- 
 win Mfg. Co. 
 
 Threaded Spin- 
 dle. 
 
 Stoddard Lock 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 367. 
 
 Knob with Spindle-screws covered. 
 Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WARE. 
 
 detached, though it does not prevent it from being a little 
 
 loose, and so per- 
 mitting the knob 
 to rattle ; and as the 
 difficulties of get- 
 ting at the screw 
 are increased by 
 this method, the 
 probabilities are 
 that most people 
 would let the knob 
 rattle instead of taking the trouble to tighten the screw. Still, 
 this is an improvement, and when well applied is very satisfac- 
 tory. The next step has been to cover the screw entirely. Fig- 
 itre 367 shows one mode in which this has been accomplished. 
 The rose is made in two portions, one consisting of a flat piece 
 resting against 
 the door, and 
 serving as a 
 bearing-plate for 
 the shank, while 
 the other por- 
 tion of the rose 
 which would 
 show in the fin- 
 ished work consists of a thin shell curved out so as to entirely 
 cover the screw. The screws which hold the rose to the door 
 pass through both the outer shell and the inner plate. 
 
 Figure 868 shows another form in which one screw is done 
 away with. The spindle is cut with screw-threads. The rose 
 is made in two portions, one being screwed to the door, and 
 the other acting as a binding-screw or washer, screwing onto 
 the threads of the spindle at the same time that the shank of 
 the knob screws behind it, the two locking, and preventing the 
 knob from being unturned except by forcible means. As the 
 spindle is held in the latch, the knob can, of course, be turned 
 
 Fig. 368 
 
 Knob with threaded Spindle. 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 Stoddard Lock 
 
CO 
 
 
 
 aiifii^ 
 
 m 
 
 
 I 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 
 00 
 
 
 ISM - 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 1—4 
 
 < 
 ? 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 IL 
 t 
 
 iLj 
 r 
 
 i 
 
 -4 
 
 lb 
 
 lu 
 
 o 
 
 r 
 
 00 
 
DOOR-KNOBS. 
 
 241 
 
 but half 
 
 way 
 
 Fig. 369. Screwless Door-knob and Escutcheon 
 combined. P. &c F. Corbin. 
 
 in either direction. Another form of knob 
 substitutes a continuous 
 ratchet on one face of 
 the spindle for the screw- 
 holes of the common 
 form. These knobs are 
 made by the Boston 
 Knob Company, and 
 outwardly appear like 
 an ordinary knob. The 
 advantage is that the 
 knob can be adjusted 
 at any point without the 
 aid of washers, the screw 
 catching onto the ratch- 
 et in any position of the 
 shank. 
 
 Figure 369 shows a 
 form which does away 
 with the screws entirely. 
 The key escutcheon and 
 the rose are combined in 
 a single plate on each 
 side of the door. Inside 
 of the rose is a hub 
 which is cut with a 
 screw-thread. The spin- 
 dle passes through this 
 and into the shank of the 
 knob, which is cut with 
 a thread corresponding 
 with the thread on the 
 hub. In applying this 
 knobs are simply screwed on until they bear 
 the edges of the rose. The escutcheon-plates 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 
 Fig. 370. Screwless Door-knob and Escutcheon 
 combined. Russell & Erwin. 
 
 fixture the 
 slightly on 
 are then screwed together through the door as shown on 
 
 Screwless 
 
 Knob. 
 Russell & Er- 
 
 win. 
 
242 
 
 B UILDERS' HA RD WARE. 
 
 Chapter xii. the drawing. As the spindle passes through the latch it will 
 readily be seen that the knob cannot be unscrewed except by 
 removing the escutcheon-plates, and as these plates bear on 
 each side of the door above and below the lock, it is almost 
 impossible to bring any strain on the lock-plate itself. 
 
 Figure 370 is a somewhat similar form as regards the 
 escutcheon-plates. The knob, however, is attached by means of 
 
 Fig. 3 7 1. Mathes's Adjustable Screwless Door-knob. Nimick & Brittan. 
 
 lugs on the shank, which in one position of the knob will slip 
 into the hole in the rose ; but when half turned will catch on 
 the inner side of the plate, thus rendering it impossible for 
 the knob to be removed except by unscrewing the face-plates 
 
 Screwless 
 
 Knob. 
 Yale & Towue 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 372. Morris Patent Door-knob. Ireland Mfg. Co. 
 
 from the door. Figure 371 is a device practically the same as 
 that shown by Figure 368. Figure 372 is still another variety 
 of the same general style of attachment, using a steel binding- 
 screw to hold the knob-shank in position. 
 
 The Yale & Towne Manufacturing Companv has recently 
 put on the market a form of screwless knob-shank shown by 
 
DOOR-KNOBS. 
 
 248 
 
 Fig. 373. 
 
 Screwless Knob-shank. 
 & Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
 Figure 373. In this case the spindle is turned round at each 
 
 end and threaded. The knob is provided with a swivel-nut, 
 
 D, which fits the thread of 
 
 the spindle. In applying, the 
 
 nut is turned up until it bears 
 
 slightly against the face of 
 
 the rose, and is then left in 
 
 that position, a washer being 
 
 interposed between the rose 
 
 and the nut. The nut takes 
 
 the place of the ordinary 
 
 shank, and as this portion of 
 
 the knob is seldom touched, 
 
 there is little liability of the nut working loose, especially as 
 
 it can be turned up pretty tight, and is made so as not to work 
 
 too easily. 
 
 A very simple and effective form of screwless knob-fasten- 
 ing has been recently brought out by the Plopkins & Dickinson 
 Manufacturing Company. In this device, the spindle, which is 
 cut with a screw-thread, is rigidly attached to the shank and the 
 knob on one side. The opposite shank has a swivel connection 
 with the knob, and is threaded inside to screw over the spindle. 
 In application, the loose shank is screwed onto the spindle until 
 two dogs or teeth on the inner end of the shank are engaged in 
 slots in the rose. The rose, which projects somewhat from the 
 face of the door and has a milled-edge, then serves as a set- 
 screw, drawing the two shanks together and binding against 
 a washer on the door, so that while the knobs can be rotated 
 freely, the rose washer and consequently the shanks, will not 
 work loose. 
 
 Figure 374 represents still another variety of screwless knob- 
 fastening. The nut, C, forces the washer, B, against a shoulder 
 inside of the shank, A, binding the latter firmly to the 
 rose and to the door. The knob is then slipped over the spin- 
 dle, and the shank, A, screwed over the shank, D, until the 
 knob is drawn up tightly. The only chance of the fastening 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 
 Hopkins & 
 
 Dickinson. 
 
 Screwless 
 
 Knob. 
 Bardsley. 
 
2U 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 
 Screwless 
 
 Spindle. 
 
 Swivel Spindle. 
 
 Screwless Fastening Knob 
 
 Bardsley. 
 
 working loose is by accidental turning of the shank, A, which 
 is not likely to occur. 
 
 The Yale & Towne Manufacturing Company has a device 
 illustrated by 
 Fig. 375 which 
 is on a very dif- 
 ferent princi- 
 ple from any of 
 the foregoing, 
 as it does not 
 depend upon 
 screws of any 
 
 kind. In this case the knob-shank is cut out with an eccen- 
 tric socket or bore. The ends of the spindle are turned 
 down to exactly the same contour as the bore of the shank; 
 so that while the knobs on either side of the door can easily be 
 slipped over the ends of the spindle, they can be fastened by 
 simply rotating them in opposite directions,' when the fine 
 pitch of grade of the eccentrics causes a great pressure to be 
 exerted, which results in binding the knobs rigidly to the 
 spindle. This is the simplest form of knob attachment in the 
 market, and if properly applied, will always remain in order, 
 
 though great care 
 must be taken that 
 the knobs are turned 
 up firmly. 
 
 For front-door locks 
 and latches it is neces- 
 sary to have some 
 
 Fig. 376. Swivel Spindle. form of sp i llc H e [ n 
 
 which the two extremities may be worked independently, so 
 that the outer knob may be locked while the inner one is free 
 to rotate. The commonest form is to connect the two halves 
 of the spindle by a swivel joint, Figure 376. Corbin has in 
 the market a spindle in which the two halves screw together, 
 thus permitting of very careful adjustment to the thickness of 
 
 Screwless Spindle and Socket. 
 Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
 ^^® <S © 
 
DOOR-KNOBS. 
 
 245 
 
 the door. The pitch of the screw-threads is so slight that the 
 quarter turn necessary to open the latch does not throw out the 
 knob from the door. 
 
 There are various methods of attaching the head of the knob 
 itself to the shank. When porcelain or mineral composition is 
 used, the shank is leaded into the knob. Hemacite, zylonite, 
 etc., are cemented or screwed to the shank, as are the cheaper 
 forms of wooden knobs. Metal knobs are blind riveted, cast 
 solid to the shank, or shrunk on. Glass knobs are commonly 
 leaded, but in some cheaper forms are cemented or even puttied. 
 
 There are, however, some devices which are intended to 
 attach the knob more firmly to the shank. Figure 'Ml is one 
 which is used in connection with wooden knobs. The shank is 
 cut with a screw-thread which turns into a corresponding 
 
 l-ig. 377. Knob Fastener. 
 J. Bardsley. 
 
 Fig. 378. 
 
 Phipps's Patent Door-knob. 
 Door-kncb Co. 
 
 thread cut into the knob. Before the shank is screwed in, a 
 
 metal key extending through the shank is placed in the slot, 
 
 and after the knob is 
 
 firmly screwed on the 
 
 key is forced into the 
 
 wood by means of a 
 
 punch placed in the 
 
 opening of the shank, \ 
 
 the key thus effectu- \S 
 
 ally locking the shank Fig# 379 
 
 into the knob. 
 
 Figure 378 shows a form of attachment for either wood or 
 metal. In this case the knob is held by a screw passing from 
 the knob through the upper portion of the shank and into the 
 
 Wooden Door-knob Attachment. 
 Johnston. 
 
 Chapter XLI. 
 
 Knob 
 
 Fasteners. 
 
246 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 
 Expanding 
 
 Spindles. 
 
 Niles Knobs. 
 
 head of the spindle. The spindle can be adjusted for any 
 thickness of door by means of a small wedge which can be 
 driven in before the knob is attached, in such a manner as to 
 hold the shank at any given position. Figure 379 is a form of 
 attachment designed for wooden knobs. The shank is split 
 lengthwise and the ends of the two pieces cut away from each 
 
 Fig. 380. Hollenbeck's Expanding Spindle Door-knob. 
 
 other on a bevel, with wedges or lugs on the outside, the bevels 
 being so cut that when the surfaces are brought together the lugs 
 can enter a hole in the wooden knob the same diameter as the 
 main portion of shank. By then bringing the opposite ends of 
 the shank together the lugs are forced sidewise into the wood 
 so strongly that they cannot be drawn out 
 except by breaking the parts. A light 
 thimble fits over the shank and into the 
 rose, securing the whole. 
 
 Figure 380 is a form of knob secured 
 by a screw entering the head of the spin- 
 dle, at the same time wedging it to any 
 adjustment by reason of the screw being 
 slightly larger than the hole in the spindle. 
 All the foregoing knobs' are constructed 
 with spindle extended through the door and 
 continuous from knob to knob Some locks 
 Fig 38i. Niles Patent are so devised that the spindle is done away 
 
 Knob. Chicago Hard- . 
 
 ware Co. with, each knob acting independently of the 
 
 other by means of shoulders or extensions on the shank. Fig- 
 ure 381 illustrates the form of knob which is used with all 
 of the "Niles" locks. The end of each shank is provided with 
 
DOOR-KNOBS. 
 
 2a; 
 
 a shoulder of about the same shape as the ordinary lock follow, 
 acting directly against the latch-lever. The shanks rotate freely 
 in the escutcheons. To apply the knob, the shank is passed 
 through the escutcheon plate and the shoulder or follow inserted 
 in the lock, the latch-lever being pressed back with a flat blade or 
 a screw-driver until the follow can be snapped into position, 
 which is easily accomplished by inserting the shank at an 
 angle. The knob is then brought around square with the face 
 of the door and the escutcheon plate screwed in position, hold- 
 ing the knob so it can be removed only by moving the plate. 
 The chief advantage of this arrangement is that there can be 
 no rattling in the lock. The latch operates the moment the 
 knob is turned, be it ever so little ; nor are there any screws 
 to work loose. 
 
 The Gilbert Lock Company manufactures a knob espe- 
 cially designed for their locks, 1 the construction of which is 
 illustrated by Figure 382. In this, 
 as in the preceding example, there is 
 no spindle. The knob-shank is secured 
 to the escutcheon, which is boxed out 
 sufficiently to allow play for a lugged 
 plate, turning with the shank and 
 acting against a lever. The latter is 
 hinged at the top and fitted with an 
 arm at the bottom which works in a 
 slot through the lock, drawing back 
 the latch by a direct, lateral action. 
 The escutcheon is secured by long 
 screws above and below the lock. 
 There are some excellent points about 
 this device. There is no spindle to 
 work loose and rattle, no screws in the 
 shank to drop out, and no adjustment 
 of washers or screws, as the knob has 
 a perfect adjustment to any thickness 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 
 Gilbert Knobs. 
 
 Fig. 382. Gilbert's Lock and 
 Escutcheon. Gilbert Lock Co. 
 
 1 See Figure 313 for an illustration of the " Gilbert " locks. 
 
248 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 
 Materials used 
 for knobs. 
 
 of door without binding. An improvement might be made by 
 so extending the lugs on the spindle plate that when the latch is 
 out both lugs will bear against the operating lever, in order that 
 the latch may move at once, no matter in which direction the 
 knob be turned. This form can, of course, be used only with 
 " Gilbert " locks. 
 
 In regard to appearance, and the materials used, knobs of 
 the following materials are found in the market. In wood, 
 they are made of mahogany, cherry, oak, ash, apple, maple and 
 ebony. Glass knobs are cut, pressed, silvered or of black 
 
 Fig. 383. Forms of Glass Knobs. 
 
 glass. What are known as mineral knobs are made of earthen- 
 ware, porcelain or lava, and can be had either black, white, 
 or grey in color. The metals used for knobs are brass, bronze, 
 silver, nickel and iron. Compositions of celluloid, hemacite, 
 etc., are also used. The shanks in all cases are made of either 
 bronze or iron, the latter only in the cheapest work. 
 
DOOR-KNOBS. 
 
 249 
 
 Wooden knobs are generally finished in natural colors, and 
 can be obtained with wooden roses to match. They are very 
 good, strong, and serviceable, and are excellent for interior use. 
 
 Glass knobs are somewhat out of style just at present, but 
 are still made in a great variety of forms, both cut and pressed, 
 and are really very handsome in appearance. The silvered- 
 glass knobs are rather cheap looking, though the cost is some- 
 what higher. Figure 883 shows a few of the great variety 
 of knobs made in glass. 
 
 Black glass, and what is known as mineral, and white porce- 
 lain are all used a great deal for common purposes. They are 
 cheap, clean, and as generally constructed are quite strong. 
 Lava knobs are used but little. 
 
 The greatest variety of designs is found in metal knobs. 
 These are made in all shapes and in all colors. Some of the 
 special shapes will be considered subsequently under the head 
 of Artistic Hardware. Some of the styles of iron knobs recently 
 put on the market by the Yale & Towne Mfg. Co., and 
 finished by the Bower-Barff process, are very serviceable and 
 pleasing. Hopkins & Dickinson have a very dark, rich bronze 
 almost as black as gun-metal which they use for some of their 
 hardware. Of late years oxidized silver has come in as a great 
 favorite for knobs and knob-plates, and is now worked up in a 
 great variety of designs and in several different colors. The 
 Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. has a grade of oxidized silver which 
 almost matches the dark bronze of Hopkins & Dickinson. 
 Metal knobs are made either oval, spherical or in a flattened 
 sphere, egg-shaped, and indeed in an almost infinite variety of 
 shapes and designs. In the nicest grades of work the knobs 
 are always made to order. In some of the very choicest work 
 knobs are gold plated. This increases the cost a great deal, 
 to an extent, indeed, which renders it beyond the reach of the 
 ordinary buyer ; the advantage, however, is not alone in 
 the looks, for a gold-plate has nearly the same color as some 
 shades of bronze ; but gold-plate is absolutely untarnishable, 
 and will not change its color, whereas all the finishes of bronze, 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 
 Wood. 
 
 Glass. 
 
 Porcelain. 
 
 Metal. 
 
 Gold-plate. 
 
250 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WA RE. 
 
 Chapter XII 
 
 Celluloid. 
 
 Hemacite. 
 
 silver, brass or nickel, are more or less liable to change. The 
 various finishes for metal knobs have been previously con- 
 sidered in the introduction. 
 
 The knobs of the Boston Knob Co. are made of composition, 
 presumably celluloid, or at least of that nature. Celluloid 
 plates are bent over a strong metal frame, and held in position 
 by a brass rim which is shrunk on to cover the joints between 
 the two plates. They form a very neat pretty knob, Figure 
 384. The celluloid is made in a variety of colors, including 
 several shades of blue, garnet, black, malachite, green, drab, 
 
 slate, yellow, brown and 
 white. In many cases the 
 varied colors will be an at- 
 
 Cellvloi 
 
 Fig. 384. Celluloid Door-knob. 
 Knob Co. 
 
 Fig. 385. Hemacite Knob. 
 
 traction. One would imagine this form of knob made in white 
 with a simple band of brass around the edge might be used 
 very nicely in connection with rooms that are furnished in the 
 prevailing Old Colonial white-and-gold style. 
 
 Hemacite is a composition which as nearly as can be dis- 
 covered, consists of blood, glue and sawdust. This is pressed 
 in moulds and finished in several different shades, either jet 
 black or a deep rich brown. Figure 385 shows the common- 
 est form adopted for hemacite knobs. They are usually made 
 with face-plates of brass or bronze inserted in the front of the 
 knob, and the edges of the knob are milled. This composition 
 is most excellent for interior use. It will wear indefinitely and 
 is exceedingly strong and tough ; but is not altogether suitable 
 for exterior use as it is said to be affected by the weather. 
 
DOOR-KXOBS. 
 
 ■2.', 1 
 
 Besides the ordinary double knobs it is often desirable to 
 have a lever on one side of the door and a knob on the other. 
 Figure 386 shows a typical knob and T-handle. There is, of 
 course, an infinite variety of styles of this sort, some of which 
 
 will be considered later on. 
 Figure 387 illustrates a so- 
 called ship-handle, consisting 
 fQ)^ °f a phiin knob at one end of 
 
 the spindle and a ring-handle 
 at the other. The form shown 
 
 Fig. 386. Knob anH T-Handle. Ireland 
 Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 387, Ship Handie. J B. Shan- 
 non & Sons. 
 
 by Figure 388 is termed a crank-handle, being intended for 
 French windows and narrow style doors. The inner knob is 
 
 Fig 388. Crank Handle. Nimick & Bnttan. 
 
 kept away from the jamb so that in opening the door the hand 
 wili not be caught. The common forms of pulls or handles 
 employed for sliding-doors have been previously discussed. 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 
 Knob and 
 
 Handle, 
 
252 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XII. 
 Bell-pulls. 
 
 Knockers. 
 
 Fig. 389. Common Bell-pull. 
 
 Bell-pulls are usually similar in appearance to door-knobs, 
 
 and in order-work 
 
 N 
 
 are made exactly 
 the same, and to 
 match. The in- 
 ternal construc- 
 tion of the spin- 
 dle however is a 
 little different. 
 Figure 389 shows the commonest form, the rose being provided 
 with a long hub fitting over the spindle, and screwing into the 
 frame of the door. Figure 390 is a 
 form of lever bell-pull suitable for out- 
 door work. The same form is some- 
 times used for bells in the interior of 
 the house, although Figure 391 is a. 
 better and more 
 common form. 
 
 Fig. 390. Lever Bell- 
 pull. Russell & Erwin. 
 
 Fig. 391 . Parlor Bellrlever 
 
 Fig. 392. Old-fashioned 
 Door-knocker. 
 
 Door-knockers are made in a great variety of shapes. A 
 few of these will be considered later on in connection with the 
 designs. A single example, Figure 392, will be sufficient to 
 illustrate a typical door-knocker in this connection. 
 
DOOR-KNOBS. 
 
 253 
 
 The following table gives the average retail prices of the Chapter xii. 
 principal styles of door-knobs. The prices are for a dozen 
 pairs of medium-sized (2£ inch) knobs, complete, with roses Prices, 
 and screws to match. 
 
 Table of Door-knobs. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 Description. 
 
 Knob. 
 
 Shank 
 and Rose. 
 
 Manufacturer. 
 
 Price. 
 
 307 
 
 Knob with concealed 
 
 
 Bronze 
 
 
 
 
 
 Porcelain.... 
 
 Plated.... 
 
 Russell & Erwin. 
 
 $5.75 
 
 369 
 
 Screwless Knob and 
 
 
 
 Escutcheon combined 
 
 
 Bronze. . . 
 
 P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 12.50 
 
 37fl 
 
 Morris Patent Door- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '* 
 
 " 
 
 Ireland Mfg. Co. 
 
 15.00 
 
 373 
 
 Sere wless Knob- 
 
 
 
 
 tt 
 
 
 Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
 18.00 
 
 378 
 
 Phipps Patent Door- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12.00 
 
 379 
 
 Door-knob, expand- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7.00 
 
 •381 
 
 Niles Door-knob 
 
 
 " 
 
 Chicago Hardware Co. 
 
 30.00 
 
 38?, 
 
 Gilbert Door-k n o b 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 Gilbert Lock Co. 
 
 40.00 
 
 384 
 
 Boston Door-knob. . . 
 
 Celluloid... 
 
 " 
 
 Boston Knob Co. 
 
 10.00 
 
 385 
 
 Hemacite Door-knob 
 
 Hemacite. . . 
 
 Brass and 
 
 Dibble Mfg. Co. 
 
 G.00 
 
 386 
 
 Knob and T-handle.. 
 
 
 Bronze. .. 
 
 Ireland Mfg. Co. 
 
 10.00 
 
 387 
 
 Ship Handles 
 
 
 Brass 
 
 J. B. Shannon & Sons. 
 
 16.80 
 
 390 
 
 
 
 Bronze .. 
 
 Russell & Erwin. 
 
 27.00 
 
 391 
 
 Parlor Bell-levers... 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 " 
 
 27.00 
 
 392 
 
 Antique Knocker — 
 each 
 
 (i 
 
 it 
 
 
 3.00 
 
 
 
 Common style Door- 
 
 Pressed 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 < ( 
 
 
 
 10.00 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 Cut Glass. . . 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 IS. DO 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 Porcelain.... 
 
 
 
 
 1.00 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 Cherry 
 
 Bronze. .. 
 
 
 
 7.50 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 Iron 
 Bronzed.. 
 
 
 
 
 4.00 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 Iron Bower- 
 Bartfed... 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 8.00 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 Plain 
 Bronze ... 
 
 Bronze. . . 
 
 
 
 8.00 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 Figured 
 Bronze ... 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 G.00 
 
 There remains but a single door-knob to be considered. 
 Some ingenious person who had been troubled by tramps, or 
 who imagined that everybody else was, devised a burglar door- 
 knob. This consists simply of a knob on the inside of the 
 door, which at the same time is a bell, the mechanism of which 
 years of use will not disarrange. It costs but little more than 
 a common knob and can be applied by any person, the least 
 turn of the outside knob causing the alarm to be runo- on the 
 
 Burglar-alarm 
 Knoli. 
 
254 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xii. inside so that immediate warning is given of even an attempt 
 to enter. The knob is so constructed that upon being turned 
 from the inside it gives no alarm. It is known as the Burglar 
 Door-knob and Window-alarm, and is manufactured by Wm. C. 
 C. Matthews & Co. 
 
 ESCUTCHEONS. 
 
 Escutcheons. 'The term escutcheon is used to designate the peculiar lock- 
 
 ing mechanism of a cylinder-lock, as has been explained in the 
 previous chapter. It is also applied to the finish, of metal or 
 other material, about the key-hole of a lock. Escutcheons are 
 made both with and without drops or covering pieces. For in- 
 side work the drop had better be omitted, though for front 
 doors both the latch and the lock key-hole should be protected. 
 The common forms of escutcheons are too well-known to 
 require any illustration. 
 
 Prices. The following table gives the average retail prices. 
 
 Table of Key-hole Escutcheons. 
 
 Material. 
 
 Price per dozen pairs 
 with drop and screws. 
 
 Price per dozen pairs 
 without drop, with screws. 
 
 
 § .50 
 
 .75 
 
 .85 
 
 1.50 
 
 1.50 
 
 1.00 
 
 $.25 
 
 
 .35 
 
 Wood 
 
 .65 
 
 
 .60 
 
 
 .60 
 
 
 .42 
 
 
 
chapter xiil 
 
 Closet-Fittings. 
 
 C/OME of the appliances included under the title of Closet- 
 O Fittings appertain perhaps more truly to furniture than to 
 Builders' hardware, though they are sometimes used in 
 connection with the finished carpenter work. The designation 
 of closet-fittings is a somewhat arbitrary one, and while not 
 strictly applying to everything considered under this classifica- 
 tion, might include many of the articles described in previous 
 
 Closet-Fittings 
 
 Fig. 393. Fie 
 
 Turn-buttons. 
 
 Fig. 395. 
 Cupboard- bolt. 
 
 chapters. The limitations will, however, be sufficiently exact 
 for the present purpose. 
 
 The simplest appliance for securing the door of a cupboard 
 is what is known as a turn-button. Figure 393 illustrates the 
 cheapest form, consisting of a metal-bar or button which is se- 
 cured in place by a screw through the centre, the screw being 
 turned in so as to allow the button to rotate freely. An im- 
 provement is to have the button pivoted on a plate which is 
 
 Turn-Button. 
 
256 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XIII. 
 
 Cupboard-Bu't. 
 
 Cupboard- 
 Catch. 
 
 Drawer-Pulls. 
 
 screwed independently to the door-frame, Figure 394, while a 
 plate is secured to the door for the button to turn upon, or vice 
 versa. 
 
 A turn-button acts as a bolt, but it is often preferable to 
 use some other form. Any of the flush, sunk, raised, mortise 
 or neck bolts described in a previous chapter will answer for 
 
 a cupboard, though there are a 
 few styles which are especially 
 designated as cupboard-bolts. Fig- 
 ure 395 is an example. Again, it 
 is often desirable to have a spring- 
 catch on a cupboard, such as that 
 shown by Figure 396, which may 
 be considered as a type of many different styles. Figure 397 
 shows a lever-cupboard catch, which works by gravity, without 
 springs, the catch being released by raising the handle. Each 
 of these varieties can be used for double 
 or single doors, though with double-doors 
 some form of bolt is necessary in addi- 
 tion. The book-case bolts and catches 
 
 Fig. 396. Cupboard-catch. 
 
 Fig. 397. Cupboard-catch. Fig. 398. Chest-handle. 
 
 described in the chapter on bolts might properly be included, 
 also, in the present category. 
 
 Drawer-pulls are made in a great variety of styles, only a 
 few of which need be considered here. Figure 398 is a cheap 
 and very common form of wrought-iron chest or drawer handle, 
 suitable only for rough work. Figure 399 is a very serviceable 
 

CO 
 
C\] 
 
 co 
 
 
 : r 
 
 i 
 > 
 
 z. 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 CO 
 
 co 
 
 % 
 
 Jh 
 
 ¥ 
 
 6 
 
 « 
 
 IU 
 
 U 
 
 ft! 
 
 >— « 
 
 r> 
 
 >- 
 
 h 
 
 «0 
 
 IL 
 
 f 
 
 
 to 
 
 
 tr 
 
 
 ^H 
 
 
.£^)epartme^ 
 
 LlBfti^ 
 
 
CLOSET FITTINGS. 
 
 257 
 
 drawer-pull, and in plainer form, with sides as well as front 
 rounded in, is what is commonly employed for china-closets, 
 wardrobes, etc. Figures 400 and 401 are drop-handles for 
 
 Chapter XIII. 
 
 Fig. 401 . 
 
 Fig. 400. 
 
 Drawer-pulls. 
 
 nice work on the same principle as the first pull illustrated. 
 The latter is a very old pattern, such as is found on most of the 
 antique colonial wardrobes and dressing-cases, and is just now 
 
 Fig. 403. Ring-pull. Fig. 404. Druggists' Drawer-pull. 
 
 quite in fashion. Figure 402 is a straight bar-pull and Figure 
 403 is a serviceable and easily attached ring drawer-pull 
 
258 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XIII. 
 
 Drawer-Knobs. 
 
 Shelf-Bracket, 
 
 occasionally employed for wardrobes. Figure 404 is a type of 
 what is particularly designated as a druggists' drawer-pull, being 
 on the principle of Figure 399 but with frame and slot on the 
 face to receive a card or label. 
 
 Drawer-knobs are mostly too simple to require any illustration. 
 They are made with heads of wood, porcelain, mineral, com- 
 position or metal, and are usually so shaped as to dispense with 
 a separate shank or spindle, the knob sometimes having a slight 
 metal rose or collar. In the cheaper grades the knob has 
 
 ^•^ leaded into it a gim- 
 let-pointed screw- 
 Fi 405 threaded spindle which 
 
 can be turned directly 
 into the drawer-front ; but a more satisfactory 
 form has a spindle extending entirely through the 
 drawer, and secured by a nut and washer on the in- 
 side. With a wooden knob the attachment is some- 
 times made by means of a screw passing through the 
 drawer-front and turning into the knob from behind. 
 Wood or porcelain knobs are most suitable for kitchen 
 and china closet work, though no knob is ever as per- 
 manent or satisfactory as a drawer-pull. 
 
 Figure 405 illustrates the ordinary shelf-brackets. 
 They are cast in malleable-iron in sixteen or more sizes 
 varying from 3x4 inches to 16x20 inches. The form 
 is a very strong one, and a great deal of stiffness is ob- 
 tained with a minumum of metal. They usually fail, 
 when overloaded, by the upper arm or flange breaking 
 near the inner screw-holes, but it requires a greater 
 load than one would suppose to break such a bracket. There 
 are many so-called " fancy " forms of shelf-brackets in the 
 market few of which are in the slightest degree artistic, 
 though most of them are stronger than the simple form shown 
 by the figure, on account of having more metal-work between 
 the flanges. Brass brackets are seldom required for ordinary 
 house work and can usually be had only on a special order. 
 
CL OSE T-FITTINGS. 
 
 2.39 
 
 It is often desirable, in fitting up book-cases or china-closets, Chapter XIII. 
 
 to have movable shelves. Shelf-pins of some sort are then 
 
 used, holes being bored at regular intervals in the sides of the shelf-Pins. 
 
 Fig. 406. Book-case Shelf-pegs. 
 
 Fig. 407. Coat-hook. 
 
 case into which the pins will fit. Ordinary screw-eyes answer 
 very well for most purposes, but are rather conspicuous when 
 proportioned for heavy loads, and are not very easily moved. 
 Figure 406 illustrates three patterns of specially devised shelf- 
 pins. The ones with square and round heads are taken from 
 the catalogue of A. G. Newman. The rebated pattern is manu- 
 
 Fig. 408. Coat-hook. 
 
 factured by Russell & I ruin, and holds the shelf so that the 
 greater portion of the pin is hidden. 
 
 Closet-hooks are made in so many different styles, and, 
 withal, are so well-known that only a few forms need be con- 
 sidered, which will serve as types for the hundred or more 
 
 Closet-Hooks. 
 
 / 
 
260 
 
 B UILDERS' II A RD WARE. 
 
 Chapter xill. varieties to be found in the hardware market. The hooks are 
 invariably secured to wooden cleats which are nailed to the 
 wall over the plaster. Figure 407 is a hat-pin with hook be- 
 neath, which can be turned directly into the wood by means of 
 the screw-thread on the extension of the shank. Figure 408 
 is held by a nut turned up from behind, and can, of course, be 
 
 Fig. 409. Coat-hook. Fig. 411. Wardrobe-hook. 
 
 used only on some form of hat-rack. This and the preceding 
 are properly furniture-trimmings. Figure 409 is a familiar, 
 old-fashioned coat-and-hat hook with porcelain knobs, a very 
 serviceable article even though it is not quite in style. Figure 
 410 is a form of wardrobe hook usually made in brass or bronze, 
 and Figure 411 is a wardrobe hook intended for dresses which 
 
CLOSE T-FITTINGS. 
 
 201 
 
 are to hang from the ceiling. A similar hook, Figure 412, is 
 fitted with a gimlet-pointed screw-shank, to screw directly into 
 the wood. A very good wooden hook, Figure 413, is made on 
 the same principle as a harness hook, the hardwood pin be- 
 ing inserted from the rear of the iron-base and bevelled, so it 
 cannot work loose or pull out. Figures 414 and 415 are types 
 
 Fig. 413. 
 
 Chapter XIII. 
 
 Fig- 41 5. Fig. 416. 
 
 of the common hat and coat hook, the latter being specially 
 designated as for school use. Several styles of hooks are also 
 
262 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xiil. made of bent steel wire. Figure 416, and are very strong, light 
 and serviceable. 
 
 All of the foregoing closet-fixtures can be had in various 
 sizes and in different materials. The following table gives 
 some average retail prices which will serve as guides in select- 
 ing goods. The prices are for a dozen medium-sized fixtures, 
 complete, with screws. 
 
 Table of Closet-Fixtukes. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 393 
 394 
 395 
 396 
 397 
 398 
 399 
 400 
 401 
 402 
 403 
 
 405 
 406 
 
 413 
 416 
 
 Fixture. 
 
 Turn-buttons, without plate, If in.. . 
 
 " " with plate, If in 
 
 Cupboard-bolts 
 
 " catches 
 
 Lever cupboard-catches 
 
 Chest-handles, wrought 
 
 Drawer-pulls, plain 
 
 Lifting-handles, 3J in. single swing. 
 
 Draw-handles 
 
 Bar-pulls, 4 \ in 
 
 Ring-pulls 
 
 Druggist-pulls, plain 
 
 Drawer-knobs, screw end 
 
 " " bolt and nut 
 
 Shelf-brackets, 8 x 10, per doz. pairs 
 
 Shelf-pins 
 
 Ordinary coat and hat hooks 
 
 Wooden " " " " 
 
 Wire " " " " 
 
 « 
 I .33 
 .87 
 2.25 
 3.00 
 3.25 
 
 2.00 
 2.25 
 4.00 
 2.00 
 1.50 
 4.50 
 2.50 
 2.65 
 
 1.25 
 2.50 
 
 $ .10 
 
 3.00 
 
 .OS 
 
 ' .20 
 
 .20 
 
 M 
 
 5 .20 
 .75 
 .87 
 .65 
 .75 
 
 .38 
 1.25 
 
 4.00 
 .50 
 .25 
 
CHAPTER XIV. 
 Miscellaneous Hardware. 
 
 hooks. 
 
 BESIDES the hooks de- 
 scribed in the last 
 chapter, there are 
 other forms which cannot 
 be classed as closet hard- 
 ware. Figure 417 illus- 
 trates several varieties of 
 brass screw-hooks. A is 
 made in nine sizes, from \ 
 inch to 2 inches in length. 
 The same form is made 
 with a sharp-pointed shank 
 Fig. 41 8. Bird-cage Hook. instead of a screw, intended 
 
 to be driven into the wood. i?is known as a cup-hook, intended 
 to go on strips to receive cups, which are hung by the handle 
 over the hook. This form is made in five sizes, from \\ to 2f 
 inches long. C is termed a looking-glass hook. D is an 
 acorn-hook, made in six sizes, from 2 to 4J inches long. E 
 and F are both picture-hooks. The former is made in six 
 sizes, from f inch to If inches. Figure 418 represents a hook 
 similar to the preceding, but with a longer shank, being made 
 in seven lengths, from four to ten inches : it is designated as 
 a bird-cage hook. 
 
 Picture-moulding hooks are made in quite a variety of 
 
 Screw-Hooks. 
 
 Picture-Mould- 
 ing Hooks. 
 
264 
 
 Chapter XIV, 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WA RE. 
 
 shapes, a few of which are shown by Figure 419. The most 
 common form is the second one on the upper row, it being 
 made to match the common stock picture-moulding. A very 
 
 Fig. 419. Picture-moulding Hooks. 
 
 Fig. 420. Chandelier- 
 hook. J. B. Johnston. 
 
 serviceable hook, not illustrated here, is made with flat brass, 
 with the ordinary contour, quite broad at the top where it fits 
 
 over the mould- 
 ing, but narrowing 
 at the bottom to 
 receive the cord 
 or wire. Mould- 
 ing-hooks are usu- 
 ally made in three 
 sizes, and are 
 
 Fig. 422. Hammock-hook. 
 
 Chaudelier- 
 Hook. 
 
 Fig. 42 1. Chandelier- 
 hook with Catch. J. 
 B. Johnston. 
 
 Fig. 423. Clothes-line Hook. Fig. 424. Awning-hook. 
 
 always of brass or bronze. Chandelier hooks, Figure 420, are 
 
MISCELLANEOUS HARD WARE. 
 
 265 
 
 intended to screw through the lath and plaster into the ceiling 
 beams or the furring, the screw part being 24/, 4, 6 or 8 inches 
 long. Figure 421 shows a chandelier-hook provided jyjth a 
 catch, so that nothing can slip out when once hooked. 
 
 Hammock-hooks, Figure 422, are made of §■ inch galvanized 
 or tinned wrought-iron. Clothes-line hooks, Figure 423, are 
 also sometimes used for hammocks, though less suitable on 
 account of the friction of the rope in the hook. A lighter form 
 of clothes-line hook is made to be attached by two screws. 
 These hooks are made in three sizes. 
 
 Awning-hooks, Figure 424, are made to drive into the wood, 
 and be caught in eyelets in the awning. They are manufac- 
 tured in sizes from 14/ to 6 inches. 
 
 BRACKETS. 
 
 Shelf-brackets have been previously discussed. Some form 
 of inclined bracket is often desirable to support the side-rail of 
 a flight of stairs. One of the simplest consists of a bent plate, 
 Figure 425, screwed to the wall on an angle, so as to bear 
 against the under side of the rail. A better form is screwed to 
 
 Fig. 425. Stair-rail Bracket. 
 Reading Hardware Co. 
 
 Fig. 426 Stair-rail Bracket. 
 Reading Hardware Co. 
 
 Fig. 427. Stair-rail 
 Bracket. Shepard 
 Hardware Co. 
 
 the wall in a vertical position, and has a swiveled bar or plate 
 which adjusts itself to any angle of the stair-rail. Figures 426 
 and 427 illustrate two styles. Similar brackets are made with 
 fixed rail-plates, and there are a number of varieties in the 
 market differing from those described chiefly in regard to finish. 
 
 Chapter XIV. 
 
 Hammock and 
 Clothes-line 
 Hooks. 
 
 Awning Hooks. 
 
 Stair-rail 
 
 Brackets. 
 
266 
 
 B UILDERS' HARD WARE. 
 
 Chapter XIV. 
 
 Bar-rail 
 
 Brackets. 
 
 Letters. 
 
 Letter-plates. 
 
 Bar-rail brackets, Figure 428, are intended to support a 
 round rail such as is usually carried across the front of a bar-room 
 counter. The first form shown is sometimes used to support a 
 
 Fig. 428. Bar-rail Bracket. J. B. Shannon & Sons. 
 
 round stair-rail, and when made of plain bronze, presents a very 
 
 good appearance. A bracket like the second form is sometimes 
 
 used to support an iron foot-rail at the base of a bar or counter. 
 
 All these brackets can be had in either bronze or bronzed iron. 
 
 LETTERS AND PLATES. 
 
 Very few styles of letters and numbers are kept in stock by 
 hardware dealers. Plain, Roman characters, Figure 429, are 
 usually the only ones on hand. They 
 are in seven sizes, from -§- inch to 3 
 inches high, and are secured to the 
 door or the woodwork by blind 
 tacks, soldered to the back of the 
 Fig - 429 - pieces. They can be had in either 
 
 bronze, brass or nickel-plate. Letter-plates are often used to 
 cover the letter- 
 slot through office- 
 doors. Figure 430 
 shows one style, 
 with a recessed 
 slot protected by a 
 hinged flap. This 
 
 is essentially What Fig - 430 - Letter-Plate. Hopkins & Dickinson Mfg. Co. 
 
 is commonly employed. On fly-doors some form of plate 
 is desirable on each face of the door to prevent the paint 
 
LETTERS AND PLATES. 
 
 2G7 
 
 Fij. 43 I. Label-plate. 
 
 from being soiled, and such plates are often marked "push" 
 or " pull." • They may be of porcelain, iron, bronze, brass or 
 nickel-plate, the first material being the cleanest and most 
 easily cared for. They are made in all varieties of design, but 
 
 are in principle 
 too . simple to re- 
 quire any illustra- 
 tion. 
 
 Label-plates are 
 made to order in 
 porcelain quite ex- 
 tensively for drug- 
 gists' drawers. 
 There are also 
 plates manufac- 
 tured to go on 
 drawer-fronts and 
 receive card- 
 labels, the upper 
 part of the plate 
 being thinner than 
 the rest, so that 
 the card can be 
 slipped in from 
 above. Figure 431 
 will illustrate the 
 general form of a label-plate. The neatest style has a plain, 
 rectangular outline in bronze. Label-plates are made in several 
 sizes from about 1 x 2^- inches to 2 x 4 inches. 
 
 Figure 482 shows a plate a little foreign to the present 
 topic, it being used to stiffen the joints of light screen-doors. 
 It is provided with tongues which enter firmly into the wood in 
 each direction, and prevent any sagging or settling. The 
 plates are sold in sets, each set including six corner irons and a 
 knob or handle, with the necessary screws. The list-price is 
 $5 per dozen sets, in bronzed iron. 
 
 Fig. 432. Screen-door Corner-iron. E. C. Stearns & Co. 
 
 Chapter XIV 
 
 Pusli-plates. 
 
 Label-plates. 
 
 Screen-door 
 
 Irons 
 
268 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XIV 
 
 Foot-scrapers. 
 
 FOOT-SCRAPERS. 
 
 Foot-scrapers are used much less than formerly. A simple 
 form, consisting of a thin-plate supported by one or two plain 
 drive-shanks is always advisable, however, for the piazza of a 
 country house. Figure 433 shows a more elaborate scraper, 
 intended to be screwed to the floor or step. A form often seen 
 
 Bell-fixtures. 
 Gongs. 
 
 Fig. 433. 
 
 Foot Scraper. 
 Johnston. 
 
 Fig. 434. Foot Scraper. J. B. Johnston. 
 
 in some parts of the country, Figure 434, is set in a pan or 
 dish, intended to collect the scrapings. The other varieties 
 found in the market differ only in design or finish, but not m 
 principle. Foot-scrapers are usually of Japanned cast-iron. 
 
 BELL HARDWARE. 
 
 The subject of bell-fittings is too extensive to be considered 
 very fully in detail, especially as bell-hanging is a trade by 
 itself, and the house-carpenter has usually very little to do 
 beyond hanging the simplest kind of kitchen-bell or fitting a 
 gong to the back-door. The front-door is fitted with a bell- 
 pull, as explained in the chapter on knobs. This is connected 
 with wires which usually are carried down to the cellar-ceiling, 
 and across and up to the kitchen. The corners are turned by 
 the aid of bell-cranks. Figure 435 shows the form of crank 
 generally fitted just inside of the bell-pull, and Figure 436 
 shows a complete set of bell-hanging fixtures, including the 
 bell, which is secured to the wall by a spike driven through 
 the centre of the spiral coil. The elasticity of the coil and the 
 connected spring is so great, that when the fixtures are pro- 
 
BELL HARDWARE. 
 
 269 
 
 perly set, the least pull at the front-door will cause the hell to Chapter XIV. 
 ring. Figure 437 illustrates a different form of bell-carriage, 
 
 Fig. 438. Double-stroke Pull Gong-bell. Russel' & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 made by the Russell & Erwin Manufacturing Company. 
 
 For the back-door it is customary to use some form of gong 
 
2"Q BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xiv. which can be screwed to the inner face of the door. In the 
 cheapest makes the bell-strike is operated by a handle on the 
 outside, which on being drawn down, releases a spring-hammer. 
 Some gongs are made so as to give a double-stroke. Figure 
 438 illustrates a double-stroke bell which works with a pull 
 instead of a lever. There is, also, in the market a bell pro- 
 vided with a spring escapement which is set by pulling the 
 handle, and gives a continuous ring like that of an electric-bell, 
 lasting about five seconds. This is kuown as " Bushby's 
 Escapement Bell." 
 
 GATE-FIXTURES. 
 
 Gate-hinges. Ordinary strap-hinges are sometimes used for gates, and 
 
 there are a few forms of heavy wrought-iron butts which also 
 
 Fig. 439. Self-closing Gate-hinge, 
 St. Louis Pattern. Shepard Hard- 
 ware Co. 
 
 Fig. 440. Seymour's Gate-hinge. P. & F. 
 Corbin. 
 
 answer for the purpose ; but there is in the hardware market 
 quite a variety of fixtures especially devised for gates, and the 
 
GATE-FIXTURES. 
 
 271 
 
 special forms are usually preferred. Gate-hinges are always 
 arranged to be self-closing, generally acting by gravity. 
 Shepard's St. Louis pattern, Figure 439, has the bearing- 
 surfaces of the lower 
 hinge made on a sharp 
 incline, so that when 
 the gate is opened, it 
 is lifted bodily, and 
 descends in closing. 
 This principle is em 
 bodied in several differ- 
 ent patterns. It, of 
 course, permits the 
 
 Chapter XIV. 
 
 Fig. 441. Gate-hinge. Shep 
 ard Hardware Co. 
 
 gate to open only in 
 one direction. With 
 " Seymour's " lunge, 
 Figure 440, the gate 
 is practically suspended 
 from the upper pivot, 
 and bears laterally 
 against two pivots at 
 the bottom, so spaced, 
 that when the gate is 
 open, the bottom is 
 throwm out more than 
 the top, and its own 
 weight is sufficient to 
 close it. Figures 441 
 
 Fig. 442. Gate-hinge. Shepard Hardware Co. 
 
 and 442 are variations of the same principle, a simpler applica- 
 
272 
 
 Chapter XIV. 
 Gate-Latches. 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 tion of the idea being shown by Figure 443. All of these will 
 open both ways. 
 
 GATE-LATCHES. 
 
 A very common form of gate-latch is shown by Figure 444. 
 It consists of a bent lever which is mortised through the gate- 
 frame, the bolt catching in a strike on the post. A spring 
 keej)s the bolt thrown out, and the beveled strike permits the 
 latch to be self-closing. With a strike which is beveled each 
 
 Fig. 443. Gate-hinge No. 20. Shepard Hardware Fig. 445. Broads's Patent Gate- 
 Co. latcn. Ireland Mfg. Co. 
 
 way, this latch can be used for a double-swing gate. Figure 
 445 shows a latch which is very commonly used with gates 
 swinging only one way. The catch acts by gravity alone. 
 Figure 446 represents a gravity, mortise catch. The latch 
 shown by Figure 447 is planted on the face of the gate-frame, 
 and works with a spring, while in Figure 448 it is planted 
 on the edge of the gate-frame, which has to be kept cor- 
 respondingly away from the post. The Yale & Towne Manu- 
 


 ^lUMHHHHiUUffJULmniL I'. 1 1 L L'l'U'l !H W\ ! Iff 
 
 | 
 
 IE co 
 
 ^1 
 
 ■^s ^^g^^-t^^m^ ' ;-"^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 
 

 E 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 dJ 
 
 ? 
 
 tt 
 
 iD 
 
 < 
 
 & 
 
 > 
 
 
 y 
 
 V 
 
 
 u> 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 < 
 
 ii 
 
 k -r 
 
 V 
 
 9 £ 
 
 s 
 
 & 
 
 U 
 
 1/ 
 
 >- 
 
 
 <—* 
 
 \? 
 
 £ 
 
 4 
 
 IL 
 
 * 
 
 z: 
 
 w 
 
 < 
 
 < 
 
 E 
 
CATE-LATCIIES. 
 
 273 
 
 fae turing Company has a somewhat similar gate-latch, Figure Chapter XIV. 
 449. Each is opened by pressing down one of the arms. 
 '•Seymour's" cylindrical gate-latch, Figure 4-30, is mortised 
 
 Fig. 446. Gate-latch No. 2. Fig. 447. Seymour's Gate-latch. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 Shepard Hardware Co. 
 
 Fig. 448. Gate-Latch, No. 20, Shepard 
 Hardware Co. 
 
 Fig. 449. Leeds's Gate-Latch. 
 Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 450. Seymour's Cylindrical Gate-Latch. P. & F. Corbin. 
 
 through the gate-frame, and opens when the handle is de- 
 pressed. 
 
 There are many other styles of gate-hinges, few which 
 differ materially from those we have considered. 
 
274 
 
 BUILDERS 1 HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XIV. 
 
 Common 
 Dumb-waiter. 
 
 DUMB-WAITER FITTINGS. 
 
 Where are three 
 styles of dumb -wait- 
 ers in common use. 
 For the cheapest 
 sort of work, a rope 
 is attached to the top 
 of the car, carried up 
 over a wheel, down 
 one side to the bot- 
 tom of the well, 
 under a second wheel 
 and x\p to the bottom 
 of the car, to which 
 the end of the rope is 
 attached. A counter- 
 balance weight is con- 
 nected with the top of 
 the car by a rope passing over a third wheel. Another style 
 
 B: 
 
 Fig. 451. The Cannon Dumb-waiter. 
 
 Cannon 
 
 Fig. 452. 
 
 New York Safety Dumb-waiter. 
 
 Fig. 453. 
 
 Dumb-waiter, is shown by Figure 451. A rope is fastened to the top 
 
D I T MB- WA ITER FITTINGS. 
 
 of the car and passes 
 about the four small 
 wheels to the coun- 
 terbalance weight 
 on one side. One of 
 these wheels is on the 
 si 1 aft of a large wheel 
 over which a thick 
 rope is carried and 
 continued around a 
 similar wheel at the 
 bottom of the shaft. 
 This holds on the 
 large wheel simply by 
 friction, and in mov- 
 ing, w i n d s up or 
 lowers the hanging- 
 rope. 
 
 The third style is 
 illustrated by Figure 
 454, with a plan of 
 the upper gearing, 
 Figure 452, and a 
 diagonal view of the 
 upper works, Figure 
 453. A rope is at- 
 tached to the bottom 
 of the shelf on which 
 the upper wheels rest, 
 .starting at 1, Figure 
 452. Thence it is 
 carried down to and 
 under the wheels E E 
 on the top of the car, 
 up through 2, over 
 wheel A, and down 
 thro u g h 3 to the 
 wheels at the bottom 
 of the shaft. Then it 
 is brought up through 
 
 275 
 Chapter XIV. 
 
 New York 
 
 Safety Kuinb- 
 waiter. 
 
 Fig. 454. New Yotk Safety Dumb-waiter. Edv 
 Storm Spring Oo. 
 
276 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xiv. 4, over wheels JB and O, and there connected with the coun- 
 terbalance by a pulley, the end of the rope being fastened to the 
 under-side of the top shelf, close by where it started. A safety- 
 rope is attached to the top of the car, carried up through 5, 
 over pulley D, and connected with the counterbalance. A cam- 
 brake, Figure 455, on the shelf beside 4 prevents the car from 
 descending when heavily loaded. It will be seen that all the 
 working connections are made with a single rope, so arranged 
 that no matter how much it may stretch, it will alwa} r s be taut, 
 the slack being taken up by the counterbalance, so that the 
 slightest motion of the rope will start the car. This style is 
 very generally used in good work. 
 
 The doors at the openings into the dumb-waiter shaft are 
 usually hung in the same manner as an ordinary window, and 
 are provided with some form of spring-catch like Figure 456, 
 
 Fig. 455. Brake. 
 
 Fig. 456. Dumb-waiter Catch. 
 
 Dumb-waiter 
 Catch. 
 
 which will hold the door either up or down, the catch being 
 released by depressing the arm at the side. 
 
 The following table gives the average retail prices of the 
 miscellaneous articles described in this chapter. 
 
DUMB-WAITER FITTINGS. 
 
 TABLE OF MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XIV, 
 
 Fig. 
 
 417 
 419 
 420 
 422 
 423 
 
 429 
 430 
 436 
 
 452 
 
 Brass Screw-liooks per doz. 15 to 25 cents. 
 
 Picture-hooks per doz. 35 to 42 cents. 
 
 Chandelier-hooks, 6-irich screw each 5S cents. 
 
 Hammock-hooks per doz. $1.12 
 
 Clothes-line hooks, 4 screws per doz. .42 
 
 Stair-rail brackets per set .10 
 
 Letters and numbers, 2-inch each .35 
 
 Letter-box plate, plain each .75 
 
 Bell-fixtures, complete without wire per set 1.00 
 
 Bell-gong, bronze handle each .75 
 
 Gate-fixtures, hinges or latches per set 25 to 50 cents. 
 
 N. Y. Safety Dumb-waiter fittings per set 15.00 
 
CHAPTER XV. 
 
 Artistic Hardware. 
 
 TTFHE manufacture of fine hardware for house-trimmings has 
 X by no means kept pace with the artistic development which 
 this country has witnessed during the past fifteen years 
 in nearly every other branch of the art industries ; so that 
 while the mechanical details of the wares have been brought 
 to the highest degree of excellence, the manufacture seldom 
 rises to the dignity of an art, and seems to be considered in 
 general as requiring no further direction than can be given by 
 the most skilful mechanics. A trained designer, who would treat 
 hardware as a part of a house rather than as an opportunity for 
 mechanical elaboration, who would appreciate the relation it 
 necessarily bears to the architecture, who would consider the 
 fitness of the material for certain forms and the adaptability of 
 certain styles for certain uses, without attempting to combine 
 an Albert Durer cartouche with an Italian Renaissance scroll, 
 crown the product with a Greek honeysuckle and apply the 
 whole to a design for a door-plate, would have chance for 
 employment with but few of the large firms which supply the 
 market with builders' hardware. Consequently we find that 
 while there is a considerable quantity of perfectly plain, un- 
 adorned hardware which is good because of its simplicity, 
 the elaborate hardware is nearly always bad, and unfortunately 
 most hardware is elaborate. These conditions are by no 
 means wholly due to the indifference or artistic incapacity of 
 
ARTISTIC HARDWARE. 
 
 279 
 
 the manufacturers. It is found that cheap patterns sell the 
 best; a fussy, meretricious design is the most profitable to put 
 on the market, and the producers are obliged to cater to the 
 cheap trade. There are a few exceptions to this rule, some 
 manufacturers whose average artistic productions are unim- 
 peachable, but when such have made money it is due more to 
 good business management and mechanical perfection than to 
 artistic capacity. The public buys hardware because it is well- 
 made and reliable, rather than because it is good-looking. At 
 the same time, even the best is disappointing, because being so 
 good, it ought to be a great deal better. With so much to 
 draw from — the wealth of ideas in the European museums, 
 suggestions in silver and gold smith's work, the old Pompeian 
 bronzes, the delicate, antique Etruscan jewelry, besides the 
 quantities of architectural ideas which might be adapted ; and 
 having in addition the best of mechanical workmanship, 
 together with the element of color, which the work of former 
 times seldom possessed, the hardware designer ought never to 
 be at a loss what to do. No one of the art industries is cap- 
 able of so wide an aesthetic expansion or presents so varied a 
 field for the play of individual fancy, and few have been so 
 persistently misapplied and misunderstood. It is not fair to 
 say there is no good hardware to be had unless it be specially 
 designed, but the general average of the goods which are kept 
 in stock by the leading manufacturers, i.->, to say the least, com- 
 monplace; and this, too, notwithstanding some very notable 
 exceptions. 
 
 At one time, iron was almost the only material employed for 
 artistic effects in hardware. This was before the day of 
 patterns, when the individual fancy was applied directly to the 
 metal. But now, when the artist has ceased to be the work- 
 man and an article is salable only when it can be readily repro- 
 duced, cast brass and bronze are almost the only metals used, 
 (^uite recently cast-iron has been employed to a considerable 
 extent, and when finished with the Bower-Barl'f process, sells 
 at about the same prices as bronze. A defect in nearly all cast- 
 
 Chapter XV. 
 
 Materials used. 
 
280 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XV 
 
 Cast- work. 
 
 Glass. 
 
 Change in 
 
 Forms. 
 
 work, however well-designed, is that the patterns, instead of 
 being modelled by hand, so as to show every touch of the artist 
 and permit of an exact reproduction of the feeling which a de- 
 sign should have when worked out in a metal like bronze or 
 iron, is first carved in wood. One who does not appreciate the 
 difference between a carving and a casting, has only to compare 
 a Greek stele with some of the exquisite bronzes which are 
 taken out of Pompeii; and no workman, however skilful, can 
 give a wood-carving the easy flow and metal-like appearance of 
 a bronze casting. Again, our castings are, in one sense, too 
 nice. That is to say, after they are taken from the mould they 
 are pickled in acids and then hand-chased, a process that could 
 spoil even the best of modelling. It is to be hoped that some 
 day fine hardware will be cast only by the cireperdu or some 
 similar process, which reproduces every touch of the artist and 
 leaves the casting perfect as it comes from the mould. 
 
 Glass is used more now than it was a few years ago, and for 
 knobs is peculiarly suitable. It is not usually exhibited by the 
 manufacturers as artistic hardware, though surely when such 
 ugly faceted abominations are tolerated in cut-glass tableware, 
 a cut-glass knob ought to please every one. 
 
 A rather interesting change has taken place in the forms in 
 which artistic designs in hardware are expressed. During the 
 Middle Ages, the greatest amount of work was expended upon 
 the hinges and their accessories, an example of which is 
 afforded by the hinges of the western doors of the Cathedral of 
 Paris. Knobs and latches were quite subordinate ; indeed, 
 knobs, as we apply them now, were unknown at that time. 
 During the Renaissance period the ingenuity of the artisans 
 was devoted to locks and keys, some of which are most surpris- 
 ing examples of hardware. At present neither hinges nor 
 locks nor keys are elaborated to any extent, the greatest 
 amount of thought being given to the door-knobs and the plates 
 by which they are secured to the woodwork. In collecting the 
 samples which are illustrated in this chapter, the various manu- 
 facturers were requested to indicate which of their goods they 
 
ARTISTIC HARDWARE. 281 
 
 considered as most typical of their artistic possibilities ; and chapter xv. 
 out of some fifty pieces so designated, all but three were door- 
 knobs. This might be considered as indicative of a belief that 
 knobs alone are susceptible of artistic treatment, though, in 
 reality, there are plenty of well-designed pulls, butts, etc. ; but 
 it shows that the popular taste, when craving for art, looks at 
 present no farther than the door-knob. And yet the first impulse 
 of nine out of ten designers would be towards ornamental 
 hinges rather than elaborate knobs, though with our present 
 forms of butt-hinges there is little opportunity, and no real 
 necessity for the long-strap hinges which form such a delightful 
 feature of the old-fashioned doors and casement-windows. 
 Butts are cheaper, more easily applied, and for some styles of 
 work are more suitable, still one rather regrets the opportuni- 
 ties which the old style of hinges afforded. 
 
 Artistic hardware usually implies an unnecessary expense Expense, 
 to the minds of most buyers, and unfortunately the implication 
 is a correct one, even with very simple designs. The perfectly 
 plain bronze, which is so much in favor in some parts of the 
 country, is more expensive than any of the mean, contemptible 
 figured-bronze goods which form the stock of nearly every hard- 
 ware store. Plain bronze must be perfect, as every imperfec- 
 tion will show, whereas a criss-cross pattern will hide a multi- 
 tude of sand-holes and imperfect casting. Until the general 
 average of figured-bronze goods is higher, v the architect will, 
 therefore, have considerable difficulty in persuading his client that 
 artistic hardware is worth all it costs. Still there is plenty of 
 good, plain hardware which is within the means of most clients, 
 and the aggregate cost above what the common figured work 
 would be, is quite inconsiderable for an ordinary house. A 
 difference of two dollars per pair on knobs would not amount 
 to more than fifty dollars on an entire house, and the enjoy- 
 ment of seeing well-chosen hardware about one's home is surely 
 worth more than the interest on fifty dollars, or twice that sum. 
 We, as a nation, are fast appreciating the fact that beauty is 
 worth more than mere utility; and when the public taste 
 
282 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xv. demands a better average quality of house-hardware, there will 
 be no lack of proper artists to furnish the right kind of supply. 
 
 Comparisons are always dan- 
 gerous, and are apt to be in- 
 vidious. There are upwards of 
 a hundred firms in this country 
 who make a business of supply- 
 ing hardware in one form and 
 another. It would be impracti- 
 cable, were it desirable, to fairly 
 represent the work of any con- 
 siderable portion of this number, 
 nor is it necessary in order to 
 show the state of the market. 
 Accordingly, a limited selection 
 has been made from the goods 
 of a few of the manufacturers 
 whose reputation for fine work 
 is not questioned, and the 
 pieces illustrated can, at least 
 generally, indicate what are the 
 market possibilities. It was 
 intended that the selection 
 should be left to the manufac- 
 turers, so that the samples 
 would in a measure indicate 
 their own views as to what con- 
 stitutes good hardware, but this 
 idea was only partly carried 
 out, it being necessary to make 
 some personal selection so that 
 the illustrations should not be 
 confined entirely to knobs. 
 
 1. The Yale & Towne Man- Fig. 461. Coor-knob. Yale & Towne 
 e t ■ ri -nv Mfg. Co. 
 
 utacturmg Company, r igures 
 
 457, 458, 459 and 4G0 [See Illustrations] are all executed in. 
 
ARTISTIC HARD WARE. 
 
 28; 
 
 Bower-Barffed iron. The first design, while not particularly 
 handsome, is thoroughly appropriate to the material and would 
 he suitable for the inside door of a public building, though rather 
 heavy for a dwelling and not heavy enough for an outside door. 
 The knob is perhaps a little too suggestive of wrought-iron. 
 
 The next example is in a style 
 which might be used to advantage 
 for hardware, much more than 
 it is, though the fish scales in 
 the ground about the key-hole 
 are not altogether appropriate 
 to hardware. The next design is 
 intended for a front door. The 
 foliated pattern, Figure 460, is 
 one of the best which has been 
 made in this material. The 
 design is well arranged and 
 worked out, and excepting 
 the smoothness of the surface, 
 which is too suggestive of the 
 carved pattern, it is very satis- 
 factory. Bower - Barffed iron 
 hardware makes a very effective 
 finish for either oak, or white 
 paint, and has the advantage of 
 not changing its tone with age. 
 It is unfortunate that the illus- 
 trations cannot give an idea of the color of these samples, 
 as with some it counts for nearly as much as the form. 
 
 Figure 4GI is a very daintily designed knob and escutcheon, 
 finished with gold-plate, the plain surfaces being slightly 
 dulled, and the raised portions polished so as to give brighter 
 reflections. Another knob is finished in one of the most durable 
 colors that is given to bronze hardware, known as old brass, 
 having the soft yellow of an old binnacle which has been 
 scoured and rubbed down year after year to a smooth dull but 
 
 Chapter XV. 
 
 Fig. 465. French W 
 Yale & Tow! 
 
284 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xv. not polished surface, and lias big nail-heads studded very effect- 
 ively over the escutcheon. Figure 461 would be suitable 
 -only for the most elaborate room, preferably one finished in 
 ivory-white and gold, while the old-brass design would answer 
 for much humbler apartments, looking best against dark oak. 
 mahogany or white. 
 
 Figures 463 to 467 inclusive, are all in bronze. Figure 465 
 is a French window-knob finished in deep copper color which is 
 
 F g. 472. Oxidized-silver Hardware. Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. Fig. 473. 
 
 especially well designed both for looks and for wear, the numer- 
 ous rows of beads hiding any inequalities of tone and giving a 
 
ARTISTIC HARDWARE. 285 
 
 rich effect at slight cost. Figure 4G7 is for inside work. The Chapter xv. 
 three others are for front doors. 
 
 Figure 468 is an elaborate drawer-pull in silver-plate, 
 slightly oxidized. Figure 469 is in bronze, copper-plated and 
 oxidized, the high lights being buffed down to show the copper. 
 The design is made to match the iron escutcheon Figure 
 460. The shutter-knob, Figure 470. is a very neat design in a 
 semi-Greek style which we ought to see used more frequently. 
 The sample is gold-plated. The shutter-bar. Figure 471, the 
 lock and key, Figure 472, and the hinge. 47.'.!, are all carried 
 out in the same semi-Byzantine style, in oxidized-silver. The 
 key is unique, and the only one of its kind found in modern 
 work. Few persons would care to go to the expense implied 
 by such keys and lock-plates, but where the money is not an 
 important consideration, it would surely add to the finished 
 effect of a room to have such keys as this in the lock instead 
 of the flat utilitarian structure one is usually content with. 
 Figure 474 is a number-plate in oxidized-copper, the leaf 
 work showing in dull copper tones against a very dark old- 
 bronze ground. The number is gold-plated. 
 
 The Yale & Towne Manufacturing Company has made its 
 name chiefly on its locks, but of late years it has included the 
 manufacture of fine hardware. The work done by it is excel- 
 lent in finish and mechanical details and the foregoing samples 
 fairly illustrate the character of the designs. 
 
 2. A. G. Newman. Figure 475 is a fine example of a 
 door - handle, having every appearance of being made from 
 a pattern which was modelled instead of being chiselled or 
 carved in wood. The leaf at top and bottom of the plate 
 grows naturally from the single roll at the sides, and the handle 
 is made to look just what it is — a door-pull — without being 
 tortured into any unique or startling form. It is a thoroughly 
 well-designed piece of hardware and as artistic as anything that 
 is found in the market. Figure 476 is less pleasing in the result, 
 though the motive is a good one. The top of the escutcheon is 
 borrowed from an architectural form which needs relief and some 
 
286 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xv. fine mouldings, both of which could be added to advantage in 
 this design. It is executed in silver plate, slightly oxidized and 
 buffed to a clear surface on the high lights. Figure 477 illus- 
 trates a knob which serves admirably for a parlor or a music- 
 room carried out with colonial fittings, — a Chippendale knob 
 in fact, if the expression may be allowed, and very handsome 
 by reason of the irregular reflections and high lights on the 
 curved flutings. Figure 478 is a quieter design, but very satis- 
 factory except for a little heaviness in the flutings. Figure 
 479 is a very careful and judicious design, the knob being one 
 of the very few in which a broad, milled-edge forms a marked 
 feature. It is a natural device and is worked in very prettily, 
 the dainty ornament at the top of the knob being equally ap- 
 propriate for its place. Figures 480 and 481 are other forms, 
 both finished in dark antique bronze. Figure 482 is an escut- 
 cheon-plate for a sliding-door, and matches the plate of Figure 
 476. Figure 483 is a simple but very effective door-pull, in 
 light bronze. 
 
 Newman has the reputation of doing a great deal of fine 
 order work for the New York architects from special designs. 
 Some of his best work cannot be reproduced here as the 
 designs are not public. It should be remembered in consider- 
 ing all of this hardware that when a successful design is put on 
 the market it is apt to be copied indiscriminately by rival man- 
 ufacturers, which is naturally discouraging to those who are 
 conscientiously seeking to do the best work. The rule, almost, 
 is, that the better manufacturers make their designs, and the 
 cheap men steal them. 
 
 8. Enoch Robinson. Figure 484 is a cut-glass knob set in a 
 fluted, cup-shaped shank, with a simple Queen Anne escutch- 
 eon-plate. Knobs of this material are more commonly attached 
 so as to show glass on all sides. Figures 485 and 486 show 
 two varieties of plain, rectangular escutcheon-plates which 
 are used a great deal by some architects and are always satis- 
 factory. The knob of Figure 486 is well designed, in that the 
 shape is suited to the purpose, the few mouldings simply used 
 
ARTISTIC HARDWARE. 
 
 287 
 
 to give lines rather than detail, and the rows of beads arc jusi 
 sufficient to add a sparkle to the whole. Generally, the hard- 
 ware manufacturer will put too much work on a knob, rather 
 than too little. It is so easy to add leaf work or convolutions 
 or tortured detail winch passes for richness that simplicity 
 seldom finds expression in that which dealers are most apt to 
 put forward as artistic hardware. 
 
 The knobs shown by Figures 487 and 488 are great favor- 
 ites about Boston, especially the former, which in various slight 
 modifications is assumed to be peculiarly adapted to white 
 paint and colonial finish. These are 
 often used to advantage with perfectly 
 plain rectangular escutcheons. The 
 plates shown here are a trifle heavy 
 for domestic work, especially Figure 
 488, which is more suited to a public 
 building. 
 
 Figures 489 and 489 A illustrate two 
 elaborate designs which were made on a 
 special order, goods of this description 
 being seldom kept in stock. The work 
 is excellent in detail, though there is 
 less purity of style than one would ex- 
 pect in so ambitious an attempt. Fig- 
 ure 489 is arranged very daintily, but 
 with a little flatter treatment, less relief 
 to the foliage, perhaps, and a mask 
 which would be less literal in its mod- 
 elling, this design could be rendered 
 much more charming. Figure 491 is for 
 a front-door, and naturally calls for a bolder treatment than Fig- 
 ure 48! ». 
 
 Figure 490 is a variation on the twisted-knob pattern, with 
 an oval form and bevelled cuts instead of flutings, giving a 
 prismatic effect to the surface. 
 
 Figures 491 to 493, inclusive, illustrate some pieces of hard- 
 
 chapter XV. 
 
288 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xv. ware which can hardly be classed with house-fittings. Every 
 one is familiar with the delightful old mahogany furniture of 
 the early part of this century, ornamented with brass rosettes 
 and wreaths, contrasted with plain surfaces and large, swelling 
 mouldings. This style of the First Empire is beginning to be 
 appreciated again, and the pieces shown by the figures are in- 
 tended to be used in connection with such work. The patterns 
 are all copied directly from old French furniture, and for the 
 purpose are artistic and very effective. Only rarely can the 
 architect use such pieces as these, but it is easy to imagine a 
 room carried out in the Empire style, with ornaments of this 
 sort used not only on the furniture, but also on the doors and 
 along the architraves, and with charming effect. 
 
 Robinson carries a comparatively small stock, his business 
 being very largely on orders, with a great deal of fine hand-work. 
 His goods are thought very highly of by the Boston architects. 
 
 4. The Hopkins & Dickinson Manufacturing Company 
 manufactures an escutcheon-plate on a little different scheme 
 from any which have been previously considered, the design 
 being simply a flat piece of metal cut or stamped in an open 
 pattern, the only ornamentation aside from the form, being in 
 the shape of large nail-heads, which are studded about the 
 plate. This sort of design can be made very effective in a 
 great variety of forms. Figure 494 is an example of a good 
 effect obtained by the judicious use of a minimum amount of 
 ornamentation : the convoluted pattern on the knob is enough to 
 add life and interest without marring the simple shape, and just 
 a few touches of the same pattern at the corners of the plate 
 and single dots on the key-hole cover are enough to consist- 
 ently carry out the design and intensify the simplicity. Who- 
 ever designed this pattern knew just where to stop, a rare 
 qualification nowadays. This piece is executed in bronze of 
 a clear, old brass color. 
 
 Figure 495 is a design in oxidized-silver, with some excel- 
 lent detail, notably the mask or grotesque at the top and the 
 arabesque on the face of the knob. The shape of the knob 
 


 
 ^t^M&^8 
 

 
 I 
 
 r 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 (35 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 <n 
 
 ' 
 
 £ 
 
 dJ 
 
 £ 
 
 c2 
 
 £4 
 
 < 
 
 Sh 
 
 * 
 
 ^ 
 
 C 
 
 r 
 
 Dd 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 4 
 
 X 
 
 * 
 
 b 
 
 u 
 
 k 
 
 p 
 
 iU 
 
 « 
 
 3 
 
 s 
 
 u 
 
 * 
 
 LL 
 3 
 
 z 
 
 4 
 
 y 
 
 CO 
 
 CD 
 
ARTISTIC HARD WARE. 
 
 289 
 
 might be better if it were more spherical. So flat a form 
 looks well in elevation, but does not appear to advantage 
 in perspective. Even the other ex- 
 treme of an elongated sphere, Fig- 
 ure 496, is preferable in some re- 
 spects, though this form seems to 
 call for a rectangular escutcheon, 
 rather than the cut plate which is 
 shown with it. 
 
 Figure 497 is a variation of a 
 familiar design which has already 
 been illustrated in other makes, and 
 is always pleasing. Figure 498 is a 
 neat arrangement in which rope 
 moulding is used with good effect ; and 
 another sample shows a very pleas- 
 ing knob, not unlike that of Figure 
 494, set on a plain bronze plate, 
 relieved only by slight, open cuttings 
 at top and bottom. 
 
 Figures 499 to 503, inclusive, il- 
 lustrate a few miscellaneous forms 
 which speak for themselves. The 
 hinge and the escutcheon are in 
 oxidized-silver, the others in bronze. 
 
 The Hopkins & Dickinson Man- 
 ufacturing Company bears an excel- 
 lent reputation in the hardware trade, 
 turning out a very satisfactory class 
 of goods with clean, sharp castings and effective chased work, 
 special care also being given to the colors of the metal, and 
 with exceptional results. 
 
 The four manufacturers whose hardware has been illustrated 
 are considered among the best in the country, and, given the 
 same design, one would do quite as good work as the other. 
 Mechanical excellence has been carried to a pitch where there 
 
 Chapter XV 
 
 Fig. 491 a. 
 
290 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter xv. is no difficulty in having the work done well. The great lack 
 always is in ideas, and these are supplied only by careful, in- 
 telligent study on the part of the designers, and an appreciation 
 of artistic work on the part of those who purchase and use the 
 hardware ; and it is quite possible that any deficiency in the 
 aesthetic quality of our modern hardware may be due as much 
 to lack of appreciation as to any lack of proper artists. But it 
 must not be supposed that these are the only manufacturers 
 who are capable of turning out good hardware. The illustra- 
 tions may be considered as general rather than special, and as 
 showing the possibilities of not only the four firms named, but 
 of the majority of the hardware manufacturers. 
 
CHAPTER XVI. 
 Hardware Specifications. 
 
 II THERE are three methods of specifying the hardware to he 
 A used about a building. The first, followed very generally 
 in Boston, is by allowances, the general specification containing 
 clauses to the effect that the contractor is to allow so much per 
 door and so much per window for hardware. It is well, iri 
 order to prevent mistakes or disputes, to add that the allow- 
 ances are to cover the net cost to the builder, and that all the 
 hardware is to be set by the contractor in addition to the prices 
 named. This method conveniently disposes of the subject of 
 hardware at the time of writing the specification, the whole 
 matter being relegated to the time when the hardware is actu- 
 ally needed, the architect then making such selection as he sees 
 tit. within the allowances. 
 
 The amounts of the allowances depend, of course, entirely 
 upon circumstances. Very fair hardware for inside-doors can 
 be had as low as $1.75 per door. This allows for bronzed 
 iron butts, GO cents ; wooden knobs, escutcheons and roses, 65 
 cents, and a one-lever lock, 50 cents. This means, however, a 
 cheaper grade of goods than would often be advisable. An 
 allowance of $5 per door will permit of solid bronze hardware 
 throughout, including bronze butts, $2.50 ; a good, three-lever, 
 machine-made lock at $1 ; bronze knobs, $1, and bronze 
 escutcheon and rose, 50 cents. For office-work an allowance of 
 $6 per door will provide a "Yale" lock with corrugated key, a 
 
 Boston method. 
 
 Prices for al- 
 lowances. 
 
2 l J2 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XVI. spring latch, and bronze butts and knobs. For front-doors the 
 allowances must be considerably increased. The lock ought to 
 be of a grade costing not less than $4 ; the bolts, $2.25 ; the 
 knobs, $2, and the butts, $G, or a total allowance of $14.25. 
 For closet-doors, bronze butts and knobs and a small lock 
 would average $3.50 per door, only one knob being necessary. 
 $4 each is sufficient for sliding-door hardware, exclusive of the 
 hangers, with latch only, or $5 with latch and lock. For fly- 
 doors add $9 per door to the hardware allowance if the butts 
 are of bronze, or $4.50 if of bronzed-iron. This is for house- 
 work. For office fly-doors $12 should be added for bronze 
 butts, and if push-and-pull plates are required an additional 
 sum of $2 will be required. 
 
 For French windows $4 will buy two pair of bronze butts, 
 and $2.25 answers for the bolts and the lock, making the total 
 allowance $6.25 per pair. Door-transoms should have an 
 allowance of $4 each, for nice work, which would purchase 
 pivots or 3-g- inch butts, $1.75 ; chains and catch, 75 cents, and 
 lift, $1.50. Transoms are often hung with painted butts, which 
 are less conspicuous than bronze, and the total allowance can 
 be scaled down as low as $1 for very simple work. 
 
 Sashes are trimmed for 50 to 75 cents each, though the 
 allowance price is usually per dozen fixtures, say $4.50 for 
 fasts and $2.50 for pulls. 
 
 A specification which would, therefore, provide for bronze 
 hardware throughout an ordinary dwelling, of a good, average 
 quality, might read somewhat as follows. 
 
 Typical Specifl- Hardware. — Allow in the contract the following sums to be ex- 
 
 pended as the architect directs upon hardware : 
 
 Front-doors, $15.00 each pair. 
 
 Back-doors, 6.00 each. 
 
 Inside-doors, 5.00 each leaf. 
 
 French-windows, 5.00 each leaf. 
 
 Sliding-doors, 4.00 each leaf. 
 
 Closet-doors, 3.50 each. 
 
 Transoms, 2.50 each. 
 
 Sash-fasts, 4.50 per dozen. 
 
 Sash-pulls, 2.50 per dozen. 
 
Boston meth- 
 od. 
 
 HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS 293 
 
 These prices are the net cost to the builder, and the owner is to have Chapter XVI. 
 the benefit of any reduction therefrom. Beyond these allowances list 
 and set all the hardware in proper manner; also provide and set such 
 other hardware (in pantries, closets, etc.) as are called for or implied 
 by the plans or specifications. 
 
 Sliding-doors to be hung by (Richards, Frindle, etc.) hangers 
 running on (wooden, iron) tracks, properly adjusted, with proper 
 centre stop. 
 
 The hardware for blinds, cellar bulk-heads, etc, is best 
 specified in connection with the individual items, and should be 
 described exactly, as the prices of the different makes vary 
 greatly. 
 
 The allowance method is a very simple one for the architect, 
 and when carried out according to the true intent and meaning 
 of the specification, answers very well for ordinary house- 
 work, especially as each contractor usually purchases his hard- objection to 
 ware of one firm, and the architect can then simply select 
 from a single assortment of goods. The difficulty of such a 
 system, however, is that the goods seldom cost as much as the 
 allowances, and the difference goes to the contractor instead of 
 to the owner, where it belongs. No architect has yet fully 
 mastered all the intricacies of a hardware manufacturer's price- 
 list, and as the price of each article is based upon so flexible 
 a sliding-seale that even the builders are sometimes charged 
 unevenly, there might be a dozen grades of knobs or locks, all 
 at the same nominal price, though varying greatly in quality 
 and in the real amount for which the dealer sells them. 
 
 Also, the system of allowances as ordinally followed gives 
 too much liberty to the contractor, who usually submits to the 
 architect one or two styles of knobs and locks which he will 
 furnish for the allowances, so that the hardware often ex- 
 presses the builder's rather than the architect's ideas of door- 
 trimmings. There may be a hundred things in the market far 
 better and at less cost than those offered, and while such a 
 specification as the one quoted gives the architect the right to 
 choose his hardware anywhere, in practice he is generally quite 
 willing to shove an irksome job onto the shoulders of the 
 
21)4 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XVI. 
 
 New York 
 
 method. 
 
 contractor. In fact, the system of allowances is good only 
 at its best. 
 
 In New York it is customary to be much more exact in the 
 hardware specifications. No prices are given, the various 
 articles being designated by sizes and by reference to some 
 particular class of goods which is to serve as a standard. 
 
 Thus : — 
 
 For inside-doors provide and set solid bronze 4% inch loose-pin butts, 
 two to eacli fold. Outside-doors to have three G inch loose-pin bronze 
 butts. 
 
 Likewise for locks : — 
 
 Closet-doors to have 3j4 inch locks ; main inside-doors, 4 inch 
 upstairs, 4)4 inch downstairs ; front-doors, 5 inch. Closet-door locks 
 to have one lever, other doors all three levers; front-door in addition a 
 night-latch and anti-friction strike. The works of all locks to be of 
 (brass, steel), with steel keys and (brass, phosphor-bronze) springs. 
 Door-knobs in service portions to be plain, white porcelain, with black 
 enamelled-iron roses and escutcheons ; elsewhere to be plain, solid (or 
 spun) bronze, with bronze roses and escutcheons, etc. 
 
 It is usual to describe knobs and miscellaneous fittings by 
 referring to a catalogue or to samples in the architect's office, 
 adding " or of a similar quality satisfactory to the architect." 
 
 It will easily be understood that in order to write a proper 
 specification for hardware on such a basis as this, the architect 
 must not only know and keep in mind all the numerous fittings 
 necessary for a house, but must also be thoroughly posted on 
 the possibilities of the market. As a matter-of-fact it is gen- 
 erally easier to call in a hardware man and ask him to write 
 the specification, and the way in which such a method of 
 specifying will fail will be in not being sufficiently general to 
 cover everything, so that the contractor will have an excellent 
 opportunity to bring in a big bill of extras at his own prices. 
 Besides, a specification by sizes referred to a catalogue, "or 
 something equally good," is by no means absolute. The differ- 
 ence between really good and absolutely bad hardware is often 
 so effectually concealed by a superficial finish that, although 
 the architect may refer to the best in the market and mean to 
 
method. 
 
 HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS. 295 
 
 have it, an unscrupulous contractor might run in inferior goods Chapter xvi. 
 which onl} r the closest, technical inspection would detect, though 
 the difference would be speedily manifested in the wear of a 
 few months. Even restricting the choice to the goods of a 
 single firm is not always sufficient to prevent imposition, as 
 there are, unfortunately, some manufacturers who make goods 
 to suit the consciences of all sorts of customers, and have no 
 fixed standards of either quality or price. In time the archi- 
 tect will discover these points hj sad experience, and. w r ill grow 
 very cautious ; but the younger men, the householder and 
 those who are either too indolent or too busy to properly 
 attend to such details, will be more imposed upon by the New 
 York than by the Boston method of specifying the hardware. 
 
 The third method is the only one which is really absolute, Government 
 or by which the architect is sure of what he obtains. It has 
 been adopted very largely by the Government in obtaining 
 bids for public work, and, though quite clumsy at first, is the 
 surest and easiest way in the end, relieving the architect from 
 a great deal of bother and entirely obviating any discussion as 
 to either prices or qualities. There is no reason why the 
 same system should not be followed in connection with every 
 building of sufficient size to warrant it. The specification calls 
 for locks, butts, etc., of certain sizes, descriptions and weights, 
 and requires that a full line of samples shall be submitted, with 
 prices of each. These samples are then examined carefully, a 
 selection made therefrom or others substituted if none are 
 exactly suitable, and the contract is based directly upon the 
 samples. It remains, then, only for the superintendent to 
 insist upon having the identical fixtures referred to* allowing 
 no leeway for anything " equally good," or " of similar quality." 
 
 For small dwellings the method of allowances is very con- 
 venient, giving the architect full liberty to change his ideas to 
 suit the work or to introduce any article which seems advisable, 
 without being obliged to determine every detail in advance. 
 But for all heavy buildings the Government method is better 
 and fairer for both architect and contractor. The former can 
 
296 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Chapter XVI. 
 
 Conclusion. 
 
 decide just as well first as last what he wants, and the hard- 
 ware being all selected several months in advance, the con- 
 tractor has ample time in which to make the best terms for 
 the wares, and any delay in purchasing is then due solely to 
 himself, while the question of price is definitely settled before 
 any contract is signed. It is then the contractor's business 
 alone how much he pays or how much discount he obtains, or 
 what commission he receives for placing his order with the re- 
 tailer, and so long as he matches the samples agreed upon, no 
 one has any just cause for complaint. 
 
 In concluding this series of papers upon the subject of 
 Builders' Hardware, the writer desires to acknowledge many 
 sins of omission and commission which have been almost un- 
 avoidable, considering the complexity of the subject, the 
 difficulty of ascertaining the condition and scope of the market, 
 and the uncertainty of definite deductions. It has been written 
 with special regard to the possibilities of the Boston market, 
 but, at the same time, the goods of nearly all the manufac- 
 turers in the country have been studied and compared, so that 
 it is believed the series will have more than a local significance. 
 The most the writer can hope is that he may help to relieve a 
 little of the drudgery inseparable from the architect's profes- 
 sion, and that the book may have a reference value to both 
 architect, builder and house-furnisher. 
 

 INDEX. 
 
 
 
 
 Page. 
 
 Acme Barn-door Roller 
 
 
 
 91 
 
 Acme Sash-cord 
 
 
 
 . 116 
 
 Aluminium. Composition and Uses 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 Anderson Sash-balance 
 
 
 
 . 118 
 
 Anderson Sash-starter 
 
 
 
 . 145 
 
 Anti-friction Strikes 
 
 
 
 . 178 
 
 Anti-friction Sash-pulley 
 
 
 
 . 110 
 
 Anti-friction Sheave. Hatfield 
 
 
 
 96 
 
 Anti-rattler, Ideal 
 
 
 
 . 141 
 
 Anti-rattling Wedges. Clanson's 
 
 
 
 . 141 
 
 Artistic Hardware 
 
 
 
 . 278 
 
 Awning-hinges 
 
 
 
 . 158 
 
 Awning-hook 
 
 
 
 . 2G5 
 
 Axle-pulleys 
 
 
 
 . 110 
 
 Balances. Sash 
 
 
 
 . 117 
 
 Bank-lock. Perautopic 
 
 
 
 . 185 
 
 Bar-pull 
 
 
 
 . 257 
 
 Bai'-rail Brackets 
 
 
 
 . 2<;i3 
 
 Bardsley's Checking Spring-hinge 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 Bardsley's Knob-fastener 
 
 
 
 . 245 
 
 Bardsley's Screwless-knob 
 
 
 
 . 243 
 
 Barlow Door-check 
 
 
 
 81 
 
 Barn-door Hangers. (See Door-hangers) 
 
 
 
 91 
 
 Barn-door Hook-and-eye-hinge 
 
 
 
 52 
 
 Barn-door Lock. Mack and Redway's . . 
 
 
 
 . 232 
 
 Barn-door Rail. Nickel 
 
 
 
 91 
 
 Barn-door Roller. Acme 
 
 
 
 91 
 
 Barrel Bolts 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 Bell. Bushby's Escapement 
 
 
 
 . 2 70 
 
 Bell Carriage 
 
 
 
 . 269 
 
 Crank 
 
 
 
 . 268 
 
 Double-stroke Pull-gong 
 
 
 
 . 2 70 
 
 Fixtures 
 
 
 
 . 268 
 
298 
 
 B UILDERS' II A RD WA RE. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Page. 
 
 Bell Hangings 
 
 
 
 . . 268 
 
 Hardware 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 268 
 
 Pull. Common 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 252 
 
 Pull. Lever 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 252 
 
 Bent Staples 
 
 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 Bird-cage Hook 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 263 
 
 Blind Adjuster. Excelsior 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 154 
 
 Adjuster. Washburn's 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 154 
 
 Awning Fixtures. Automatic 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 158 
 
 Catch. Seymour's 
 
 
 
 
 
 152 
 
 Fast. Boston Pattern 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 149 
 
 Folsom's 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 148 
 
 Gravity 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 148 
 
 Lock 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 150 
 
 New York Pattern 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 149 
 
 Outside 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 147 
 
 Providence Pattern 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 150 
 
 Security 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 150 
 
 Shedd 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 148 
 
 Spring Wire 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 148 
 
 Standard Screw 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 150 
 
 Tenon 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 154 
 
 Zimmerman's 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 155 
 
 Hinges. Inside 
 
 
 
 
 
 53, 63 
 
 New York Style 
 
 
 
 
 
 53 
 
 Rochester 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 153 
 
 Seymour's 
 
 
 
 
 
 55 
 
 Hook. Drive-brace . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 54 
 
 Iron Screw 
 
 
 
 
 
 54 
 
 Screw-brace 
 
 
 
 
 
 54 
 
 Slat Adjuster. Byam's 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 159 
 
 Bolts 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 Barrel 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 Bookcase 
 
 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 Canada 
 
 
 
 
 
 36 
 
 Chain and Check 
 
 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 Check 
 
 
 
 
 
 43 
 
 Cupboard 
 
 
 
 
 
 33, 256 
 
 Cylindrical Door 
 
 
 
 
 
 45 
 
 Door 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
INDEX 
 
 Bolts. Dutch Door 
 
 Chain and Foot 
 
 Engine-house . 
 
 Espagnolette . 
 
 Extension Latch-spring 
 
 Flat Tail 
 
 Flush with Patent Stop 
 
 French Window 
 
 Gem Mortise . . 
 
 Joint 
 
 Latch-spring . . 
 
 For Locks . . 
 
 Locking-shutter 
 
 Mortise-flush . . 
 
 Mortise-door . . 
 
 Mortise-door. Table of Prices 
 
 Mosquito Bar 
 
 Neck . . 
 
 Parts of 
 
 Prices of Plain 
 
 Ship 
 
 Side-flush 
 
 Sink 
 
 Spring . . 
 
 Stove . . 
 
 Sunk-flush 
 
 Tire 
 Bookcase Bolts 
 
 Catch . . 
 
 Shelf-pegs 
 Boston Blind-fast 
 
 Knobs 
 
 Sash-fast 
 Bower-Barffed Iron 
 
 Knobs . . 
 
 Process 
 Brackets 
 
 Bar-rail 
 
 Shelf . . 
 
 Stair-rail 
 
 299 
 
 Page. 
 
 40 
 
 40 
 
 40 
 
 41 
 
 89 
 
 38 
 
 38 
 
 40 
 
 4.") 
 
 28 
 
 38 
 
 173 
 
 36 
 
 38 
 
 44 
 
 4G 
 
 32 
 
 31 
 
 173 
 
 35 
 
 33 
 
 33 
 
 30 
 
 32 
 
 30 
 
 38 
 
 30 
 
 33 
 
 33 
 
 259 
 
 149 
 
 180 
 
 127 
 
 154 
 
 249 
 
 4 
 
 265 
 
 266 
 
 258 
 
 265 
 
300 
 
 B UILDERS' BARD WA RE. 
 
 
 
 
 Page. 
 
 Brads 
 
 
 15 
 
 Bramah Lock 
 
 
 
 . 183 
 
 Brass. Composition . . 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 Broad's Patent Gate-latch 
 
 
 
 . 272 
 
 Brockton Shutter-worker 
 
 
 
 . 157 
 
 Bronze. Chains 
 
 
 
 . 115 
 
 Composition of 
 
 
 
 & 
 
 Hardware-finishes 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 Phosphor 
 
 
 . 10, 1 
 
 09, 178 
 
 Phosphor Springs 
 
 
 
 . 176 
 
 Surface-finish 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 Bronzed Iron, Composition 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 Brown's Window-lock 
 
 
 
 . 137 
 
 Shutter-worker . . . . . : 
 
 
 
 . 156 
 
 Butts 
 
 
 
 57 
 
 Chicago Spring 
 
 
 
 69 
 
 Fast-pin 
 
 
 
 58 
 
 Fine 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 Garden City Spring 
 
 
 
 67 
 
 Jewett Spring 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 Loose-joint 
 
 
 
 58 
 
 Loose-joint Ball-tip 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 Material for 
 
 
 
 59 
 
 Parliament 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Screen 
 
 
 
 64 
 
 Table of Wr ought-steel Loose-joint 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 Torsion Spring 
 
 
 
 72 
 
 Burglar Door-knob and Window-alarm 
 
 
 
 . 254 
 
 Buttons. Turn 
 
 
 
 . 255 
 
 Byam's Blind-slat Adjuster 
 
 
 
 . 159 
 
 Byam's Sash-balance 
 
 
 
 . 140 
 
 Byam's Sash-fast 
 
 
 
 . 136 
 
 Byam's Sash-lifter 
 
 
 
 . 144 
 
 Cable Sash-chain. Morton's 
 
 
 
 . 115 
 
 Cam Sash-fasts 
 
 
 
 . 131 
 
 Canada Bolt 
 
 
 
 36 
 
 Cannon Dumb-waiter 
 
 
 
 . 274 
 
 Cast-work in Artistic Hardware 
 
 
 
 . 280 
 
 Cast "Wroujrht-iron 
 
 
 
 2 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Catch. Bookcase 
 
 Cupboard 
 
 Door 
 
 Dumb-waiter . . 
 
 Fray's Door . . 
 
 French Window 
 
 Ross Inside 
 
 Screen-door 
 
 Top-door 
 
 Transom 
 Celluloid Knobs . . 
 Centres. Sash . . 
 
 Transom 
 Centre or Pin Hinge 
 Chain. Morton Cable Sash 
 
 Champion Sash 
 
 Fastener. Rogers's 
 
 Smith and Egge 
 
 Solid-link 
 
 Table of Sash 
 
 and Check-bolts 
 
 and Foot-bolts 
 
 and Weight . . 
 Champion Sash-chains 
 
 Spring-hinge . . 
 Chandelier-hook 
 Check. Barlow Door 
 
 Door 
 
 Drop-door 
 
 House's Automatic Door 
 
 House's Liquid Door 
 
 Norton Door . . 
 
 Spring Door 
 
 Bolts 
 
 Bolts and Chain 
 
 and Spring. Eclipse 
 Checking Spring-hinge. Bardsley 
 Chest-handle 
 
 Hinge 
 Chicago Spring-butt 
 
 161, 1 
 
 301 
 Page. 
 
 33 
 256 
 
 88 
 276 
 
 89 
 234 
 
 89 
 234 
 
 89 
 164 
 250 
 
 2, 163 
 16] 
 
 G4 
 115 
 
 3, 114 
 121 
 114 
 111. 
 117 
 
 42 
 40 
 
 1 13 
 
 3. 114 
 
 69 
 
 2G4 
 81 
 81 
 89 
 86 
 85 
 83 
 si 
 4:i 
 42 
 83 
 86 
 
 256 
 63 
 69 
 
302 
 
 B UILDERS' HA RD WA RE. 
 
 Chilled Iron Bearings 
 Chubbs's Locks 
 
 Clanson's Anti-rattling Wedges 
 Climax Barn-door Hanger 
 
 Rail 
 Closet-fittings 
 
 Fixtures. Table of 
 Clothes-line Hook 
 Clout Nails 
 Coach Screws 
 Coach Screws. Table 
 Coat-hooks 
 
 Combination Dial-locks 
 Corey's Two-wheel Sash-pulley 
 Cottage Latch 
 Cotterill's Lock 
 Crank-handle 
 Crown Screen-door Latch 
 Crown Spring-hinge 
 Cupboard-bolts 
 
 Catches 
 
 and Transom Catch 
 Cut Steel Nails. Prices of 
 
 Tacks. American Iron 
 Cylindrical Door-bolt 
 
 Gate-latch. Seymour's 
 Cylinder Locks 
 Cylinder Locks. Winn 
 
 Damon's Dial Lock 
 
 Davis Sash-fast 
 
 Day and Newell's Perautopic Bank 
 
 Dead Lock 
 
 Defiance Lock. Parnell's 
 
 Detector Springs 
 
 Devore Door-spring 
 
 Dial Locks 
 
 Diamond-pointed Screw 
 
 Dietz Store-lock 
 
 Dietz Padlock 
 
 Lock 
 
 259, 
 
 33, 2 
 
 49 
 
 . 175 
 
 . 141 
 
 92 
 
 96 
 
 . 255 
 
 . 262 
 
 . 265 
 
 15 
 
 22 
 
 27 
 
 60, 261 
 
 . 224 
 
 . 110 
 
 . 234 
 
 . 183 
 
 . 251 
 
 . 234 
 
 68 
 
 55, 256 
 
 256 
 
 163 
 
 15 
 
 19 
 
 45 
 
 273 
 
 213 
 
 222 
 
 226 
 134 
 185 
 187 
 187 
 175 
 
 80 
 226 
 
 23 
 193 
 232 
 
INDEX. 
 
 
 
 303 
 
 Page. 
 
 Door-bumper 
 
 
 90 
 
 Bolts 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 Cylindrical 
 
 
 
 45 
 
 Dutch 
 
 
 
 39 
 
 Mortise. Table of Prices 
 
 
 
 46 
 
 Catches 
 
 
 
 88 
 
 Fray's 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 for Screens 
 
 
 
 235, 236 
 
 Top 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 Checks 
 
 
 
 81 
 
 Barlow 
 
 
 
 81 
 
 Drop 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 Eclipse 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 House's Automatic 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 House's Liquid 
 
 
 
 85 
 
 Norton 
 
 
 
 82, 83 
 
 Perkins's 
 
 
 
 44 
 
 Spring 
 
 
 
 81 
 
 Fasts 
 
 
 
 43 
 
 French 
 
 
 
 43 
 
 Hangers 
 
 
 
 77 
 
 Barn 
 
 
 
 91 
 
 Climax 
 
 
 
 92 
 
 Emerson . . 
 
 
 
 . . 103 
 
 Endless Anti-friction 
 
 
 
 . . 103 
 
 Hatfield 
 
 
 
 94 
 
 Lane . . . . 
 
 
 
 93 
 
 Moody 
 
 
 
 93 
 
 . Moore's Anti-friction 
 
 
 
 . . 1 00 
 
 Nickel 
 
 
 
 94, 100 
 
 Novelty 
 
 
 
 93 
 
 Paragon 
 
 
 
 .. Hi2 
 
 Prescott 
 
 
 
 .. 165 
 
 Prindle 
 
 
 
 99 
 
 Richards's 
 
 
 
 .. 102 
 
 Table of Prices . . 
 
 
 
 . . 104 
 
 Victor 
 
 
 
 93 
 
 Warner 
 
 
 
 98 
 
 and Rollers 
 
 
 
 91 
 
 Holder 
 
 
 
 88 
 
304 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Door-holder. Fray's 
 
 
 
 
 
 88 
 
 Knobs 
 
 
 
 . 237 
 
 Hollenbeck's Expanding Spindle 
 
 
 
 . 246 
 
 Mathes's Adjustable Screwless 
 
 
 
 . 242 
 
 Morris Patent 
 
 
 
 
 . 242 
 
 Phipps's Patent 
 
 
 
 
 . 245 
 
 Table of 
 
 
 
 
 . 253 
 
 and Escutcheon Combined 
 
 
 
 
 . 241 
 
 and Window Alarm 
 
 
 
 
 . 254 
 
 Kocker. Old-fashioned 
 
 
 
 
 . 252 
 
 Latch. Crown Screen 
 
 
 
 
 . 234 
 
 Latch. Elevator 
 
 
 
 
 . 233 
 
 Rim-sliding 
 
 
 
 
 . 233 
 
 Locks 
 
 
 
 
 . 167 
 
 Mack & Redway's Barn 
 
 
 
 
 . 233 
 
 Sliding 
 
 
 
 
 . 228 
 
 Nails. Ornamental 
 
 
 
 
 18 
 
 Rail. Nickel 
 
 
 
 
 
 91 
 
 Roller. Acme 
 
 
 
 
 
 91 
 
 Sheave. Sliding 
 
 
 
 
 
 95 
 
 Springs 
 
 
 
 
 
 77 
 
 Devore . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 80 
 
 Peabody 
 
 
 
 
 
 79 
 
 Reliance 
 
 
 
 
 
 79 
 
 Screen 
 
 
 
 
 
 79 
 
 Star 
 
 
 
 
 
 77 
 
 Table of Prices . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 79 
 
 Torry 
 
 
 
 
 
 79 
 
 Torsion 
 
 
 
 
 
 79 
 
 Warner 
 
 
 
 
 
 81 
 
 Stops 
 
 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 Drawer-knobs 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 258 
 
 Pulls 
 
 
 
 
 . ' S 
 
 56, 257 
 
 Pull. Druggists' 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 258 
 
 Drive-brace Blind-hook 
 
 
 
 
 
 54 
 
 Drop Door-check 
 
 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 and Pin-fast 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 152 
 
 Druggist's Drawer-pull 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 258 
 
 Dudley Shutter-worker 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 157 
 
 Dumb-waiter. Cannon 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 274 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Dumb-waiter. Catch 
 
 Fittings 
 
 New York Safety 
 Dutch-door Bolt 
 
 Easy Spring-latch 
 
 Eclipse Door-check and Spring 
 
 Egyptian Lock 
 
 Elastic-headed Screws 
 
 Electric Lock 
 
 Elevator Door-latch 
 
 Elizabethan Lock 
 
 Emerson Parlor-door Hanger 
 
 Empire Sash-pulley 
 
 Spring-hinge 
 Endless Anti-friction Parlor-door Hanger 
 Engine-house Bolts 
 
 Spring 
 Escapement Bell. Bushby's 
 Escutcheons 
 
 Table of 
 Espagnolette Bolts 
 Excelsior Blind-adjuster . . 
 Excelsior Transom-lifter . . 
 Excentric Cam-fast 
 Expanding Spindle Door-knob. Hollenbeck's 
 
 Fast-pin Butt 
 Fasts. Sash 
 Fastener. Nelson's Perfect 
 
 Stop-bead 
 Favorite Sash-fast 
 Finish and Cost of Locks 
 
 for Bronze Hardware. List 
 
 Varieties of, in Metals 
 Finishing Nails 
 Fittings. Closet 
 Florence Tack Co. Staples 
 Flush-bolt. Extension Latch-spring 
 Flush-Bolt. Mortise 
 
 305 
 
 Page. 
 276 
 2 74 
 275 
 
 39 
 
 178 
 
 83 
 
 170 
 
 90 
 
 2 -J 7 
 
 :■ 3 
 
 1 1 
 
 1<>3 
 
 110 
 
 G8 
 
 103 
 
 40 
 
 78 
 
 270 
 
 254 
 
 254 
 
 41 
 
 154 
 
 inn 
 
 137 
 
 246 
 
 58 
 
 125 
 
 143 
 
 143 
 
 129 
 
 169 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 15 
 
 255 
 
 19 
 
 39 
 
 38 
 
306 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Flush-Bolt with Patent Stop 
 
 Bolt. Sunk 
 Flush Sash Lift and Lock 
 Folsom's Blind-fast 
 Foot-scrapers 
 Foster Lock 
 Fray's Door-catch 
 
 Door-holder 
 French Lock. Wards of 
 
 Window-bolts 
 
 Window-catch 
 Front-door Locks 
 
 Galvanized-iron 
 
 Garden City Spring-hinges 
 
 Gate Fixtures 
 
 Hinges 
 
 Hinge. Seymour's 
 
 Latches 
 
 Latch. Broad's Patent 
 Gate-latch. Leed's 
 
 Seymour's 
 Gem Mortise-bolt 
 Giant Padlock 
 Gilbert Lock 
 Gimlet-pointed Coach-screws 
 
 Screws 
 Gravity Blind-fast 
 
 Sash-fasts 
 Grooved Sash-chain Pulley 
 
 Hall Front-door Lock 
 Hammock-hook 
 Hammond Window-springs 
 Hand-made Locks 
 
 Rail-screws 
 Hangers. Door 
 
 Picture 
 
 and Rollers 
 Hangings. Bell 
 
 270, 
 
 Page. 
 
 38 
 
 38 
 
 144 
 
 148 
 
 268 
 
 219 
 
 89 
 
 88 
 
 176 
 
 40' 
 
 234 
 
 188, 201 
 
 3 
 
 66 
 
 . 270 
 
 71, 272 
 
 . 271 
 
 . 272 
 
 272 
 
 . 273 
 
 . 272 
 
 45 
 
 . 233 
 
 200, 247 
 
 2 7 
 
 22, 23 
 
 148 
 
 134 
 
 114 
 
 208 
 
 265 
 
 139 
 
 189 
 
 28 
 
 77 
 
 29 
 
 91 
 
 268- 
 
INDEX. 
 
 
 
 
 307 
 
 Page. 
 
 Hardware. Artistic 
 
 
 
 
 . 278 
 
 for Inside Shutters 
 
 
 
 
 . 159 
 
 Table of Miscellaneous 
 
 
 
 
 . 277 
 
 Hart Patent Hinge 
 
 
 
 
 50 
 
 Harvard Lock 
 
 
 
 
 . 218 
 
 Hasp Padlock 
 
 
 
 
 . 232 
 
 and Staples 
 
 
 
 
 47 
 
 and Staple with Double. Hook 
 
 
 
 
 47 
 
 and Staple on Plates 
 
 
 
 
 47 
 
 Hatfield Anti-friction Sheave 
 
 
 
 
 96 
 
 Barn Door-hanger 
 
 
 
 
 94 
 
 Hemacite Knob 
 
 
 
 
 . 250 
 
 Hero Spring-hinge 
 
 
 
 
 73, 74 
 
 Hill's Skylight-lift 
 
 
 
 
 . 166 
 
 Hinges 
 
 
 
 
 47 
 
 Awning 
 
 
 
 
 . 158 
 
 Barn-door Hook-and-eye 
 
 
 
 
 52 
 
 Blind 
 
 
 
 
 53 
 
 Blind. Inside 
 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Blind. Malleable Iron 
 
 
 
 
 54 
 
 Blind. New York Style 
 
 
 
 
 53 
 
 Blind. Rochester 
 
 
 
 
 . 153 
 
 Blind. Seymour's 
 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Chest 
 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Gate 
 
 
 
 
 . 271 
 
 Gate. Seymour's 
 
 
 
 
 . 271 
 
 Hasp 
 
 
 
 
 48 
 
 Keene's Double-acting Saloon-door 
 
 
 
 
 67 
 
 Phosphor-bronze 
 
 
 
 
 75 
 
 Pin or Centre 
 
 
 
 
 64 
 
 Quadrant 
 
 
 
 
 64 
 
 Record's Patent 
 
 
 
 
 51 
 
 Special 
 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Spring 
 
 
 
 
 66 
 
 Spring. Bardsley's Checking 
 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 Spring. Champion 
 
 
 
 
 69 
 
 Spring. Crown 
 
 
 
 
 68 
 
 Spring. Devcre 
 
 
 
 
 73 
 
 Spring. Empire 
 
 
 
 
 68 
 
 Spring. Garden City 
 
 
 
 
 66 
 
308 
 
 D UILDERS' HARD WA RE. 
 
 
 Page. 
 
 Hinges. Spring. Hero 
 
 73, 74 
 
 Spring. Hold-back 
 
 73 
 
 Spring. Star 
 
 68 
 
 Spring. Prices 
 
 75 
 
 Spring. Union 
 
 72 
 
 Spring. Wiles 
 
 73 
 
 Strap. .... 
 
 49 
 
 Strap. Raised 
 
 51 
 
 Straj). Wrought-steel Table . . 
 
 51 
 
 T 
 
 50 
 
 Transom 
 
 49,161 
 
 Trap-door 
 
 51 
 
 Wash-tray 
 
 63 
 
 Water-closet Seat 
 
 63 
 
 Wells's Patent 
 
 50 
 
 with Braced Leaf 
 
 50 
 
 Hold-back Spring-hinges 
 
 73 
 
 Hollenback Expanding Spindle Door-knob 
 
 . . 246 
 
 Tubular-lock 
 
 . . 226 
 
 Hook. Bird-cage 
 
 . . 263 
 
 Blind 
 
 54 
 
 Coat 
 
 60, 61 
 
 Chandelier 
 
 .. 264 
 
 Clothes-line 
 
 . . 265 
 
 Hammock 
 
 .. 265 
 
 Picture 
 
 .. 263 
 
 Picture-moulding 
 
 .. 263 
 
 Picture-rod 
 
 29 
 
 Screw . . . . .... 
 
 29, 263 
 
 Sliding-shutter 
 
 .. 160 
 
 Wardrobe 
 
 260, 261 
 
 and Eye Hinge. Barn-door 
 
 52 
 
 Hotel Locks 
 
 188, 209 
 
 House's Automatic Door-check 
 
 .. 86 
 
 Liquid Door-check 
 
 85 
 
 Hungarian Nails 
 
 16 
 
 Ideal Anti-rattler 
 
 . . 141 
 
 Inside Blind-hinge 
 
 63 
 
 Catch 
 
 89 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Inside Shutters. Hardware for 
 Iron. Bower-Barffed 
 
 Bronzed Composition 
 
 Cast 
 
 Cast. Wrought 
 
 Chilled 
 
 Coppered Malleable . . 
 
 Copper-plated 
 
 Cut Taeks 
 
 Galvanized 
 
 Malleable 
 
 Method for Preventing Rust 
 
 Nickel-plated 
 
 Sash-cord 
 
 and Steel Clinch Staples 
 
 Weights 
 
 Wrought 
 Ives Mortise Door-bolt 
 
 Sash-fast 
 
 Jackson's Sash-cord Iron 
 Jamb Staples 
 Japanning 
 
 Jewett Spring-butt 
 Joint-bolts . . 
 Judd Sash-fast 
 
 Keene's Double-acting Saloon-door Hingt 
 Key. Parts of 
 
 Pompeian 
 Key-hole Escutcheons. Table of 
 King Sash-lock ... 
 Knobs 
 
 Bardsley's Screwless 
 
 Boston 
 
 Celluloid 
 
 Glass 
 
 Hemacite 
 
 Hollenbeck's Expanding Spindle 
 
 Lava 
 
 309 
 
 Page. 
 159 
 
 154 
 3 
 
 94 
 
 149 
 
 4 
 
 19 
 
 3 
 
 94 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 120 
 
 19 
 
 121 
 
 1 
 
 4(3 
 
 131 
 
 120 
 
 31 
 
 3 
 
 70 
 
 28 
 
 126 
 
 6 7 
 172 
 171 
 254 
 124 
 23 7 
 244 
 180 
 250 
 249 
 250 
 246 
 249 
 
310 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Iron. Mathes's Adjustable Screwless 
 
 Morris Patent 
 
 Niles Patent . . 
 
 Phipps's Patent 
 
 Porcelain 
 
 Table of 
 
 Wood 
 Knob-fastener. Bardsley 
 
 Fastening 
 
 Shank. Screwless 
 Knocker. Old-fashioned 
 
 Label-plate 
 
 Ladd Sash-fast 
 
 Lag-screws 
 
 Latches 
 
 Latch. Brass Thumb 
 
 Cottage 
 
 Elevator-door 
 
 Gate 
 
 Gate. Leeds's 
 
 Gate. Mortise 
 
 Gate. Seymour's 
 
 Reversible 
 
 Rim Sliding-door 
 
 Roggin's 
 
 Screen-door 
 
 Vestibule 
 Lava Knobs 
 Lead Weights 
 Leeds's Gate-latch 
 Left Hand Locks. Right and 
 Letters 
 Letter-plate 
 Lever Bell-pull 
 
 Lock. Changes in 
 
 Parlor-bell 
 
 Parts of 
 Lifts. Sash 
 
 Sash. Sweet's Reversible 
 
 Page. 
 242 
 242 
 245 
 245 
 249 
 253 
 249 
 245 
 243 
 242 
 252 
 
 267 
 127 
 27 
 233 
 233 
 234 
 233 
 273 
 273 
 272 
 272 
 181 
 233 
 233 
 234 
 208 
 249 
 121 
 273 
 180 
 266 
 266 
 252 
 175 
 252 
 173 
 144 
 144 
 
INDEX. 
 
 
 
 311 
 
 Page. 
 
 Lifts. Sash. Table of 
 
 
 
 . . 146 
 
 Sash. Wigger's 
 
 
 
 . . 144 
 
 Skylight 
 
 
 
 .. 16G 
 
 Transom. American 
 
 
 
 . . 165 
 
 Transom. Excelsior 
 
 
 
 . . 166 
 
 Transom. Overell's 
 
 
 
 . . 166 
 
 Transom. Steller 
 
 
 
 . . 165 
 
 Transom. Wollensak's 
 
 
 
 . . 165 
 
 Liquid Door-check. House's 
 
 
 
 85 
 
 Locks 
 
 
 
 . . 168 
 
 Advantages of Yale 
 
 
 
 . . 215 
 
 Barn-door. Mack & Redway's 
 
 
 
 . . 233 
 
 Bramah 
 
 
 
 .. 183 
 
 Chubbs's 
 
 
 
 .. 175 
 
 Combination Dial 
 
 
 
 . . 224 
 
 Conditions from which to Judge of 
 
 
 
 . . 182 
 
 Cotterill's 
 
 
 
 . . 184 
 
 Cylinder 
 
 
 
 . . 213 
 
 Dead 
 
 
 
 .. 187 
 
 Dial 
 
 
 
 . . 224 
 
 Egyptian Wooden 
 
 
 
 .. 170 
 
 Electric 
 
 
 
 . . 227 
 
 Elizabethan 
 
 
 
 .. 171 
 
 Finish and Cost 
 
 
 
 . . 169 
 
 Follow of a 
 
 
 
 .. 177 
 
 Foster 
 
 
 
 . . 219 
 
 Front-door 
 
 
 
 188, 201 
 
 Gilbert 
 
 
 
 . . 200 
 
 Hand and Machine made 
 
 
 
 . . 189 
 
 Harvard 
 
 
 
 . . 218 
 
 Hotel 
 
 
 
 188,209 
 
 Lever. Changes in a 
 
 
 
 .. 175 
 
 Master-keyed 
 
 
 
 ... 210 
 
 Miscellaneous 
 
 
 
 . . 226 
 
 Niles 
 
 
 
 .. 196 
 
 ParnelPs Defiance 
 
 
 
 .. 187 
 
 Pompeian 
 
 
 
 .. 171 
 
 Post-office 
 
 
 
 . . 230 
 
 Prices for 
 
 
 
 189, 234 
 
 Principles of . . 
 
 
 
 .. 170 
 
312 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Locks. Right and Left Hand 
 
 
 
 . . 181 
 
 Rim 
 
 
 
 .. 188 
 
 Sash 
 
 
 
 . . 124 
 
 Sash. Ticket-office 
 
 
 
 .. 132 
 
 Sash. Yale & Towne 
 
 
 
 . . 124 
 
 Skylight-lift and 
 
 
 
 .. 166 
 
 Sliding-door 
 
 
 
 .. 228 
 
 Springs for 
 
 
 
 .. 176 
 
 Spring. Detector 
 
 
 
 .. 175 
 
 Spring. Standard 
 
 
 
 . . 200 
 
 Store 
 
 
 
 .. 193 
 
 Tests 
 
 
 
 .. 182 
 
 Treatise on. Price 
 
 
 
 .. 174 
 
 Tubular .... 
 
 
 
 . . 226 
 
 Wards of a 
 
 
 
 .. 175 
 
 Wards of an old French 
 
 
 
 .. 17& 
 
 Wardrobe 
 
 
 
 . . 230 
 
 Wear on 
 
 
 
 . . 181 
 
 Winn Cylinder 
 
 
 
 . . 222 
 
 Loose-joint Butt 
 
 
 
 58 
 
 Butt. Ball-tip Table 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 Butt. Wrought-steel Table 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 Pin 
 
 
 
 59 
 
 Machine-made Locks 
 
 
 
 . . 189 
 
 Mack & Redway's Barn-door Lock 
 
 
 
 . .. 233 
 
 Malleable Iron 
 
 
 
 94 
 
 Mallory's Shutter-worker 
 
 
 
 .. 156 
 
 Manufacture of Nails 
 
 
 
 12 
 
 Screws 
 
 
 
 22 
 
 Master-keyed Locks 
 
 
 
 210, 211 
 
 Materials for Artistic Hardware 
 
 
 
 .. 279 
 
 Butts 
 
 
 
 59 
 
 Hinges. Spring 
 
 
 
 75 
 
 Knobs 
 
 
 
 . . 248 
 
 Screws 
 
 
 
 25 
 
 Mathes's Sash-fast 
 
 
 
 .. 130 
 
 Metal Knobs 
 
 
 
 . . 249 
 
 Metals and Varieties of Finish 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 Metropolitan Sash-fast 
 
 
 
 . . 126 
 
INDEX. 
 
 313 
 
 
 Page. 
 
 Miscellaneous Hardware. Table of 
 
 . 277 
 
 Locks 
 
 . 226 
 
 Moody Barn-door Hanger 
 
 93 
 
 Moore's Anti-friction Parlor-door Hanger 
 
 98 
 
 Morris's Patent Door-knob 
 
 . 242 
 
 Sasb-fast 
 
 . 129 
 
 Self-locking Sbutter-bar 
 
 . 160 
 
 Mortise Door-bolts 
 
 44 
 
 Gem 
 
 45 
 
 Table of 
 
 46 
 
 Mortise Locks 
 
 . 187 
 
 Morton Chains 
 
 114 
 
 Mosquito-bar Bolt 
 
 32 
 
 Moulding Hooks. Picture 
 
 . 264 
 
 Nails 
 
 12 
 
 Brass Door 
 
 18 
 
 Brass-head Picture 
 
 18 
 
 Clout 
 
 15 
 
 Cost of 14, IS 
 
 , 16, 17 
 
 Finishing 
 
 15 
 
 Hungarian 
 
 16 
 
 Mode of Manufacture 
 
 12, 13 
 
 Pennies as Applied to 
 
 13 
 
 Plate 
 
 12 
 
 Porcelain-headed Picture 
 
 17 
 
 Prices for Cut- steel 
 
 15 
 
 Sizes 
 
 13 
 
 Steel 
 
 14 
 
 Strength of 
 
 14 
 
 Uses of 
 
 14 
 
 Wire 
 
 17 
 
 Neck-bolts 
 
 31 
 
 Nelson's Perfect Fastener 
 
 . 143 
 
 New York Blind-fast 
 
 . 149 
 
 Style Blind-hinge 
 
 54 
 
 Knobs 
 
 . 180 
 
 Safety Dumb-waiter 
 
 . . 275 
 
 Nickel Barn-door Hanger 
 
 94 
 
 Barn-door Rail 
 
 91 
 
314 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Nickel Parlor-door Hanger 
 
 
 
 
 . 100 
 
 Plated Screws. Table of 
 
 
 
 
 27 
 
 Spring-hinge . . 
 
 
 
 
 73 
 
 Niles Patent Knob 
 
 
 
 
 . 246 
 
 Lock 
 
 
 
 
 . 196 
 
 Northrup s Window-spring 
 
 
 
 
 . 139 
 
 Norton's Door-check. Prices 
 
 
 
 
 82 
 
 Novelty Parlor-door Hanger 
 
 
 
 
 98 
 
 Ormsby Sash-balance 
 
 
 
 
 . 119 
 
 Outside Blind-fasts 
 
 
 
 
 147 
 
 OverelPs Transom-lifter 
 
 
 
 
 . 166 
 
 Padlocks 
 
 
 
 
 . 232 
 
 Giant 
 
 
 
 
 . 233 
 
 Hasp 
 
 
 
 
 . 233 
 
 Scandinavian 
 
 
 
 
 . 232 
 
 Paragon Parlor-door Hanger 
 
 
 
 
 . 102 
 
 Parliament Butts 
 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Parlor-bell Lever 
 
 
 
 
 . 252 
 
 Rail. Climax 
 
 
 
 
 96 
 
 Parnell's Defiance Lock 
 
 
 
 
 . 187 
 
 Parts of Bolt 
 
 
 
 
 . 173 
 
 a Key 
 
 
 
 
 . 172 
 
 a Lever 
 
 
 
 
 . 173 
 
 Patten's Window-tightener 
 
 
 
 
 . 143 
 
 Payson's Sash-fast 
 
 
 
 
 . 131 
 
 Peabody Door-spring 
 
 
 
 
 79 
 
 Pegs. Book-case Shelf 
 
 
 
 
 . 259 
 
 Pennies as Applied to Nails 
 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 Perautopic Bank-lock 
 
 
 
 
 L85, 186 
 
 Perkins's Door-check 
 
 
 
 
 44 
 
 Phipps's Patent Door-knob 
 
 
 
 
 . 245 
 
 Phosphor-Bronze 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 Hinges 
 
 
 
 
 75 
 
 Pulley Axles . . 
 
 
 
 
 . 109 
 
 Springs 
 
 
 
 
 . 178 
 
 Piano Head-screw 
 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 Picture Hanger 
 
 
 
 
 29 
 
 Hooks . . 
 
 
 
 
 . 263 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Picture Moulding Hooks 
 
 Hod Hooks 
 
 Nail. Brass-head 
 
 Nail. Porcelain-head 
 Pin or Centre Hinge 
 Plate. Letter 
 
 Nails . . 
 
 Push . . 
 Pompeian Lock 
 Porcelain Knobs 
 Post-office Lock 
 Prescott Door-hanger 
 
 Door-hanger Prices 
 
 Shutter-worker 
 Principles of Locks 
 Prindle Parlor-door Hanger 
 Providence Blind-fast 
 Pulls. Drawer 
 
 Druggists' Drawer 
 
 Ring 
 Pulleys 
 
 Axle. Ordinary 
 
 Norris 
 
 Sash 
 
 Anti-friction 
 Chains. Grooved 
 Corey's Two-wheel 
 Empire 
 Table of . . 
 Push-plates 
 
 Rail. Climax 
 
 Nickel Barn door 
 Raised Strap-hinge 
 Rattling Wedges. Clanson 
 Raymond Sash-weights 
 Rebated Locks 
 Record's Patent Hinge 
 Reliance Door-spring 
 Reverse Action Spring-butt 
 
 Anti- 
 
 315 
 
 Page. 
 
 264 
 
 18 
 
 17 
 
 G4 
 
 266 
 
 12 
 2G7 
 171 
 249 
 230 
 105 
 107 
 157 
 170 
 
 99 
 150 
 25 7 
 258 
 
 25 7 
 108 
 110 
 1 u 
 109 
 109 
 114 
 110 
 110 
 112 
 
 26 7 
 
 96 
 
 91 
 
 51 
 
 Ml 
 
 121 
 
 188 
 
 51 
 
 78 
 
 79 
 
316 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Reversible Latches 
 
 
 
 
 . 181 
 
 Richards's Parlor-door Hanger 
 
 
 
 
 . 102 
 
 Right and Left Hand Butts 
 
 
 
 
 57 
 
 Rim Looks 
 
 
 
 
 . 188 
 
 Sliding Door-latch 
 
 
 
 
 . 23a 
 
 Ring-pull 
 
 
 
 
 . 257 
 
 Rochester Blind-binge 
 
 
 
 
 . 153 
 
 Rodger's Sash-cord 
 
 
 
 
 . 121 
 
 Roggin's Latch 
 
 
 
 
 . 233 
 
 Roses 
 
 
 
 
 . 238 
 
 Saloon-door Hinge 
 
 
 
 
 67 
 
 Sash-balances 
 
 
 
 
 . 117 
 
 Balances. Anderson. . 
 
 
 
 
 . 118 
 
 Balances. B yam's 
 
 
 
 
 . 140 
 
 Balances. Ormsby 
 
 
 
 
 . 119 
 
 Balances. Shumard 
 
 
 
 
 . 119 
 
 Centres 
 
 
 
 
 . 161 
 
 Centre. Surface 
 
 
 
 
 . 162 
 
 Cbain. Cable. . 
 
 
 
 
 . 115 
 
 Cbain. Chamj^ion 
 
 
 
 
 . 114 
 
 Chain. Double 
 
 
 
 
 . 114 
 
 Chain. Single 
 
 
 
 
 . 113 
 
 Chain. Solid-link 
 
 
 
 
 . 116 
 
 Chain. Table of 
 
 
 
 
 . 117 
 
 Chain and Weights 
 
 
 
 
 . 113 
 
 Cord. Acme 
 
 
 
 
 . 116 
 
 Cord. Iron 
 
 
 
 
 . 120 
 
 Cord Iron. Double 
 
 
 
 
 . 120 
 
 Cord Iron. Jackson's 
 
 
 
 
 . 120 
 
 Cord Iron. Spring 
 
 
 
 
 . 116 
 
 Sash-fasts 
 
 
 
 
 . 125 
 
 Attwell 
 
 
 
 
 . 118 
 
 Boston 
 
 
 
 
 . 127 
 
 Byam's 
 
 
 
 
 . 136 
 
 Cam 
 
 
 
 
 . 131 
 
 Excentric 
 
 
 
 
 . 13 7 
 
 Favorite 
 
 
 
 
 . 129 
 
 Gravity 
 
 
 
 
 . 134 
 
 Ives 
 
 
 
 
 . 131 
 
INDEX. 
 
 
 
 
 317 
 
 Tage. 
 
 Sash-fasts. Judd 
 
 
 
 . 126 
 
 Ladd 
 
 
 
 
 127 
 
 Lever-locking 
 
 
 
 
 . 130 
 
 Lever Plain 
 
 
 
 
 . 125 
 
 Lever Spring 
 
 
 
 
 . 127 
 
 Locking in Different Positions 
 
 
 
 
 . 136 
 
 Mathes' 
 
 
 
 
 . 130 
 
 Metropolitan 
 
 
 
 
 . 126 
 
 Morris 
 
 
 
 
 . 129 
 
 Payson's 
 
 
 
 
 . 131 
 
 Security 
 
 
 
 
 134 
 
 Self-locking 
 
 
 
 
 132 
 
 Shaw's 
 
 
 
 
 . 134 
 
 Table of 
 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 Timby 
 
 
 
 
 . 136 
 
 Triumph 
 
 
 
 
 130 
 
 Sash-fastenings 
 
 
 
 
 122 
 
 Holder. Ayer's 
 
 
 
 
 140 
 
 Holder. Storm 
 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 Lifts 
 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 Lifts. Byam's 
 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 Lifts. Sweet's Reversible . . 
 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 Lifts. Table of 
 
 
 
 
 . 146 
 
 Lifts. Wigger's 
 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 Sash Lift and Lock 
 
 
 
 
 . 144 
 
 Locks 
 
 
 
 
 124 
 
 Locks. King 
 
 
 
 
 1 24 
 
 Openers 
 
 
 
 
 . 146 
 
 Pivot 
 
 
 
 
 161 
 
 Pulleys 
 
 
 
 
 . 109 
 
 Pulleys. Anti-friction 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Pulleys. Corey's Two Wheel 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Pulleys. Empire 
 
 
 
 
 . no 
 
 Pulleys. Sash-chain 
 
 
 
 
 . ; 14 
 
 Pulleys. Table of 
 
 
 
 
 . 1 12 
 
 Roller 
 
 
 
 
 . 140 
 
 Starter. Anderson's 
 
 
 
 
 . 145 
 
 Weights. Raymond's 
 
 
 
 
 . 121 
 
 Scandinavian Padlock 
 
 
 
 
 . 232 
 
 Scrapers. Foot . . . . ... 
 
 
 
 
 . 268 
 
318 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Screen-butt 
 
 Butt. Newman's 
 
 Door-catch 
 
 Door Corner-iron 
 
 Door-latch. Crown 
 
 Door-spring 
 Screw-eyes 
 
 Eye Fasts . . 
 Screw-hooks 
 
 Sizes 
 Screws 
 
 Diamond-pointed 
 
 Coach 
 
 Drill-pointed 
 
 Elastic-headed 
 
 Gimlet-pointed 
 
 Hand-rail 
 
 Lag 
 
 Manufacture of 
 
 Materials for . . 
 
 Piano-head 
 
 Prices of Nickel-plated 
 
 Table of 
 
 Table of Gimlet-pointed Coach 
 
 Wood 
 
 Screwless Door-knob 
 Security Blind-fast 
 
 Sash-fast 
 Seymour's Blind Catch 
 
 Blind Catch and Loi k 
 
 Blind-hinge 
 
 Gate-latch 
 
 Gate-latch. Cylindrical 
 
 Gate Hinge 
 Shaw's Sash-fast 
 Shedd Blind-fastener 
 Shelf-bracket 
 
 Pegs. Bookcase 
 Ship-bolt 
 
 Handle 
 
 Page. 
 
 G5 
 
 64 
 
 234 
 
 267 
 
 234 
 
 79 
 
 29 
 
 150 
 
 29,263 
 
 2a 
 
 21 
 
 23 
 
 22 
 
 22 
 
 90 
 
 23 
 
 28 
 
 27 
 
 22 
 
 25 
 
 23 
 
 27 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 25 
 
 242 
 
 150 
 
 134 
 
 152 
 
 512 
 
 55 
 
 272 
 
 273 
 
 270 
 
 134 
 
 148 
 
 258 
 
 259 
 
 33 
 
 251 
 
INDEX. 
 
 
 
 319 
 
 Page. 
 
 Shutter-bars. . 
 
 
 
 . 159 
 
 Bars. Morris' Self-lorking 
 
 
 
 . 160 
 
 Fixtures 
 
 
 
 . 147 
 
 Fixtures. Table of . . 
 
 
 
 . 1G0 
 
 Flap 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Hardware for Inside . . 
 
 
 
 . 159 
 
 Hook. Sliding- 
 
 
 
 . 160 
 
 Workers 
 
 
 
 . 155 
 
 Workers. Brockton 
 
 
 
 . 157 
 
 Shutter-worker. Brown's. . 
 
 
 
 . 156 
 
 Worker. Dudley 
 
 
 
 . 157 
 
 Worker. Mallory 
 
 
 
 . 156 
 
 Worker. Prescott 
 
 
 
 . 157 
 
 Shumard Sash-balance 
 
 
 
 . 119 
 
 Side-flush Bolts 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 Sink-bolts 
 
 
 
 . 30 
 
 Sizes of Nails 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 Skylight-lift 
 
 
 
 . 166 
 
 Slat Adjuster. Byam's Biind- 
 
 
 
 . 15!) 
 
 Sliding-door Latch. Rim.. 
 
 
 
 . 233 
 
 Door Locks 
 
 
 
 . 228 
 
 Door Sheave 
 
 
 
 95 
 
 Sliding Shutter-hook 
 
 
 
 . 160 
 
 Smith & Fgge Chains 
 
 
 
 . 114 
 
 Specification for Hardware 
 
 
 
 . 2!il 
 
 Spindle 
 
 
 
 . 244 
 
 Door-knob. Hollenbeck's expanding 
 
 
 
 . 246 
 
 Knob with Threaded 
 
 
 
 . 240 
 
 Screw partly Covered. Knob with 
 
 
 
 . 239 
 
 Swivel 
 
 
 
 . 244 
 
 Spring-bolts. . 
 
 
 
 32 
 
 Butt. Chicago 
 
 
 
 69 
 
 Butt. Garden City Double-acting . . 
 
 
 
 67 
 
 Butt. Jewett 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 Butt. Torsion 
 
 
 
 72 
 
 Spring for doors, see Door-springs 
 
 
 
 
 Spring. Engine-house 
 
 
 
 78 
 
 Spring Hinges 
 
 
 
 66 
 
 Bardsley's Checking 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 Champion 
 
 
 
 69 
 
3 20 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 
 
 Page 
 
 Spring Hinges. Crown 
 
 
 
 68 
 
 Devore 
 
 
 
 
 73 
 
 Empire 
 
 
 
 
 67 
 
 Garden City 
 
 
 
 
 66 
 
 Hero 
 
 
 
 
 73 
 
 Hold-back 
 
 
 
 
 73 
 
 Materials for . . . . ... 
 
 
 
 
 75 
 
 Nickel 
 
 
 
 
 73 
 
 Prices 
 
 
 
 
 75 
 
 Star 
 
 
 
 
 68 
 
 Union 
 
 
 
 
 72 
 
 Wiles 
 
 
 
 
 74 
 
 Spring for Locks 
 
 
 
 
 . 176 
 
 Reverse-action 
 
 
 
 
 79 
 
 Sash-cord. Coiled 
 
 
 
 
 . 116 
 
 Window- 
 
 
 
 
 . 139 
 
 Square Neck-bolts 
 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 Stair-rail Brackets 
 
 
 
 
 . 265 
 
 Staple. Bent 
 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 Staple. Clinch 
 
 
 
 
 19 
 
 Staple. Jamb 
 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 Star Door-spring 
 
 
 
 
 77 
 
 Star Spring-hinge 
 
 
 
 
 68 
 
 Stay-roller. Victor 
 
 
 
 
 92 
 
 Steel. Composition 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 Butts. Wrought, Loose-joint. Table of . 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 Hinges. Wrought, Strap. Table of 
 
 
 
 51 
 
 Nails 
 
 
 
 14 
 
 Nails. Prices 
 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 Nails. Wire, Table of 
 
 
 
 
 17 
 
 Staples 
 
 
 
 
 19 
 
 Tacks 
 
 
 
 
 19 
 
 Stop-bead Fastener 
 
 
 
 
 . 143 
 
 Stops. Door 
 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 Store Locks 
 
 
 
 
 . 192 
 
 Storm Sash-holder 
 
 
 
 
 . 142 
 
 Stove-bolts 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 Strap-hinge 
 
 
 
 
 49 
 
 Strap-hinge. Prices of Wrought Steel . 
 
 
 
 
 51 
 
 Strength of Nails 
 
 
 
 
 14 
 
INDEX 
 
 
 
 
 
 :i2l 
 
 Page. 
 
 Strike. Anti-friction 
 
 
 
 
 178 
 
 Strike. Anti-friction, Hall 
 
 
 
 
 
 179 
 
 Sweet's Reversible Sash-lift 
 
 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 Sweet's Window-spring 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 139 
 
 Swivel-spindle 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 244 
 
 Tacks 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 19 
 
 Tail-bolts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 35 
 
 Tenon Blind-fastener 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 154 
 
 Tests tor Locks 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 182 
 
 T-handle and Knob 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 251 
 
 Thaxter's Electric Lock . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 227 
 
 T-hinge 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 50 
 
 T-hinge with Braced Leaf. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 50 
 
 Thumb Latch. Brass 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 233 
 
 Ticket-office Sash-lock 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 133 
 
 Tightener. Window 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 143 
 
 Timby Sash-fast 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 13(1 
 
 Tire-blots 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 Top Door-catch 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 Torry Door-spring . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 7!) 
 
 Torsion Door-spring 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 79 
 
 Torsion Spring-butt 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 72 
 
 Transom-catch 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 163 
 
 Centres. . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . llll 
 
 Fittings. Table of 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 167 
 
 Hinges 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 161 
 
 Lift. American 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 165 
 
 Lift. Excelsior 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 166 
 
 Lift. Overell's 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 166 
 
 Lift. Steller 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 16 5 
 
 Lift. Wollensak 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 165 
 
 and Skylight Fittings. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 161 
 
 Trap-door Hinge . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 51 
 
 Triumph Sash-fast . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 130 
 
 Tubular Lock 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 226 
 
 Turn-buckle 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 151 
 
 Turn-buttons 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 255 
 
 Union Spring-hinge 
 
322 
 
 BUILDERS' HARDWARE. 
 
 Vestibule Latches 
 
 Victor Barn-door Hanger . . 
 
 Victor Stay-roller 
 
 Wards for Lock 
 
 Wards of an Old French Lock 
 
 Wardrobe Hinge 
 
 Wardrobe Hooks 
 
 Wardrobe Locks 
 
 Warner Door-spring 
 
 Parlor-door Hanger . . 
 Washers 
 Wash-tray Hinge 
 Water-closet Seat Hinge . . 
 Wear on Locks 
 Wedges. Clanson's Anti-rattling 
 Weights, Raymond's Sash 
 
 Sash chains and 
 Wells's Patent Hinge 
 Wigger's Sash-lifters 
 Wiles's Spring-hinge 
 Window-spring. Hammond's 
 
 Spring. Sweet's 
 
 Spring. Northrup's . 
 
 Tightener. Ayer's . 
 
 Tightener. 
 Wire Blind-fast 
 
 Nails . . 
 Wood Knobs 
 
 Screws . . 
 Wooden Lock. 
 
 Patten's . 
 
 Egyptian 
 
 Yale Lock. Advantages of 
 Lock. Mechanism 
 
 Page. 
 
 208 
 
 9,3 
 
 92 
 
 175 
 17G 
 
 04 
 260 
 229 
 
 81 
 
 98 
 59, 238 
 
 63 
 
 63 
 181 
 141 
 121 
 113 
 
 50 
 144 
 
 73 
 139 
 139 
 139 
 143 
 142 
 148 
 
 16 
 249 
 
 25 
 170 
 
 215 
 213 
 
 Zimmerman's Blind-fast 
 
 155 
 
JNlia^ara pire Itysurar^ee ^ompa^y, 
 
 135 
 
 Broadway, 
 
 New York 
 
 CITY. 
 
 CASH CAPITAL, - 
 Reserve for all Liabilities, 
 
 -Net Surplus, - 
 
 Cash. Assets, .lanuary 1, 188t), 
 
 * sooono.oo 
 
 1,480.595.11 
 
 379,540.2(5 
 
 »23G0, 135.37 
 
 Losses Paid Since Organization in 1850, over 13 Million Dollars. 
 
 PETER NOTMAN, President. 
 
 THOMAS F. GOODRICH, Vice-Pres. WEST POLLOCK, Secretary. 
 
 GEORGE C. HOWE. Assistant Secretary. 
 
 FIFTEEN YEARS AGO 
 
 THE AMERICAN ARCHITECT 
 
 MADE its appearance as the first successful architectural journal this country has 
 ever produced. To-day although it shares its field with perhaps thirty contempo- 
 raries of less age than itself it easily maintains its superiority over all. 
 
 In character, in bulk, in readableness, in the quantity and variety of its illustrations, 
 it is facile princeps; and, as is usually the case, it is found to be, when compared with its 
 fellows bv a common standard, the cheapest. 
 
 All the illustrations (of which there are 600 to 1,000 every vear) and the major part 
 of the text are found of interest to the layman no less than to the practising architect. 
 The serial articles, all illustrated, on French Sculptors, on Old Colonial Work in Virginia, 
 historically treated, on Italian Towers, on Equestrian Monuments, etc., are calculated to 
 please the cultivated reader of every class. 
 
 Subscribers to this Journal for the year 1S90 will receive a [real] photogravure of 
 Axel H. Haig's famous etching 
 
 " THE FOUNTAIN OF ST. GEORGE, LUBECK," 
 
 of which the original now sells in the open market for #125.00. 
 
 Send for Speci?)icu Copy and Prospectus to 
 
 TICKNOR &> COMPANY, PUBLISHERS, 
 
 211 Tremont Street, Boston. 
 
T. ASPINWALL & SON, 
 
 IMPORTERS AND MANUFACTURERS. 
 
 TILES OF EVERY KIND. 
 
 SOLE AGENTS FOR MINTON'S AND FOR THE CAMPBELL TILE CO. 
 
 MOSAICS in any style or design made in our own Shops by Skilled Workmen. 
 
 WOOD MANTELS, 
 
 Open Fireplaces, Grates, Brass and Iron Work, Fenders, 
 
 Andirons, etc. 
 
 DESIGNS AND ESTIMATES FOR WORK IN ANY PART OF THE COUNTRY 
 
 303 FIFTH AVE., N. E. Cor. 31st ST., NEW YORK. 
 
 W. T. MERSEREAU & CO., 321 Broadway, New York. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Brass Hand Rails, Office Rails, Grille Work for Office Desks, Doors, and Window Guards. 
 
 We furnish this work in Polished or Antique Brass, Bronze, Oxidized Silver, or Iron finish. 
 
 Estimates furnished on application ; also manufacturers of Brass Bedsteads, Easels, Fenders, 
 
 Fire Sets, Andirons, and Fireplace Frames. 
 
MM. 
 
 1 
 
 WvW 
 
 &/\\v<?^s 
 
 
 Mv^fc 
 
 @tiy 
 
 OT 
 
 WK^ 
 
 
 / \\\*v>» 
 
 
 
 
 ESTABLISHED, 1S57. 
 
 J. & R. Lamb, 
 
 59 CARMINE ST., NEW YORK. 
 
 STAINED •:■ GLASS 
 Color •:• Decoration. 
 
 WORK RECENTLY FINISHED FOR TWO IMPORTANT CHURCHES : 
 
 The Bethlehem Presbyterian Church, Philadelphia, 
 
 T. P. CHANDLER, Jr., . 
 
 The entire Stained Glass (excepting one Window), including four large 
 Figure Memorials, and a Heroic Mural Painting by F. S. Lamb, subject of 
 the GOOD SHEPHERD. 
 
 St. Pauis Cathedral, Buffalo, N. J ". 
 
 R. IV. GIBSOX, Architect of the Re 
 
 The entire Stained Glass, rich Geometric Work (excepting two Single 
 Lancets and Transept Window), the large East Window from cartoons of 
 Henry Holhday and the Eagle Lectern, heroic size of antique brass. 
 
 Special Designs submitted upon request. Correspondence solicited. 
 
 Stewart Ceramic Company, 
 
 312 PEARL, ST., Cor. Peck Slip, NEW YORK. 
 
 Sole Manufactu- 
 rers under Mora- 
 han's Patents of 
 
 the 
 
 CELEBRATED 
 SOLID WHITE 
 
 CROCKERY 
 STATIONARY 
 
 WASH-TUBS. 
 
 The only Perfect 
 
 Sanitary Tubs 
 
 now in 
 
 Existence. 
 
 ~"~ "-'-^ ■■■■■ __ ^ _ Very Strong. 
 
 Suowixo Thr-e Turn Set it. Will not absorb, leak, or decay. 
 
 No seams to open. Absolute cleanliness secured for all time. WELL GLAZED. 
 
 The only Solid Wh'te Crockery Wash-tub ever made in the world. Do not buy imitations until 
 
 you see the genuine "Morahan's Patent," stamped on the front of every tub. Wa«h-board and 
 
 Soap-cup moulded in every set. Will outlast any house. 
 
 Solid White Crockery Sinks, Comprising Butler's Pantry, Kitchen, Slop, etc. 
 
 LIBERAL TERMS TO THE TR1DE. SEND FOR PRICE-LIST AND CATALOGUE. 
 
Bardsley's Patent Wood Door Knobs 
 
 The most desirable 
 medium price knobs 
 in the market. Hand- 
 some and durable. 
 
 Every knob war- 
 ranted. Beware of 
 worthless imitations; 
 none are genuine un- 
 less the word 
 
 BARDSLEY 
 
 is stamped on the 
 shank. See page 245 
 in this work (referring 
 to Fig. 377). 
 
 BARDSLEY'S PATENT CHECKING SPRING HINGES 
 
 New and 
 
 Type. 
 
 For Double Acting Doors. 
 
 Undoubtedly 
 the best Spring 
 Hinge ever in- 
 troduced. They 
 close the door 
 without noise 
 or violence and 
 stop it at once 
 in its proper po- 
 sition. Work- 
 ing parts are 
 submerged in 
 o i 1. Springs |§|| 
 do not break 
 or rust. Door 
 cannot sag. A 
 large number 
 are in use in public buildings and on butler's pantry doors. See page 86 in this work. 
 
 JDescriptive r*rice List on Application. 
 
 J. BARDSLEY, 59 Elm Street, - IEW YORK. 
 
ARCHITECTURAL BOOKS. 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 . Ticknor & Company, Boston. 
 
 Complete Catalogue of Illustrated and Fine- Art Books- 
 Art and Architectural Works sent free to any address on 
 application. Send for it. 
 
 SAFE BUILDING. 
 
 By Louis De Cofpet Berg. Vol.1. Square 8vo. Illustrated. $5.00. 
 
 " The author proposes to furnish to any earnest student the opportunity to 
 acquire, so far as books will teach, the knowledge necessary to erect safely any 
 building. First comes an introductory chapter on the Strength of Materials. This 
 chapter gives the value of, and explains briefly, the different terms used, such as 
 stress, strain, factor of safety, centre of gravity, neutral axis, moment of inertia, 
 etc. There follow a series of chapters, each dealing with some part of a building, 
 giving practical advice and numerous calculations of strength ; for instance, chap- 
 ters on foundations, walls and piers, columns, beams, roof and other trusses, spires, 
 masonry, girders, inverted and floor-arches, sidewalks, stairs, chimneys, etc." 
 
 These papers are the work of a practising architect, and not of a mere book- 
 maker or theorist. Mr. Berg, aiming to make his work of the greatest value to the 
 largest number, has confined himself in his mathematical demonstrations to the use 
 of arithmetic, algebra, and plane geometry. In short these papers are in the 
 highest sense practical and valuable. 
 
 ANCIENT AND MODERN LIGHT-HOUSES. 
 
 By Major D. P. Heap, i vol. Square Svo. Fully illustrated. $5.00. 
 
 An interesting scientific and historical treatise, exclusively considering this im- 
 portant theme. 
 
 Ancient Light-Houses — Eddystone — Bell Rock — ■ Skerryvdre — 
 
 Other Lighthouses with Submarine Foundations — Mi not' 's Ledge — 
 Spectacle Reef — Tillamook Rock — Northwest Seal Rock ■ — ■ Light- 
 houses of the Atlantic Coast of the United States — Rothersand Light 
 Tower — -Fourteen-Foot Bank Light-House, Delaware Bay — Skeleton 
 Lron Light- LLouses — Characteristics of LJght-LLouses — Isle of May 
 Light-House — Miscellaneous Lights — Li^ht-LLoicse Administration. 
 
TICKXOJR & CO.'S AKCHITECTITllil, JiOOKS. 
 
 MONOGRAPHS OF AMEEICAN AECHITEOTUEE. 
 
 This series was designed with a view to illustrating the most notable, imposing, 
 and interesting of our American public and semi-public buildings, with adequate 
 groups of large and attractive pictures, carefully printed on plate paper, and with 
 their absolute accuracy ensured by the use of the photographic process. The 
 edifices thus illustrated are among the most conspicuous on the continent, by 
 reason of their great size, or architectural value ; and a careful study of their pro- 
 portions will be of interest to all architects and students of the fine arts. The 
 •copious array o) details given adds to the practical working and studying availa- 
 bility of the Monographs ; while the beauty of the pictures as works of art should 
 •ensure them a place in all libraries where art works are sought and cherished. 
 
 NO. I. HARVARD LAW SCHOOL 
 
 H. H. Richardson, Architect. 18 plates, 13 x 16 (Gelatine, from na- 
 ture). In portfolio. $5.00. 
 
 List of Plates. 
 
 Austin Hall, Harvard Law School. General View — General View 
 of Porch — Capital and Architect' 's Monogram — Three plates of Cap- 
 itals — Entrance Doo?-way — Porch, looking toward Memorial Hall — 
 Section of Principal Facade — ■ West End — View from Northwest — ■ 
 East End — -Staircase Totirelle — Tourelle and Entrance — Main 
 Staircase — Reading- Room — Fire-Place in Reading-Room — Plans. 
 
 NO. II. THE STATE CAPITOL, HARTFORD. 
 
 Richard M. Upjohn, Architect. 22 plates, 13 x 16 (Gelatine, from 
 nature). In portfolio. $6.00. 
 
 List of Illustrations. 
 North Front from the Terrace — North Porch — • Detail of North 
 Porch — View from North Porch, showing Soldiers' 1 Monument and 
 Park — -Fast Front — Details of East Porch, with Bas-relief of the 
 Charter Oak — ■ View from Southeast Carriage Porch — Detail of Car- 
 riage Porch — South or Carriage Porch — General View from the 
 Southeast — West Front — Sou.h Main Corridor, showing Dome Piers 
 .and East Stairway — -Dome — Interior of Dome, at Gallery Level — 
 North Main Corridor, showing Model of '" The Genius of Connecticut,'''' 
 the terminal figure on the Dome- — Southwest Gable and Dormers — 
 Hall of Representatives — East or Senate Stairway — Senate Cham- 
 bers — Detail of Southwest Pavilion — West Mai 11 Corridor, Bronze 
 Statue of Gov. Buckingham and the State Battle-Flags — Plans. 
 
TTCKXOR & CO.'S AUCJIITJECTlJiATj HOOKS. 
 
 NO. III. AMES MEMORIAL BUILDINGS 
 
 AT NORTH EASTON, MASS. H. H. Richardson, Architect. 
 22 plates, 13 x 16, also two lithographs. In portfolio. $6.00. 
 
 General View of the Town Hall and Memorial Library, from the 
 Southwest — General View, from the Northeast — Front View of Town 
 Hall— Arcade of Town Hall — Detail of Arcade — Interior of Loggia 
 — J Vest End of Town Hall — ■ View from Southeast — East End — ■ 
 Detail of East End of Town Hall — General J'iew of Library — 
 Entrance Archway — Details of Library Front (Two Plates) — East 
 End — Chimney-piece in Reading-Room — Interior of Book-Room — - 
 The Gate-Lodge, from the Grounds of E. L. Ames, Esq. — The Gate- 
 Lodge, from the Southwest — The Gate-Lodge, from the Street — -The 
 Railroad Station from the Track — Plans of Town Hall and Memorial 
 Library — Plans of Gate Lodge and Railroad Station. 
 
 NO. IV. THE MEMORIAL HALL 
 
 AT HARVARD UNIVERSITY. Wake and Van Brunt, Archi- 
 tects. 13 plates, 13 x 16, and one Photo-Lithograph. In portfolio. 
 $5 -°°- 
 General View of Cambridge, from the I Vest — Harvard Memorial 
 Hall, from the Southeast — The Main Entrance — The Memorial Ves- 
 tibule — Entrance of Dining Hall- — Southwest Porch — Cloister and 
 Memorial Tablet — Views of Memorial Hall, from the J Vest, with 
 Statue ofjfohn Harvard — Dining Hall, looking West — Dining Hall, 
 looking East — East End — Sanders' 1 Theatre — Plan. 
 
 NO.V. TRINITY CHURCH, BOSTON,MASS. 
 
 22 Gelatine Views and 1 Heliochrome, 13 x 16. $10.00. 
 
 Portrait of H H. Richardson ■ — • West Front of Trinity — ■ Genera! 
 View, from Southeast — Apse and Tower, from Southeast — General 
 View, from Northwest — Main Entrance — Detail of West Front — 
 Tower from South — Details of Tower — Cloister and Chapel — Cloister 
 and Tracery Window — Cloister Garth — Chapel Stairway — En- 
 trance to North Transept — Chancel — North Side of Nave — Font — ■ 
 Bust of Dean Stanley — Nave, from Gallery — Interior of Tower — ■ 
 Cartoon for Window — Plan of the Church. 
 
TICKJVOR & CO.'S ARCHITECTURAL BOOKS. 
 
 Indispensable to Architects: 
 
 MODERN PERSPECTIVE. 
 
 A Treatise upon the Principles and Practice of Plane and Cylindrical 
 Perspective, by William R. Ware, Professor of Architecture in 
 the School of Mines, Columbia College. I vol. i2mo. 321 pages, 
 with 27 plates in a portfolio. $5.00. 
 
 This is by far the most exhaustive of modern works on the subjects relating to 
 perspective, plane and panoramic, and will be of great value to all architects and 
 artists, and others interested in the problems of art. The scientific and pictorial 
 aspects of these investigations are carefully and thoroughly considered, both inde- 
 pendently and in their connection with drawing ; and the propositions of the 
 author are illustrated by plates of architectural objects and perspective plans. An. 
 invaluable book for artists, architects, draughtsmen, and civil engineers. 
 
 " The book is written in clear English, free from unnecessary technicalities, and 
 in a much more felicitous style than such text-books usually are. The plates 
 required a prodigious quantity of careful work and are correspondingly valuable." 
 — New- York World. 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS OF SPIRES AND 
 TOWERS 
 
 Of the Mediaeval Churches of England. Preceded by some 
 observations on the Architecture of the Middle Ages and its 
 Spire-Growth. By Charles Wickes. One vol. Folio. Nearly 
 one hundred plates, with text, $15.00. 
 
 Years ago, when Mr. Charles Wickes was engaged in the preparation of his famous 
 work on " Spires and Towers " he had the good sense to print before the completion 
 and issue of the more elaborate colored drawings, an uncolored edition of his work 
 for the special use of architects. Thanks to this action, he placed before the pro- 
 fession one of the most useful and beautiful works which have found a place in archi- 
 tectural libraries. 
 
 This work Ticknor & Co. have reprinted. Owing to the great skill and care exer- 
 cised by the Heliotype Printing Company, these prints have lost nothing of their 
 original force and delicacy in reproduction, and the reprint is quite as valuable and 
 useful as the original. The present edition contains, also, in full, the notes and criti- 
 cisms of the original, making forty pages of text and notes, not less valuable than the 
 plates. 
 
TICKXOM <£• CO.'S ARCiriTECTTrRAZ, BOOKS. 
 
 A Valuable Text-book : 
 
 BUILDING SUPERINTENDENCE. 
 
 A MANUAL : For young Architects, Students, and others interested 
 in Building Operations as carried on at the present time. By 
 T. M. Clark, Fellow of the American Institute of Architects. 
 I vol. 8vo. 336 pages. Illustrated with 194 Plans, Diagrams, 
 etc. Price, $3.00. 
 
 Introduction — The Construction of a Stone Church — Wooden 
 Dwelling- Houses — A Model Specification — Contracts — The Construc- 
 tion of a Town Hall — Index. 
 
 " This is not a treatise on the architectural art, or the science of construction, 
 but a simple exposition of the ordinary practice of building in this country, with 
 suggestions for supervising such work efficiently. Architects of experience prob- 
 ably know already nearly everything that the book contains, but their younger 
 brethren as well as those persons not of the profession who are occasionally called 
 upon to direct building operations, will perhaps be glad of its help." 
 
 There is hardly any practical problem in construction, from the building of a 
 stone town-hall or church to that of a wooden cottage, that is not carefully consid- 
 ered and discussed here ; and a very full index helps to make this treasury of facts 
 accessible. Every person interested in building should possess this work, which 
 is approved as authoritative by the best American architects. 
 
 This volume has been used for years as a text-book in the chief 
 Architectural Schools of the United States. 
 
 AMERICAN MANSIONS AND COTTAGES. 
 
 By Carl Pfeiffer, F. A. I. A. 100 folio plates. In handsome port- 
 folio. $10.00. 
 
 During his last years the late Carl Pfeiffer, F. A. I. A., of New York, prepared 
 for publication a work on American Domestic Architecture. 
 
 The drawings represent designs for dwelling-houses of various classes, with all their 
 details carefully worked out, and perspective views of each house from several points. 
 
 One hundred of these drawings carefully selected as the best, have been chosen for 
 publication, forming the most unique and useful work ever issued upon the subject for 
 either the profession or the public. 
 
TICKNOK & CO.'S ARCHITECTTntATj BOOKS. 
 
 ARTISTIC HOMES ! 
 
 IN CITY AND COUNTRY. By A. W. Fuller, Architect. Ob- 
 long folio. Fourth Edition, enlarged and improved. 76 full-page 
 illustrations of rural and urban homes, many of which are from 
 gelatine. Also one colored plate. $4.50. 
 
 "It has in many cases proved a very valuable assistant, a faithful friend and 
 reliable adviser, to persons of refined taste and artful feeling who contemplated 
 building a home. . . . We heartily commend it to all who intend building a home. 
 To the architectural student and draughtsman the book should prove a valuable aid 
 in teaching him how to effectively draw perspectives or interior views." — Building. 
 
 DECENNIAL INDEX OF ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 IN THE AMERICAN ARCHITECT AND BUILDING 
 
 NEWS, 1876-85. 8vo. Price, $2.00. 
 A carefully-made topical index to the thousands of illustrations printed 
 in "The American Architects" for the past ten years, with the architects 
 ■and costs of the buildings illustrated. These include 
 
 Sketches — Etchings — General Views — Towers and Spires — Mon- 
 uments — Statues and Tombs — Interiors and Furniture — Entrances 
 and Gateways — Educational, Mercantile, and Public Buildings — 
 Churches and Parish Buildings — Dwellings — Club-Houses — -Thea- 
 tres — Stables and Farm Buildings — Hotels — Museums — Libraries 
 and Town Halls. 
 DISCOURSES ON ARCHITECTURE. By E. E. Viollet-Le- 
 
 Duc. With many Steel Plates and Chromos, and hundreds of 
 
 Wood-cuts. 2 vols. 8vo. $15.00. 
 ART FOLIAGE. By J. K. Colling. Entirely new plates from the 
 
 latest enlarged London edition. Folio. $10.00. 
 MURAL PAINTING. By Frederic Crowningshield. i vol. 
 
 Square 8vo. With numerous full-page illustrations. $3.00. 
 HOME SANITATION. A Manual for Housekeepers. 1 vol. 
 
 i6mo. 50 cents. 
 HOUSEHOLD SANITATION. By William E. Hoyt. i6mo. 
 
 30 cents. Paper covers, 15 cents. 
 LECTURES ON THE PRINCIPLES OF HOUSE-DRAIN- 
 AGE. By J. Pickering Putnam. With Plates and Diagrams. 
 
 i6mo. 75 cents. 
 
TICKXOR & CO.'S AltrTTITECTl RAL HOOKS. 
 
 SKETCHES ABROAD. 
 
 By J. A. SCHWEINFURTH, Architect. This contains 30 plates, repro- 
 duced in fac simile from the author's sketches in pen, pencil, and 
 water colors, by the most approved processes, and printed on 15 x 20 
 heavy plate paper, in specially designed portfolio. The edition is 
 limited to 250 copies for sale, each of which is numbered. Price, 
 $15.00 per set. 
 The author has found, away from beaten paths, interesting examples of the old 
 manoirs, or French manor houses, and chateaux. Among the plates are presented 
 several of these manoirs halt-timbered houses, with details, from Normandy and 
 Brittanny ; work of the period of Francis I. ; towers, chateaux details from the 
 Italian and French Rennaissance ; Romanesque and Bvzantine work of Venice and 
 Ravenna, and the Romanesque of the Auvergues ; wrought iron from Venice and 
 from Spain, and from the South Kensington Museum. 
 
 THE OPEN FIRE-PLACE IN ALL AGES. 
 
 By J. Pickering Putnam, Architect. It has been carefully revised and 
 greatly enlarged, with handsome and large type, pages and binding, 
 
 fine and heavy paper, and with over three hundred illustrations, 
 including numerous chefs </' osuvres of designs of Fire-Places and 
 interior decoration, contributed for this edition by the ablest Archi- 
 tects of the country. 1 vol. Svo. $4.00. 
 
 The First Section treats of the Fire-Place as it now is, explaining how incorrectly 
 it is constructed, and gives many startling facts, based on careful experiment, to 
 show how great a loss of heat (from 80 to 90 per cent. ) it occasions. 
 
 The Second Section reviews in an attractive manner, the historical development 
 of the subject from its remotest origin in the dim ages of the past to the present 
 day. This chapter contains over 179 charming illustrations. 
 
 The Third and last chapter treats of the improvement of the Open Fire-Place, 
 and teaches us how it is possible to combine, in one construction, the healthfulness, 
 beauty, and charm of the Open Fire-Place, with the efficiency and economy of the 
 closed stove or hot-air furnace. 
 
 The designs, even of the most unimportant accessories, are made with the same 
 careful study and refined taste as of the more important features. 
 
 HOMES AND ALL ABOUT THEM. 
 
 By E. C. Gardner. 716 pages. Illustrated. $2.50. 
 
 Invaluable instructions and suggestions as to interior decoration, exterior finish, 
 and varied forms of architecture. 
 
The American Architect 
 
 AND BUILDING NEWS, 
 
 An Illustrated Weekly Journal of Architecture and the 
 Building Arts. With six or more fine full-page illustra- 
 tions and many smaller ones in each number. It is now 
 entering on its fifteenth year of successful publication, and 
 will hereafter be published in three editions — the Regular, 
 the Imperial, a?id the International. 
 
 In all the essentials it will be hereafter similar to 
 what it has been during 1889. 
 
 The series of papers on "Architectural Shades and 
 Shadows" "Old Colonial Work in Virginia and Mary- 
 land" "Equestrian Monuments" and "Safe Building" 
 are continued. Many new features are added. 
 
 Mr. T. H. Bartletfs valuable life of Fremiet, the cele- 
 brated French sculptor, is in course of preparation. 
 
 Other papers are in preparation on Italian Towers, 
 Applied Architectural Calculations, Visits to Spanish Cities, 
 Travels in Mexico, etc. 
 
 Among the Illustrations will be additional Series of Rotch 
 Scholarship Drawings, Scotch Baronial Halls ,etc. 
 
 Careful investigation has proved that it costs the subscri- 
 ber less per page than a7iy American Journal of its class, 
 while it contains vastly more illustrations. 
 
 Send to TICKNOR 6- COMPANY for specimen copy. 
 
 SUBSCRIPTION PRICES. 
 
 International edition, per year in advance . . . . $25.00 
 
 Imperial edition, " .... 10.00 
 
 Regular editio?i, " ' . 6.00 
 
2 ,^0< 
 
 
 ■ ^ o - l^j 
 
 ^°- 
 
 
 
 ^ ', 
 
 
 ^°- 
 
 •J - 
 
 
 V % X * ° f *% \> «. < * ° / <^ V S x v * " r 
 
 ^^ " 
 
 ^ A>' 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ' To 
 
 
 £ °- 
 
 
 £ <3* 
 
 £ - 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 9fc '••'■' v \ 
 
 \^ 
 
 
 ^ ^ o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 ''.^5 
 
 ■ '^ A^ 
 
 ^ ^ •. 
 
 '' <£. 
 
 
 ' < v6 
 
 tfV 
 
 L? 
 
 
 
 A- 
 
 "^b. ■& 
 
 * v ^^^,^ >e_ 
 
 : ,/ ^ ' 
 
 

 
 
 
 \«? 
 
 
 <& ^ 
 
 
 
 <^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 V V Av ^ « ^ V 
 
 Jp^ f' % f % ** % J> s> 
 
 / °-\ t' ^. I^A W: Tl Pirn's 1 
 
 
 
 & 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,? s ^ 
 
 ^ °- 
 
 ¥; c / % - 
 
 
 
 '++$ 
 
 
 : -% 
 
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
 
 003 297 812 5 *